WO2022162161A1 - Conjugated oligonucleotide compounds, methods of making and uses thereof - Google Patents
Conjugated oligonucleotide compounds, methods of making and uses thereof Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- WO2022162161A1 WO2022162161A1 PCT/EP2022/052079 EP2022052079W WO2022162161A1 WO 2022162161 A1 WO2022162161 A1 WO 2022162161A1 EP 2022052079 W EP2022052079 W EP 2022052079W WO 2022162161 A1 WO2022162161 A1 WO 2022162161A1
- Authority
- WO
- WIPO (PCT)
- Prior art keywords
- strand
- compound according
- formula
- compound
- nucleotide
- Prior art date
Links
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 title claims abstract description 186
- 108091034117 Oligonucleotide Proteins 0.000 title claims abstract description 95
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 title claims abstract description 66
- 125000003729 nucleotide group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 344
- 239000002773 nucleotide Substances 0.000 claims description 331
- 150000007523 nucleic acids Chemical class 0.000 claims description 182
- 102000039446 nucleic acids Human genes 0.000 claims description 180
- 108020004707 nucleic acids Proteins 0.000 claims description 180
- 208000035657 Abasia Diseases 0.000 claims description 111
- 230000004048 modification Effects 0.000 claims description 101
- 238000012986 modification Methods 0.000 claims description 101
- 108091032973 (ribonucleotides)n+m Proteins 0.000 claims description 93
- 239000003446 ligand Substances 0.000 claims description 85
- 108090000623 proteins and genes Proteins 0.000 claims description 82
- 230000014509 gene expression Effects 0.000 claims description 73
- 230000000295 complement effect Effects 0.000 claims description 68
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 claims description 42
- 230000015556 catabolic process Effects 0.000 claims description 22
- 238000006731 degradation reaction Methods 0.000 claims description 22
- RYYWUUFWQRZTIU-UHFFFAOYSA-K thiophosphate Chemical compound [O-]P([O-])([O-])=S RYYWUUFWQRZTIU-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 claims description 22
- 108091028043 Nucleic acid sequence Proteins 0.000 claims description 21
- 229910019142 PO4 Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 21
- 230000001681 protective effect Effects 0.000 claims description 21
- 239000010452 phosphate Substances 0.000 claims description 20
- 230000002401 inhibitory effect Effects 0.000 claims description 17
- 239000008194 pharmaceutical composition Substances 0.000 claims description 16
- 125000002467 phosphate group Chemical group [H]OP(=O)(O[H])O[*] 0.000 claims description 16
- 238000002360 preparation method Methods 0.000 claims description 16
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 claims description 12
- 239000001257 hydrogen Substances 0.000 claims description 10
- 229910052739 hydrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 10
- OVRNDRQMDRJTHS-CBQIKETKSA-N N-Acetyl-D-Galactosamine Chemical group CC(=O)N[C@H]1[C@@H](O)O[C@H](CO)[C@H](O)[C@@H]1O OVRNDRQMDRJTHS-CBQIKETKSA-N 0.000 claims description 9
- 150000001720 carbohydrates Chemical class 0.000 claims description 9
- 125000006239 protecting group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 9
- 235000014633 carbohydrates Nutrition 0.000 claims description 8
- 125000002887 hydroxy group Chemical group [H]O* 0.000 claims description 8
- 238000010511 deprotection reaction Methods 0.000 claims description 7
- 239000000546 pharmaceutical excipient Substances 0.000 claims description 7
- 239000003937 drug carrier Substances 0.000 claims description 6
- 125000000548 ribosyl group Chemical class C1([C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O1)CO)* 0.000 claims description 6
- 239000003085 diluting agent Substances 0.000 claims description 5
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QKKXKWKRSA-N lactose group Chemical group OC1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O[C@H]2[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O2)CO)[C@H](O1)CO GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QKKXKWKRSA-N 0.000 claims description 5
- 238000002560 therapeutic procedure Methods 0.000 claims description 5
- 238000000137 annealing Methods 0.000 claims description 4
- 229910052717 sulfur Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 4
- NAGJZTKCGNOGPW-UHFFFAOYSA-K dioxido-sulfanylidene-sulfido-$l^{5}-phosphane Chemical compound [O-]P([O-])([S-])=S NAGJZTKCGNOGPW-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 claims description 3
- UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrogen Chemical compound [H][H] UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sulfur Chemical compound [S] NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N atomic oxygen Chemical compound [O] QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- 150000002016 disaccharides Chemical class 0.000 claims description 2
- 125000000311 mannosyl group Chemical group C1([C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O1)CO)* 0.000 claims description 2
- 150000002772 monosaccharides Chemical class 0.000 claims description 2
- 229920001542 oligosaccharide Polymers 0.000 claims description 2
- 150000002482 oligosaccharides Chemical class 0.000 claims description 2
- 239000001301 oxygen Substances 0.000 claims description 2
- 229910052760 oxygen Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 2
- 229920001282 polysaccharide Polymers 0.000 claims description 2
- 239000005017 polysaccharide Substances 0.000 claims description 2
- 239000011593 sulfur Substances 0.000 claims description 2
- 150000004044 tetrasaccharides Chemical class 0.000 claims description 2
- 150000004043 trisaccharides Chemical class 0.000 claims description 2
- 230000001419 dependent effect Effects 0.000 claims 6
- 150000002431 hydrogen Chemical class 0.000 claims 3
- 150000004676 glycans Chemical class 0.000 claims 1
- 208000037265 diseases, disorders, signs and symptoms Diseases 0.000 abstract description 24
- 238000011282 treatment Methods 0.000 abstract description 21
- 201000010099 disease Diseases 0.000 abstract description 18
- 230000001225 therapeutic effect Effects 0.000 abstract description 9
- 108091081021 Sense strand Proteins 0.000 description 119
- 230000000692 anti-sense effect Effects 0.000 description 104
- 238000012228 RNA interference-mediated gene silencing Methods 0.000 description 94
- 230000009368 gene silencing by RNA Effects 0.000 description 94
- 108020004999 messenger RNA Proteins 0.000 description 94
- 239000003795 chemical substances by application Substances 0.000 description 90
- 210000004027 cell Anatomy 0.000 description 77
- OVRNDRQMDRJTHS-KEWYIRBNSA-N N-acetyl-D-galactosamine Chemical compound CC(=O)N[C@H]1C(O)O[C@H](CO)[C@H](O)[C@@H]1O OVRNDRQMDRJTHS-KEWYIRBNSA-N 0.000 description 65
- 125000005647 linker group Chemical group 0.000 description 65
- MBLBDJOUHNCFQT-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-acetyl-D-galactosamine Natural products CC(=O)NC(C=O)C(O)C(O)C(O)CO MBLBDJOUHNCFQT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 63
- 235000000346 sugar Nutrition 0.000 description 62
- YMWUJEATGCHHMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dichloromethane Chemical compound ClCCl YMWUJEATGCHHMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 57
- 108020004459 Small interfering RNA Proteins 0.000 description 56
- OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methanol Chemical compound OC OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 54
- 230000008685 targeting Effects 0.000 description 49
- 241000282414 Homo sapiens Species 0.000 description 47
- 108010071690 Prealbumin Proteins 0.000 description 42
- 102000009190 Transthyretin Human genes 0.000 description 42
- 210000002966 serum Anatomy 0.000 description 41
- 241001465754 Metazoa Species 0.000 description 39
- FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium chloride Chemical group [Na+].[Cl-] FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 35
- 150000008163 sugars Chemical class 0.000 description 34
- 238000011534 incubation Methods 0.000 description 33
- 238000004458 analytical method Methods 0.000 description 32
- 102000040650 (ribonucleotides)n+m Human genes 0.000 description 30
- 210000003494 hepatocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 30
- 102000004169 proteins and genes Human genes 0.000 description 28
- WEVYAHXRMPXWCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetonitrile Chemical compound CC#N WEVYAHXRMPXWCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 27
- 239000011780 sodium chloride Substances 0.000 description 27
- 231100000673 dose–response relationship Toxicity 0.000 description 26
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Substances O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 25
- -1 nucleotide nucleic acid Chemical class 0.000 description 23
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 description 21
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 description 21
- 241000699670 Mus sp. Species 0.000 description 20
- 238000003786 synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 19
- 102000004506 Blood Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 18
- 108010017384 Blood Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 18
- 230000005764 inhibitory process Effects 0.000 description 18
- 239000002904 solvent Substances 0.000 description 18
- 210000004185 liver Anatomy 0.000 description 17
- 239000000872 buffer Substances 0.000 description 16
- 230000030279 gene silencing Effects 0.000 description 16
- 238000001890 transfection Methods 0.000 description 16
- 102000005427 Asialoglycoprotein Receptor Human genes 0.000 description 15
- XEKOWRVHYACXOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethyl acetate Chemical compound CCOC(C)=O XEKOWRVHYACXOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 15
- 108010006523 asialoglycoprotein receptor Proteins 0.000 description 15
- 238000003556 assay Methods 0.000 description 15
- XKRFYHLGVUSROY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Argon Chemical compound [Ar] XKRFYHLGVUSROY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 14
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 description 14
- 230000021615 conjugation Effects 0.000 description 14
- 238000002474 experimental method Methods 0.000 description 14
- 238000001727 in vivo Methods 0.000 description 14
- 125000000325 methylidene group Chemical group [H]C([H])=* 0.000 description 14
- AEMRFAOFKBGASW-UHFFFAOYSA-M Glycolate Chemical compound OCC([O-])=O AEMRFAOFKBGASW-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 13
- 108020004414 DNA Proteins 0.000 description 12
- JLCPHMBAVCMARE-UHFFFAOYSA-N [3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[5-(2-amino-6-oxo-1H-purin-9-yl)-3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[5-(2-amino-6-oxo-1H-purin-9-yl)-3-[[5-(2-amino-6-oxo-1H-purin-9-yl)-3-hydroxyoxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxyoxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxyoxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methyl [5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)-2-(hydroxymethyl)oxolan-3-yl] hydrogen phosphate Polymers Cc1cn(C2CC(OP(O)(=O)OCC3OC(CC3OP(O)(=O)OCC3OC(CC3O)n3cnc4c3nc(N)[nH]c4=O)n3cnc4c3nc(N)[nH]c4=O)C(COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3CO)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cc(C)c(=O)[nH]c3=O)n3cc(C)c(=O)[nH]c3=O)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3cc(C)c(=O)[nH]c3=O)n3cnc4c3nc(N)[nH]c4=O)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)O2)c(=O)[nH]c1=O JLCPHMBAVCMARE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 12
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 12
- 102000040430 polynucleotide Human genes 0.000 description 12
- 108091033319 polynucleotide Proteins 0.000 description 12
- 239000002157 polynucleotide Substances 0.000 description 12
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 description 12
- LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethanol Chemical compound CCO LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 11
- 241000699666 Mus <mouse, genus> Species 0.000 description 11
- 235000018102 proteins Nutrition 0.000 description 11
- 238000007920 subcutaneous administration Methods 0.000 description 11
- 102100038837 2-Hydroxyacid oxidase 1 Human genes 0.000 description 10
- QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetic acid Chemical compound CC(O)=O QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- 206010028980 Neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 10
- RYYWUUFWQRZTIU-UHFFFAOYSA-N Thiophosphoric acid Chemical group OP(O)(S)=O RYYWUUFWQRZTIU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- 239000003921 oil Substances 0.000 description 10
- 235000019198 oils Nutrition 0.000 description 10
- 238000000746 purification Methods 0.000 description 10
- 230000009467 reduction Effects 0.000 description 10
- 230000002829 reductive effect Effects 0.000 description 10
- IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dimethylsulphoxide Chemical compound CS(C)=O IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- 101001031589 Homo sapiens 2-Hydroxyacid oxidase 1 Proteins 0.000 description 9
- ZMANZCXQSJIPKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Triethylamine Chemical compound CCN(CC)CC ZMANZCXQSJIPKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- 210000004369 blood Anatomy 0.000 description 9
- 239000008280 blood Substances 0.000 description 9
- 201000011510 cancer Diseases 0.000 description 9
- 108020004445 glyceraldehyde-3-phosphate dehydrogenase Proteins 0.000 description 9
- 239000011541 reaction mixture Substances 0.000 description 9
- 239000000523 sample Substances 0.000 description 9
- 238000012360 testing method Methods 0.000 description 9
- 102100031181 Glyceraldehyde-3-phosphate dehydrogenase Human genes 0.000 description 8
- 241000282567 Macaca fascicularis Species 0.000 description 8
- VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silicium dioxide Chemical compound O=[Si]=O VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- DDRJAANPRJIHGJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N creatinine Chemical compound CN1CC(=O)NC1=N DDRJAANPRJIHGJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 238000009472 formulation Methods 0.000 description 8
- 238000004128 high performance liquid chromatography Methods 0.000 description 8
- 238000000338 in vitro Methods 0.000 description 8
- 238000011068 loading method Methods 0.000 description 8
- 239000000047 product Substances 0.000 description 8
- 238000013459 approach Methods 0.000 description 7
- 229910052786 argon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 7
- 238000003776 cleavage reaction Methods 0.000 description 7
- LOKCTEFSRHRXRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-I dipotassium trisodium dihydrogen phosphate hydrogen phosphate dichloride Chemical compound P(=O)(O)(O)[O-].[K+].P(=O)(O)([O-])[O-].[Na+].[Na+].[Cl-].[K+].[Cl-].[Na+] LOKCTEFSRHRXRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-I 0.000 description 7
- 238000003818 flash chromatography Methods 0.000 description 7
- 238000004895 liquid chromatography mass spectrometry Methods 0.000 description 7
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 description 7
- NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-K phosphate Chemical compound [O-]P([O-])([O-])=O NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 7
- 239000002953 phosphate buffered saline Substances 0.000 description 7
- 150000003291 riboses Chemical class 0.000 description 7
- 230000007017 scission Effects 0.000 description 7
- 230000001629 suppression Effects 0.000 description 7
- 210000001519 tissue Anatomy 0.000 description 7
- 238000001644 13C nuclear magnetic resonance spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 6
- BAVYZALUXZFZLV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methylamine Chemical compound NC BAVYZALUXZFZLV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- KDLHZDBZIXYQEI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Palladium Chemical compound [Pd] KDLHZDBZIXYQEI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 238000011529 RT qPCR Methods 0.000 description 6
- 238000007792 addition Methods 0.000 description 6
- 239000007853 buffer solution Substances 0.000 description 6
- 239000003153 chemical reaction reagent Substances 0.000 description 6
- 230000008878 coupling Effects 0.000 description 6
- 238000010168 coupling process Methods 0.000 description 6
- 238000005859 coupling reaction Methods 0.000 description 6
- 208000035475 disorder Diseases 0.000 description 6
- 239000003814 drug Substances 0.000 description 6
- 235000019441 ethanol Nutrition 0.000 description 6
- 230000000670 limiting effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 239000006166 lysate Substances 0.000 description 6
- HQKMJHAJHXVSDF-UHFFFAOYSA-L magnesium stearate Chemical compound [Mg+2].CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O.CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O HQKMJHAJHXVSDF-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 6
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 description 6
- 230000003285 pharmacodynamic effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 102100036475 Alanine aminotransferase 1 Human genes 0.000 description 5
- 108010082126 Alanine transaminase Proteins 0.000 description 5
- JGFZNNIVVJXRND-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N-diisopropylethylamine Substances CCN(C(C)C)C(C)C JGFZNNIVVJXRND-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 238000005481 NMR spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 5
- 239000007832 Na2SO4 Substances 0.000 description 5
- 108091028664 Ribonucleotide Proteins 0.000 description 5
- PYMYPHUHKUWMLA-LMVFSUKVSA-N Ribose Natural products OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)C=O PYMYPHUHKUWMLA-LMVFSUKVSA-N 0.000 description 5
- PMZURENOXWZQFD-UHFFFAOYSA-L Sodium Sulfate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[O-]S([O-])(=O)=O PMZURENOXWZQFD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 5
- VMHLLURERBWHNL-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium acetate Chemical compound [Na+].CC([O-])=O VMHLLURERBWHNL-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 5
- HMFHBZSHGGEWLO-UHFFFAOYSA-N alpha-D-Furanose-Ribose Natural products OCC1OC(O)C(O)C1O HMFHBZSHGGEWLO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 230000037396 body weight Effects 0.000 description 5
- 230000000368 destabilizing effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 238000010828 elution Methods 0.000 description 5
- 125000004435 hydrogen atom Chemical class [H]* 0.000 description 5
- YACKEPLHDIMKIO-UHFFFAOYSA-N methylphosphonic acid Chemical group CP(O)(O)=O YACKEPLHDIMKIO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 230000007170 pathology Effects 0.000 description 5
- 229910052698 phosphorus Inorganic materials 0.000 description 5
- 125000002924 primary amino group Chemical group [H]N([H])* 0.000 description 5
- 108090000765 processed proteins & peptides Proteins 0.000 description 5
- 239000002336 ribonucleotide Substances 0.000 description 5
- 125000006413 ring segment Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- URGAHOPLAPQHLN-UHFFFAOYSA-N sodium aluminosilicate Chemical compound [Na+].[Al+3].[O-][Si]([O-])=O.[O-][Si]([O-])=O URGAHOPLAPQHLN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 229910052938 sodium sulfate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 5
- 235000011152 sodium sulphate Nutrition 0.000 description 5
- 241000894007 species Species 0.000 description 5
- 239000003643 water by type Substances 0.000 description 5
- HNSDLXPSAYFUHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,4-bis(2-ethylhexyl) sulfosuccinate Chemical compound CCCCC(CC)COC(=O)CC(S(O)(=O)=O)C(=O)OCC(CC)CCCC HNSDLXPSAYFUHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-WFGJKAKNSA-N Dimethyl sulfoxide Chemical compound [2H]C([2H])([2H])S(=O)C([2H])([2H])[2H] IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-WFGJKAKNSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 108700039887 Essential Genes Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 108091093094 Glycol nucleic acid Proteins 0.000 description 4
- JUJWROOIHBZHMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyridine Chemical compound C1=CC=NC=C1 JUJWROOIHBZHMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- RWRDLPDLKQPQOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyrrolidine Chemical compound C1CCNC1 RWRDLPDLKQPQOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 102000000574 RNA-Induced Silencing Complex Human genes 0.000 description 4
- 108010016790 RNA-Induced Silencing Complex Proteins 0.000 description 4
- UIIMBOGNXHQVGW-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium bicarbonate Chemical compound [Na+].OC([O-])=O UIIMBOGNXHQVGW-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 4
- 229920002472 Starch Polymers 0.000 description 4
- XSQUKJJJFZCRTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Urea Chemical compound NC(N)=O XSQUKJJJFZCRTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 125000004429 atom Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 239000013592 cell lysate Substances 0.000 description 4
- 208000029078 coronary artery disease Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 229940109239 creatinine Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 239000013058 crude material Substances 0.000 description 4
- 238000001802 infusion Methods 0.000 description 4
- 210000005229 liver cell Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- BDAGIHXWWSANSR-UHFFFAOYSA-N methanoic acid Natural products OC=O BDAGIHXWWSANSR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 239000012044 organic layer Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000012071 phase Substances 0.000 description 4
- 150000004713 phosphodiesters Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 125000002652 ribonucleotide group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 235000019698 starch Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 description 4
- NSMOSDAEGJTOIQ-CRCLSJGQSA-N (2r,3s)-2-(hydroxymethyl)oxolan-3-ol Chemical compound OC[C@H]1OCC[C@@H]1O NSMOSDAEGJTOIQ-CRCLSJGQSA-N 0.000 description 3
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-XLOQQCSPSA-N Alpha-Lactose Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@@H](CO)O[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-XLOQQCSPSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 108010003415 Aspartate Aminotransferases Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 102000004625 Aspartate Aminotransferases Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108091003079 Bovine Serum Albumin Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 238000011740 C57BL/6 mouse Methods 0.000 description 3
- HMFHBZSHGGEWLO-SOOFDHNKSA-N D-ribofuranose Chemical compound OC[C@H]1OC(O)[C@H](O)[C@@H]1O HMFHBZSHGGEWLO-SOOFDHNKSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 108010010803 Gelatin Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 208000035150 Hypercholesterolemia Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 241000124008 Mammalia Species 0.000 description 3
- GXCLVBGFBYZDAG-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-[2-(1H-indol-3-yl)ethyl]-N-methylprop-2-en-1-amine Chemical compound CN(CCC1=CNC2=C1C=CC=C2)CC=C GXCLVBGFBYZDAG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Propylene glycol Chemical compound CC(O)CO DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- YXFVVABEGXRONW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Toluene Chemical compound CC1=CC=CC=C1 YXFVVABEGXRONW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- DTQVDTLACAAQTR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Trifluoroacetic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C(F)(F)F DTQVDTLACAAQTR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 238000005349 anion exchange Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000011948 assay development Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000004113 cell culture Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000008859 change Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000007385 chemical modification Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000001268 conjugating effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- MMXKVMNBHPAILY-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethyl laurate Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OCC MMXKVMNBHPAILY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000012894 fetal calf serum Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229920000159 gelatin Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 239000008273 gelatin Substances 0.000 description 3
- 235000019322 gelatine Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 235000011852 gelatine desserts Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 238000012226 gene silencing method Methods 0.000 description 3
- NPZTUJOABDZTLV-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydroxybenzotriazole Substances O=C1C=CC=C2NNN=C12 NPZTUJOABDZTLV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 238000011221 initial treatment Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000007924 injection Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000002347 injection Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000001990 intravenous administration Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000008101 lactose Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000012317 liver biopsy Methods 0.000 description 3
- 235000019359 magnesium stearate Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 238000005259 measurement Methods 0.000 description 3
- 125000002496 methyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 3
- 108091070501 miRNA Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 239000002679 microRNA Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000002808 molecular sieve Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000002777 nucleoside Substances 0.000 description 3
- 210000000056 organ Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 238000007911 parenteral administration Methods 0.000 description 3
- 150000008300 phosphoramidites Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 125000004437 phosphorous atom Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 229920001223 polyethylene glycol Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 229920001184 polypeptide Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 102000004196 processed proteins & peptides Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 238000003762 quantitative reverse transcription PCR Methods 0.000 description 3
- 229920006395 saturated elastomer Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 238000012216 screening Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000001743 silencing effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000001542 size-exclusion chromatography Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000008107 starch Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229940032147 starch Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 239000007929 subcutaneous injection Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000013268 sustained release Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000012730 sustained-release form Substances 0.000 description 3
- 208000024891 symptom Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 239000000454 talc Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229910052623 talc Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 235000012222 talc Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- FTVLMFQEYACZNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N trimethylsilyl trifluoromethanesulfonate Chemical compound C[Si](C)(C)OS(=O)(=O)C(F)(F)F FTVLMFQEYACZNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- YBJHBAHKTGYVGT-ZKWXMUAHSA-N (+)-Biotin Chemical compound N1C(=O)N[C@@H]2[C@H](CCCCC(=O)O)SC[C@@H]21 YBJHBAHKTGYVGT-ZKWXMUAHSA-N 0.000 description 2
- SZUVGFMDDVSKSI-WIFOCOSTSA-N (1s,2s,3s,5r)-1-(carboxymethyl)-3,5-bis[(4-phenoxyphenyl)methyl-propylcarbamoyl]cyclopentane-1,2-dicarboxylic acid Chemical compound O=C([C@@H]1[C@@H]([C@](CC(O)=O)([C@H](C(=O)N(CCC)CC=2C=CC(OC=3C=CC=CC=3)=CC=2)C1)C(O)=O)C(O)=O)N(CCC)CC(C=C1)=CC=C1OC1=CC=CC=C1 SZUVGFMDDVSKSI-WIFOCOSTSA-N 0.000 description 2
- OSWFIVFLDKOXQC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-(3-methoxyphenyl)aniline Chemical compound COC1=CC=CC(C=2C=CC(N)=CC=2)=C1 OSWFIVFLDKOXQC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- KBDWGFZSICOZSJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-methyl-2,3-dihydro-1H-pyrimidin-4-one Chemical group N1CNC=C(C1=O)C KBDWGFZSICOZSJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-M Acetate Chemical compound CC([O-])=O QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- VHUUQVKOLVNVRT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ammonium hydroxide Chemical compound [NH4+].[OH-] VHUUQVKOLVNVRT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 101150069146 C5 gene Proteins 0.000 description 2
- BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-L Carbonate Chemical compound [O-]C([O-])=O BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 241000282693 Cercopithecidae Species 0.000 description 2
- KRKNYBCHXYNGOX-UHFFFAOYSA-K Citrate Chemical compound [O-]C(=O)CC(O)(CC([O-])=O)C([O-])=O KRKNYBCHXYNGOX-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 2
- XDTMQSROBMDMFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Cyclohexane Chemical compound C1CCCCC1 XDTMQSROBMDMFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000008157 ELISA kit Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000001856 Ethyl cellulose Substances 0.000 description 2
- ZZSNKZQZMQGXPY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethyl cellulose Chemical compound CCOCC1OC(OC)C(OCC)C(OCC)C1OC1C(O)C(O)C(OC)C(CO)O1 ZZSNKZQZMQGXPY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- LYCAIKOWRPUZTN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethylene glycol Chemical group OCCO LYCAIKOWRPUZTN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycerine Chemical compound OCC(O)CO PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 208000031226 Hyperlipidaemia Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 241000288906 Primates Species 0.000 description 2
- 229920005654 Sephadex Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000012507 Sephadex™ Substances 0.000 description 2
- DBMJMQXJHONAFJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium laurylsulphate Chemical compound [Na+].CCCCCCCCCCCCOS([O-])(=O)=O DBMJMQXJHONAFJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- CZMRCDWAGMRECN-UGDNZRGBSA-N Sucrose Chemical compound O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@@]1(CO)O[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1 CZMRCDWAGMRECN-UGDNZRGBSA-N 0.000 description 2
- IQFYYKKMVGJFEH-XLPZGREQSA-N Thymidine Chemical compound O=C1NC(=O)C(C)=CN1[C@@H]1O[C@H](CO)[C@@H](O)C1 IQFYYKKMVGJFEH-XLPZGREQSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000008050 Total Bilirubin Reagent Methods 0.000 description 2
- PNNCWTXUWKENPE-UHFFFAOYSA-N [N].NC(N)=O Chemical compound [N].NC(N)=O PNNCWTXUWKENPE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000003668 acetyloxy group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C(=O)O[*] 0.000 description 2
- 239000002253 acid Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000012190 activator Substances 0.000 description 2
- 150000001298 alcohols Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- WNROFYMDJYEPJX-UHFFFAOYSA-K aluminium hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[OH-].[OH-].[Al+3] WNROFYMDJYEPJX-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 2
- 150000001413 amino acids Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 239000000908 ammonium hydroxide Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000010171 animal model Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000012230 antisense oligonucleotides Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000007864 aqueous solution Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000009286 beneficial effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000008901 benefit Effects 0.000 description 2
- PNXBXCRWXNESOV-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzylthiouracil Chemical compound N1C(=S)NC(=O)C=C1CC1=CC=CC=C1 PNXBXCRWXNESOV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000008366 buffered solution Substances 0.000 description 2
- OSGAYBCDTDRGGQ-UHFFFAOYSA-L calcium sulfate Chemical compound [Ca+2].[O-]S([O-])(=O)=O OSGAYBCDTDRGGQ-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 239000004202 carbamide Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000005119 centrifugation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000012512 characterization method Methods 0.000 description 2
- HVYWMOMLDIMFJA-DPAQBDIFSA-N cholesterol Chemical compound C1C=C2C[C@@H](O)CC[C@]2(C)[C@@H]2[C@@H]1[C@@H]1CC[C@H]([C@H](C)CCCC(C)C)[C@@]1(C)CC2 HVYWMOMLDIMFJA-DPAQBDIFSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229940125773 compound 10 Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 229940126543 compound 14 Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 229940125782 compound 2 Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000000470 constituent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000009089 cytolysis Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000003247 decreasing effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000005547 deoxyribonucleotide Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000013461 design Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000001514 detection method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000010586 diagram Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000010790 dilution Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000012895 dilution Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000002552 dosage form Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000019325 ethyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 229920001249 ethyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000000945 filler Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000019253 formic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000008011 inorganic excipient Substances 0.000 description 2
- NOESYZHRGYRDHS-UHFFFAOYSA-N insulin Chemical compound N1C(=O)C(NC(=O)C(CCC(N)=O)NC(=O)C(CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)C(C(C)C)NC(=O)C(NC(=O)CN)C(C)CC)CSSCC(C(NC(CO)C(=O)NC(CC(C)C)C(=O)NC(CC=2C=CC(O)=CC=2)C(=O)NC(CCC(N)=O)C(=O)NC(CC(C)C)C(=O)NC(CCC(O)=O)C(=O)NC(CC(N)=O)C(=O)NC(CC=2C=CC(O)=CC=2)C(=O)NC(CSSCC(NC(=O)C(C(C)C)NC(=O)C(CC(C)C)NC(=O)C(CC=2C=CC(O)=CC=2)NC(=O)C(CC(C)C)NC(=O)C(C)NC(=O)C(CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)C(C(C)C)NC(=O)C(CC(C)C)NC(=O)C(CC=2NC=NC=2)NC(=O)C(CO)NC(=O)CNC2=O)C(=O)NCC(=O)NC(CCC(O)=O)C(=O)NC(CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)NCC(=O)NC(CC=3C=CC=CC=3)C(=O)NC(CC=3C=CC=CC=3)C(=O)NC(CC=3C=CC(O)=CC=3)C(=O)NC(C(C)O)C(=O)N3C(CCC3)C(=O)NC(CCCCN)C(=O)NC(C)C(O)=O)C(=O)NC(CC(N)=O)C(O)=O)=O)NC(=O)C(C(C)CC)NC(=O)C(CO)NC(=O)C(C(C)O)NC(=O)C1CSSCC2NC(=O)C(CC(C)C)NC(=O)C(NC(=O)C(CCC(N)=O)NC(=O)C(CC(N)=O)NC(=O)C(NC(=O)C(N)CC=1C=CC=CC=1)C(C)C)CC1=CN=CN1 NOESYZHRGYRDHS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ZLVXBBHTMQJRSX-VMGNSXQWSA-N jdtic Chemical compound C1([C@]2(C)CCN(C[C@@H]2C)C[C@H](C(C)C)NC(=O)[C@@H]2NCC3=CC(O)=CC=C3C2)=CC=CC(O)=C1 ZLVXBBHTMQJRSX-VMGNSXQWSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000007788 liquid Substances 0.000 description 2
- 210000005228 liver tissue Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 239000000314 lubricant Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000004020 luminiscence type Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000004949 mass spectrometry Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000000956 methoxy group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])O* 0.000 description 2
- 239000000178 monomer Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000006199 nebulizer Substances 0.000 description 2
- 150000003833 nucleoside derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 125000003835 nucleoside group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 238000002515 oligonucleotide synthesis Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000008012 organic excipient Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000037361 pathway Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000008188 pellet Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000001267 polyvinylpyrrolidone Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920000036 polyvinylpyrrolidone Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 235000013855 polyvinylpyrrolidone Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 238000002953 preparative HPLC Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000002265 prevention Effects 0.000 description 2
- UMJSCPRVCHMLSP-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyridine Natural products COC1=CC=CN=C1 UMJSCPRVCHMLSP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 102000005962 receptors Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108020003175 receptors Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 238000011160 research Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000011347 resin Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920005989 resin Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 238000004007 reversed phase HPLC Methods 0.000 description 2
- 150000003839 salts Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 239000000377 silicon dioxide Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000003998 size exclusion chromatography high performance liquid chromatography Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000001632 sodium acetate Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000017281 sodium acetate Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 229910000030 sodium bicarbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- JHJLBTNAGRQEKS-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium bromide Chemical compound [Na+].[Br-] JHJLBTNAGRQEKS-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 235000019333 sodium laurylsulphate Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 238000010254 subcutaneous injection Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000000758 substrate Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000004083 survival effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229940124597 therapeutic agent Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 238000004809 thin layer chromatography Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000006177 thiolation reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000013518 transcription Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000035897 transcription Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000012096 transfection reagent Substances 0.000 description 2
- HSINOMROUCMIEA-FGVHQWLLSA-N (2s,4r)-4-[(3r,5s,6r,7r,8s,9s,10s,13r,14s,17r)-6-ethyl-3,7-dihydroxy-10,13-dimethyl-2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,11,12,14,15,16,17-tetradecahydro-1h-cyclopenta[a]phenanthren-17-yl]-2-methylpentanoic acid Chemical compound C([C@@]12C)C[C@@H](O)C[C@H]1[C@@H](CC)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1[C@@H]2CC[C@]2(C)[C@@H]([C@H](C)C[C@H](C)C(O)=O)CC[C@H]21 HSINOMROUCMIEA-FGVHQWLLSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BDNKZNFMNDZQMI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,3-diisopropylcarbodiimide Chemical compound CC(C)N=C=NC(C)C BDNKZNFMNDZQMI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MPCAJMNYNOGXPB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,5-Anhydro-mannit Natural products OCC1OCC(O)C(O)C1O MPCAJMNYNOGXPB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WKSSGWRGSRLOKR-CPCJQFISSA-N 1-[(2R,3R,4S,5R)-3,4-dihydroxy-5-[1-hydroxy-2,2-bis(4-methoxyphenyl)-2-phenylethyl]oxolan-2-yl]pyrimidine-2,4-dione Chemical compound C1=CC(OC)=CC=C1C(C=1C=CC(OC)=CC=1)(C=1C=CC=CC=1)C(O)[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](N2C(NC(=O)C=C2)=O)O1 WKSSGWRGSRLOKR-CPCJQFISSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UNILWMWFPHPYOR-KXEYIPSPSA-M 1-[6-[2-[3-[3-[3-[2-[2-[3-[[2-[2-[[(2r)-1-[[2-[[(2r)-1-[3-[2-[2-[3-[[2-(2-amino-2-oxoethoxy)acetyl]amino]propoxy]ethoxy]ethoxy]propylamino]-3-hydroxy-1-oxopropan-2-yl]amino]-2-oxoethyl]amino]-3-[(2r)-2,3-di(hexadecanoyloxy)propyl]sulfanyl-1-oxopropan-2-yl Chemical compound O=C1C(SCCC(=O)NCCCOCCOCCOCCCNC(=O)COCC(=O)N[C@@H](CSC[C@@H](COC(=O)CCCCCCCCCCCCCCC)OC(=O)CCCCCCCCCCCCCCC)C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@H](CO)C(=O)NCCCOCCOCCOCCCNC(=O)COCC(N)=O)CC(=O)N1CCNC(=O)CCCCCN\1C2=CC=C(S([O-])(=O)=O)C=C2CC/1=C/C=C/C=C/C1=[N+](CC)C2=CC=C(S([O-])(=O)=O)C=C2C1 UNILWMWFPHPYOR-KXEYIPSPSA-M 0.000 description 1
- PJUPKRYGDFTMTM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-hydroxybenzotriazole;hydrate Chemical compound O.C1=CC=C2N(O)N=NC2=C1 PJUPKRYGDFTMTM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IHPYMWDTONKSCO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,2'-piperazine-1,4-diylbisethanesulfonic acid Chemical compound OS(=O)(=O)CCN1CCN(CCS(O)(=O)=O)CC1 IHPYMWDTONKSCO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PMNIHDBMMDOUPD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[2-(2-azidoethoxy)ethoxy]ethanol Chemical compound OCCOCCOCCN=[N+]=[N-] PMNIHDBMMDOUPD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YEDUAINPPJYDJZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-hydroxybenzothiazole Chemical compound C1=CC=C2SC(O)=NC2=C1 YEDUAINPPJYDJZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VKIGAWAEXPTIOL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-hydroxyhexanenitrile Chemical compound CCCCC(O)C#N VKIGAWAEXPTIOL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004200 2-methoxyethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])OC([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- QUAHTHOQWXLYFQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-fluorocyclooctyne Chemical compound FC1CCCCCC#C1 QUAHTHOQWXLYFQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000002103 4,4'-dimethoxytriphenylmethyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(C([H])=C1[H])C(*)(C1=C([H])C([H])=C(OC([H])([H])[H])C([H])=C1[H])C1=C([H])C([H])=C(OC([H])([H])[H])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- YWZHEXZIISFIDA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-amino-1,2,4-dithiazole-3-thione Chemical compound NC1=NC(=S)SS1 YWZHEXZIISFIDA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102100030755 5-aminolevulinate synthase, nonspecific, mitochondrial Human genes 0.000 description 1
- GONFBOIJNUKKST-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-ethylsulfanyl-2h-tetrazole Chemical compound CCSC=1N=NNN=1 GONFBOIJNUKKST-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108091027075 5S-rRNA precursor Proteins 0.000 description 1
- ZCYVEMRRCGMTRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 7553-56-2 Chemical compound [I] ZCYVEMRRCGMTRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102100032382 Activator of 90 kDa heat shock protein ATPase homolog 1 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 229920001817 Agar Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000856 Amylose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 108020005544 Antisense RNA Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101710095342 Apolipoprotein B Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100040202 Apolipoprotein B-100 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102000018616 Apolipoproteins B Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010027006 Apolipoproteins B Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000018655 Apolipoproteins C Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010027070 Apolipoproteins C Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101100256278 Arabidopsis thaliana SCR gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- IYMAXBFPHPZYIK-BQBZGAKWSA-N Arg-Gly-Asp Chemical compound NC(N)=NCCC[C@H](N)C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](CC(O)=O)C(O)=O IYMAXBFPHPZYIK-BQBZGAKWSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102100026292 Asialoglycoprotein receptor 1 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 101710200897 Asialoglycoprotein receptor 1 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010002913 Asialoglycoproteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000416162 Astragalus gummifer Species 0.000 description 1
- 201000001320 Atherosclerosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102000008186 Collagen Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010035532 Collagen Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000035473 Communicable disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102100031506 Complement C5 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010028773 Complement C5 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229920002261 Corn starch Polymers 0.000 description 1
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-FSIIMWSLSA-N D-Glucitol Natural products OC[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-FSIIMWSLSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-KVTDHHQDSA-N D-Mannitol Chemical compound OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-KVTDHHQDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-JGWLITMVSA-N D-glucitol Chemical compound OC[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-JGWLITMVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000032928 Dyslipidaemia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- KCXVZYZYPLLWCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N EDTA Chemical compound OC(=O)CN(CC(O)=O)CCN(CC(O)=O)CC(O)=O KCXVZYZYPLLWCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000006145 Eagle's minimal essential medium Substances 0.000 description 1
- LVGKNOAMLMIIKO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Elaidinsaeure-aethylester Natural products CCCCCCCCC=CCCCCCCCC(=O)OCC LVGKNOAMLMIIKO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010067770 Endopeptidase K Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000885147 Enterococcus avium D-arabitol-phosphate dehydrogenase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000005977 Ethylene Substances 0.000 description 1
- 206010016654 Fibrosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N Glucose Natural products OC[C@H]1OC(O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108090000288 Glycoproteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000003886 Glycoproteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 229940121710 HMGCoA reductase inhibitor Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 108010004889 Heat-Shock Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000002812 Heat-Shock Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 206010056522 Hepatic infection Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010019708 Hepatic steatosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010019799 Hepatitis viral Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 101000843649 Homo sapiens 5-aminolevulinate synthase, nonspecific, mitochondrial Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000797989 Homo sapiens Activator of 90 kDa heat shock protein ATPase homolog 1 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101001066129 Homo sapiens Glyceraldehyde-3-phosphate dehydrogenase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101001138480 Homo sapiens Olfactory receptor 5AC2 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000780643 Homo sapiens Protein argonaute-2 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 238000012404 In vitro experiment Methods 0.000 description 1
- 102000004877 Insulin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090001061 Insulin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 238000008214 LDL Cholesterol Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012097 Lipofectamine 2000 Substances 0.000 description 1
- 206010067125 Liver injury Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 235000019759 Maize starch Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229930195725 Mannitol Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 229920000168 Microcrystalline cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- NQTADLQHYWFPDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-Hydroxysuccinimide Chemical compound ON1C(=O)CCC1=O NQTADLQHYWFPDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108091092724 Noncoding DNA Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101710163270 Nuclease Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000022873 Ocular disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102100020806 Olfactory receptor 5AC2 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 239000007990 PIPES buffer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 241000282577 Pan troglodytes Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000019483 Peanut oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- ABLZXFCXXLZCGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phosphorous acid Chemical class OP(O)=O ABLZXFCXXLZCGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920002732 Polyanhydride Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000002202 Polyethylene glycol Substances 0.000 description 1
- 108010020346 Polyglutamic Acid Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010066816 Polypeptide N-acetylgalactosaminyltransferase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100020950 Polypeptide N-acetylgalactosaminyltransferase 2 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102100034207 Protein argonaute-2 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108091030071 RNAI Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101150027175 SGR1 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 235000019485 Safflower oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 102000007562 Serum Albumin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010071390 Serum Albumin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108091027568 Single-stranded nucleotide Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000004141 Sodium laurylsulphate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000021355 Stearic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229930006000 Sucrose Natural products 0.000 description 1
- QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sulfuric acid Chemical compound OS(O)(=O)=O QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 101150091380 TTR gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229920001615 Tragacanth Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 102000004338 Transferrin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000901 Transferrin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010045261 Type IIa hyperlipidaemia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- WREOTYWODABZMH-DTZQCDIJSA-N [[(2r,3s,4r,5r)-3,4-dihydroxy-5-[2-oxo-4-(2-phenylethoxyamino)pyrimidin-1-yl]oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl] phosphono hydrogen phosphate Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](COP(O)(=O)OP(O)(=O)OP(O)(O)=O)O[C@H]1N(C=C\1)C(=O)NC/1=N\OCCC1=CC=CC=C1 WREOTYWODABZMH-DTZQCDIJSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DPXJVFZANSGRMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N acetic acid;2,3,4,5,6-pentahydroxyhexanal;sodium Chemical compound [Na].CC(O)=O.OCC(O)C(O)C(O)C(O)C=O DPXJVFZANSGRMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000013543 active substance Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000654 additive Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000443 aerosol Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000008272 agar Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010443 alginic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000000783 alginic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000615 alginic acid Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229960001126 alginic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000004781 alginic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000003342 alkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000217 alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005600 alkyl phosphonate group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000304 alkynyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 208000026935 allergic disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229910052782 aluminium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- XAGFODPZIPBFFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N aluminium Chemical compound [Al] XAGFODPZIPBFFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004411 aluminium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000001412 amines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229940024606 amino acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000001014 amino acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000000074 antisense oligonucleotide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 108010072041 arginyl-glycyl-aspartic acid Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000012300 argon atmosphere Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000012298 atmosphere Substances 0.000 description 1
- JPNZKPRONVOMLL-UHFFFAOYSA-N azane;octadecanoic acid Chemical class [NH4+].CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O JPNZKPRONVOMLL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000001540 azides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- HSDAJNMJOMSNEV-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzyl chloroformate Chemical compound ClC(=O)OCC1=CC=CC=C1 HSDAJNMJOMSNEV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-VFUOTHLCSA-N beta-D-glucose Chemical compound OC[C@H]1O[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-VFUOTHLCSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000003613 bile acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000011230 binding agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000090 biomarker Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960002685 biotin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000020958 biotin Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000011616 biotin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000006172 buffering agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004067 bulking agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- FUFJGUQYACFECW-UHFFFAOYSA-L calcium hydrogenphosphate Chemical compound [Ca+2].OP([O-])([O-])=O FUFJGUQYACFECW-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 235000011132 calcium sulphate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000001460 carbon-13 nuclear magnetic resonance spectrum Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000011545 carbonate/bicarbonate buffer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000003178 carboxy group Chemical group [H]OC(*)=O 0.000 description 1
- 239000001768 carboxy methyl cellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000001732 carboxylic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000006037 cell lysis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001413 cellular effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000004700 cellular uptake Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000010980 cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229920002678 cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000001913 cellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920002301 cellulose acetate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 208000015114 central nervous system disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000012062 charged aerosol detection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000012000 cholesterol Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000004587 chromatography analysis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000007882 cirrhosis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000019425 cirrhosis of liver Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 210000002806 clathrin-coated vesicle Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229940110456 cocoa butter Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000019868 cocoa butter Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229920001436 collagen Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229940075614 colloidal silicon dioxide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000003184 complementary RNA Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940125758 compound 15 Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940125898 compound 5 Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000005289 controlled pore glass Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000013270 controlled release Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000012343 cottonseed oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000002385 cottonseed oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000012228 culture supernatant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000000805 cytoplasm Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000000593 degrading effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000002637 deoxyribonucleotide group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000000994 depressogenic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000011161 development Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000019700 dicalcium phosphate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000003467 diminishing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000007884 disintegrant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000009826 distribution Methods 0.000 description 1
- NAGJZTKCGNOGPW-UHFFFAOYSA-N dithiophosphoric acid Chemical class OP(O)(S)=S NAGJZTKCGNOGPW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000002222 downregulating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000009977 dual effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000002330 electrospray ionisation mass spectrometry Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000005516 engineering process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003797 essential amino acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000020776 essential amino acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000002148 esters Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000001495 ethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- LVGKNOAMLMIIKO-QXMHVHEDSA-N ethyl oleate Chemical compound CCCCCCCC\C=C/CCCCCCCC(=O)OCC LVGKNOAMLMIIKO-QXMHVHEDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940093471 ethyl oleate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000011156 evaluation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000001704 evaporation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000008020 evaporation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 201000005577 familial hyperlipidemia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000000706 filtrate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000001153 fluoro group Chemical group F* 0.000 description 1
- 238000010230 functional analysis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000000524 functional group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229930182830 galactose Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 229920000370 gamma-poly(glutamate) polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000000499 gel Substances 0.000 description 1
- 208000005017 glioblastoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000008103 glucose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 102000006602 glyceraldehyde-3-phosphate dehydrogenase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 235000011187 glycerol Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 108010062584 glycollate oxidase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 150000002334 glycols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229940029575 guanosine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000036541 health Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010438 heat treatment Methods 0.000 description 1
- 231100000234 hepatic damage Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 208000006454 hepatitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 231100000283 hepatitis Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 231100000304 hepatotoxicity Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 238000000589 high-performance liquid chromatography-mass spectrometry Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000008172 hydrogenated vegetable oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-M hydroxide Chemical group [OH-] XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 229920003063 hydroxymethyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229940031574 hydroxymethyl cellulose Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000001866 hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010979 hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229920003088 hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- UFVKGYZPFZQRLF-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose Chemical compound OC1C(O)C(OC)OC(CO)C1OC1C(O)C(O)C(OC2C(C(O)C(OC3C(C(O)C(O)C(CO)O3)O)C(CO)O2)O)C(CO)O1 UFVKGYZPFZQRLF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000027866 inflammatory disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000004615 ingredient Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003112 inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000266 injurious effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940125396 insulin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000001361 intraarterial administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007917 intracranial administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010255 intramuscular injection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000007927 intramuscular injection Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000007912 intraperitoneal administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000007928 intraperitoneal injection Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000007913 intrathecal administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007914 intraventricular administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910052740 iodine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000011630 iodine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000007794 irritation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000003734 kidney Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 150000002632 lipids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000001294 liquid chromatography-tandem mass spectrometry Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000008818 liver damage Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000019423 liver disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000007056 liver toxicity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000001921 locked nucleotide group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000005923 long-lasting effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000012139 lysis buffer Substances 0.000 description 1
- VTHJTEIRLNZDEV-UHFFFAOYSA-L magnesium dihydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[OH-].[Mg+2] VTHJTEIRLNZDEV-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 239000000347 magnesium hydroxide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910001862 magnesium hydroxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 238000012423 maintenance Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000003211 malignant effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000594 mannitol Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010355 mannitol Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000007246 mechanism Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001404 mediated effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002609 medium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000008018 melting Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000002844 melting Methods 0.000 description 1
- 208000030159 metabolic disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000002503 metabolic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000019813 microcrystalline cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940016286 microcrystalline cellulose Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000008108 microcrystalline cellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000003278 mimic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010369 molecular cloning Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000004573 morpholin-4-yl group Chemical group N1(CCOCC1)* 0.000 description 1
- 230000035772 mutation Effects 0.000 description 1
- FEMOMIGRRWSMCU-UHFFFAOYSA-N ninhydrin Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(=O)C(O)(O)C(=O)C2=C1 FEMOMIGRRWSMCU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108091027963 non-coding RNA Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000012457 nonaqueous media Substances 0.000 description 1
- 231100000252 nontoxic Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000003000 nontoxic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- QIQXTHQIDYTFRH-UHFFFAOYSA-N octadecanoic acid Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O QIQXTHQIDYTFRH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OQCDKBAXFALNLD-UHFFFAOYSA-N octadecanoic acid Natural products CCCCCCCC(C)CCCCCCCCC(O)=O OQCDKBAXFALNLD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004006 olive oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000008390 olive oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000005457 optimization Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000002894 organic compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000007800 oxidant agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001590 oxidative effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000012188 paraffin wax Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001575 pathological effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000312 peanut oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000001814 pectin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010987 pectin Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229920001277 pectin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- PTMHPRAIXMAOOB-UHFFFAOYSA-L phosphoramidate Chemical compound NP([O-])([O-])=O PTMHPRAIXMAOOB-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 150000008298 phosphoramidates Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000026731 phosphorylation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006366 phosphorylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007747 plating Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229920000058 polyacrylate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 108010064470 polyaspartate Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229920000515 polycarbonate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004417 polycarbonate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000728 polyester Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920005862 polyol Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 150000003077 polyols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000004804 polysaccharides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229920001592 potato starch Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000000843 powder Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002243 precursor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000012545 processing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000651 prodrug Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940002612 prodrug Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000011321 prophylaxis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002685 pulmonary effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000003908 quality control method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000009790 rate-determining step (RDS) Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001105 regulatory effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000004044 response Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229920002477 rna polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 102220002645 rs104894309 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 235000005713 safflower oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000003813 safflower oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000012266 salt solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000013207 serial dilution Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000008159 sesame oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000011803 sesame oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000019491 signal transduction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002924 silencing RNA Substances 0.000 description 1
- RMAQACBXLXPBSY-UHFFFAOYSA-N silicic acid Chemical compound O[Si](O)(O)O RMAQACBXLXPBSY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000012239 silicon dioxide Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000004055 small Interfering RNA Substances 0.000 description 1
- WXMKPNITSTVMEF-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium benzoate Chemical compound [Na+].[O-]C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 WXMKPNITSTVMEF-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 239000004299 sodium benzoate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010234 sodium benzoate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000017557 sodium bicarbonate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000019812 sodium carboxymethyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229920001027 sodium carboxymethylcellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000001488 sodium phosphate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910000162 sodium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229920003109 sodium starch glycolate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000008109 sodium starch glycolate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940079832 sodium starch glycolate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000007790 solid phase Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000010532 solid phase synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000010356 sorbitol Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000000600 sorbitol Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003549 soybean oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000012424 soybean oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000005507 spraying Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000006641 stabilisation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000011105 stabilization Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000000087 stabilizing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000007858 starting material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000008117 stearic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000003431 steroids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000003756 stirring Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000005556 structure-activity relationship Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000001424 substituent group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 238000006467 substitution reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000005720 sucrose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000011149 sulphuric acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000000829 suppository Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002459 sustained effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000009885 systemic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- KPXODPHVWBQJEG-UHFFFAOYSA-N tert-butyl 3-[2-amino-3-[3-[(2-methylpropan-2-yl)oxy]-3-oxopropoxy]-2-[[3-[(2-methylpropan-2-yl)oxy]-3-oxopropoxy]methyl]propoxy]propanoate Chemical compound CC(C)(C)OC(=O)CCOCC(N)(COCCC(=O)OC(C)(C)C)COCCC(=O)OC(C)(C)C KPXODPHVWBQJEG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000011200 topical administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000000699 topical effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 231100000419 toxicity Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000001988 toxicity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000010487 tragacanth Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000000196 tragacanth Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940116362 tragacanth Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000012581 transferrin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001052 transient effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000013519 translation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000032258 transport Effects 0.000 description 1
- RYFMWSXOAZQYPI-UHFFFAOYSA-K trisodium phosphate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[Na+].[O-]P([O-])([O-])=O RYFMWSXOAZQYPI-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- 230000007306 turnover Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000001195 ultra high performance liquid chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000004704 ultra performance liquid chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000005500 uronium group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000003981 vehicle Substances 0.000 description 1
- 108700026220 vif Genes Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 201000001862 viral hepatitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000005406 washing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000001993 wax Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000003442 weekly effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000080 wetting agent Substances 0.000 description 1
Classifications
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07H—SUGARS; DERIVATIVES THEREOF; NUCLEOSIDES; NUCLEOTIDES; NUCLEIC ACIDS
- C07H15/00—Compounds containing hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals directly attached to hetero atoms of saccharide radicals
- C07H15/02—Acyclic radicals, not substituted by cyclic structures
- C07H15/04—Acyclic radicals, not substituted by cyclic structures attached to an oxygen atom of the saccharide radical
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K47/00—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient
- A61K47/50—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates
- A61K47/51—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent
- A61K47/54—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent the modifying agent being an organic compound
- A61K47/549—Sugars, nucleosides, nucleotides or nucleic acids
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K47/00—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient
- A61K47/50—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates
- A61K47/51—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent
- A61K47/56—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent the modifying agent being an organic macromolecular compound, e.g. an oligomeric, polymeric or dendrimeric molecule
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07H—SUGARS; DERIVATIVES THEREOF; NUCLEOSIDES; NUCLEOTIDES; NUCLEIC ACIDS
- C07H15/00—Compounds containing hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals directly attached to hetero atoms of saccharide radicals
- C07H15/02—Acyclic radicals, not substituted by cyclic structures
- C07H15/04—Acyclic radicals, not substituted by cyclic structures attached to an oxygen atom of the saccharide radical
- C07H15/08—Polyoxyalkylene derivatives
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07H—SUGARS; DERIVATIVES THEREOF; NUCLEOSIDES; NUCLEOTIDES; NUCLEIC ACIDS
- C07H21/00—Compounds containing two or more mononucleotide units having separate phosphate or polyphosphate groups linked by saccharide radicals of nucleoside groups, e.g. nucleic acids
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07H—SUGARS; DERIVATIVES THEREOF; NUCLEOSIDES; NUCLEOTIDES; NUCLEIC ACIDS
- C07H21/00—Compounds containing two or more mononucleotide units having separate phosphate or polyphosphate groups linked by saccharide radicals of nucleoside groups, e.g. nucleic acids
- C07H21/02—Compounds containing two or more mononucleotide units having separate phosphate or polyphosphate groups linked by saccharide radicals of nucleoside groups, e.g. nucleic acids with ribosyl as saccharide radical
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07H—SUGARS; DERIVATIVES THEREOF; NUCLEOSIDES; NUCLEOTIDES; NUCLEIC ACIDS
- C07H21/00—Compounds containing two or more mononucleotide units having separate phosphate or polyphosphate groups linked by saccharide radicals of nucleoside groups, e.g. nucleic acids
- C07H21/04—Compounds containing two or more mononucleotide units having separate phosphate or polyphosphate groups linked by saccharide radicals of nucleoside groups, e.g. nucleic acids with deoxyribosyl as saccharide radical
Definitions
- the present invention provides novel conjugated oligonucleotide compounds, which are suitable for therapeutic use. Additionally, the present invention provides methods of making these compounds, as well as methods of using such compounds for the treatment of various diseases and conditions.
- Oligonucleotide compounds have important therapeutic applications in medicine. Oligonucleotides can be used to silence genes that are responsible for a particular disease. Genesilencing prevents formation of a protein by inhibiting translation. Importantly, gene-silencing agents are a promising alternative to traditional small, organic compounds that inhibit the function of the protein linked to the disease. siRNA, antisense RNA, and micro-RNA are oligonucleotides that prevent the formation of proteins by gene-silencing.
- SiRNA/RNAi therapeutic agents for the treatment of various diseases including central-nervous-system diseases, inflammatory diseases, metabolic disorders, oncology, infectious diseases, and ocular diseases.
- oligonucleotides Efficient delivery of oligonucleotides to cells in vivo requires specific targeting and substantial protection from the extracellular environment, particularly serum proteins.
- One method of achieving specific targeting is to conjugate a ligand targeting moiety to the oligonucleotide agent.
- the ligand targeting moiety helps delivering the oligonucleotide to the required target site.
- attaching a ligand targeting moiety comprising a terminal galactose or derivative thereof to an oligonucleotide aids targeting to hepatocytes via binding to the asialoglycoprotein receptor (ASGPR).
- ASGPR asialoglycoprotein receptor
- the present invention provides novel, ligand-conjugated oligonucleotide compounds, methods of making these compounds and uses thereof.
- a compound comprising the following structure: wherein: r and s are independently an integer selected from 1 to 16; and Z is an oligonucleotide moiety.
- Z is an oligonucleotide moiety; and where appropriate carrying out deprotection of the ligand and / or annealing of a second strand for the oligonucleotide.
- r is independently an integer selected from 1 to 16; and Z is an oligonucleotide moiety.
- a compound of Formula (XI) wherein: s is independently an integer selected from 1 to 16; and Z is an oligonucleotide moiety.
- composition comprising of a compound as described anywhere herein, together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, diluent or excipient.
- FIG. 1 shows analysis of hsC5 mRNA expression levels in a total of 45 human-derived cancer cell lysates and lysate of primary human hepatocytes (PHHs). mRNA expression levels are shown in relative light units [RLUs].
- FIG. 2 shows analysis of hsHAOl mRNA expression levels in a total of 45 human- derived cancer cell lysates and lysate of primary human hepatocytes (PHHs). mRNA expression levels are shown in relative light units [RLUs],
- FIG. 3 shows analysis of hsTTR mRNA expression levels in a total of 45 human-derived cancer cell lysates and lysate of primary human hepatocytes (PHHs). mRNA expression levels are shown in relative light units [RLUs],
- FIGs. 4A-B shows the results from the dose-response analysis of hsTTR targeting GalNAc-siRNAs in HepG2 cells in Example 1.
- FIGs. 5A-B shows the results from the dose-response analysis of hsC5 targeting GalNAc-siRNAs in HepG2 cells in Example 1.
- FIG. 6 shows the analysis of hsTTR (top), hsC5 (middle) and hsHAOl (bottom) mRNA expression levels in all three batches of primary human hepatocytes BHuf 16087 (left), CHF2101 (middle) and CyHuf 19009 (right) each after Oh, 24h, 48h and 72h in culture. mRNA expression levels are shown in relative light units [RLUs],
- FIG. 7 shows the analysis of hsGAPDH (top) and hsAHSAl (bottom) mRNA expression levels in all three batches of primary human hepatocytes BHuf 16087 (left), CHF2101 (center) and CyHufl9009 (right) each after Oh, 24h, 48h and 72h in culture. mRNA expression levels are shown in relative light units [RLUs],
- FIGs. 8A-B shows the results from the dose-response analysis of hsHAOl targeting GalNAc-siRNAs in PHHs in Example 1.
- FIGs. 9A-B shows the results from the dose-response analysis of hsC5 targeting GalNAc-siRNAs in PHHs in Example 1.
- FIGs. 10A-B shows the results from the dose-response analysis of hsTTR targeting GalNAc-siRNAs in PHHs in Example 1.
- FIG. 11 Single dose mouse pharmacology of ETX006. HAO1 mRNA expression is shown relative to the saline control group. Each point represents the mean and standard deviation of 3 mice.
- FIG. 12 Single dose mouse pharmacology of ETX006. Serum glycolate concentration is shown. Each point represents the mean and standard deviation of 3 mice, except for baseline glycolate concentration (day 0) which was derived from a group of 5 mice.
- FIG. 13 Single dose mouse pharmacology of ETX015. C5 mRNA expression is shown relative to the saline control group. Each point represents the mean and standard deviation of 3 mice.
- FIG. 14 Single dose mouse pharmacology of ETX0015. Serum C5 concentration is shown relative to the saline control group. Each point represents the mean and standard deviation of 3 mice.
- FIG. 15 Single dose NHP pharmacology of ETX024. Serum TTR concentration is shown relative to day 1 of the study. Each point represents the mean and standard deviation of 3 animals.
- FIG. 16 Single dose NHP pharmacology of ETX020. Serum TTR concentration is shown relative to day 1 of the study and also pre-dose. Each point represents the mean and standard deviation of 3 animals. Time points up to 84 days are shown.
- FIG. 17 Single dose NHP pharmacology of ETX022. Serum TTR concentration is shown relative to day 1 of the study and also pre-dose. Each point represents the mean and standard deviation of 3 animals. Time points up to 84 days are shown.
- FIG. 18a Single dose NHP pharmacology of ETX024. Serum TTR concentration is shown relative to day 1 of the study and also pre-dose. Each point represents the mean and standard deviation of 3 animals. Time points up to 84 days are shown.
- FIG 18b Sustained suppression of TTR gene expression in the liver after a single 1 mg/kg dose of ETX024. TTR mRNA is shown relative to baseline levels measured pre-dose. Each point represents the mean and standard deviation of 3 animals. Time points up to 84 days are shown.
- FIG 18c Body weight of animals dosed with a single 1 mg/kg dose of ETX024. Each point represents the mean and standard deviation of 3 animals. Time points up to 84 days are shown.
- FIG 18d ALT concentration in serum from animals treated with a single 1 mg/kg dose of ETX024. Each point represents the mean and standard deviation of 3 animals. The dotted lines show the range of values considered normal for this species (Park et al. 2016 Reference values of clinical pathology parameter in cynomolgus monkeys used in preclinical studies. Lab Anim Res 32:79-86.) Time points up to 84 days are shown.
- FIG. 19 Single dose NHP pharmacology of ETX026. Serum TTR concentration is shown relative to day 1 of the study and also pre-dose. Each point represents the mean and standard deviation of 3 animals. Time points up to 84 days are shown.
- FIG.20 Linker and ligand moiety for ETX006, 008, 0015, 0016, 0024 and 0026.
- FIG. 21 Linker and ligand moiety for ETX002, 004, 0011, 0013, 0020 and 0022.
- FIG 22 Total bilirubin concentration in serum from animals treated with a single 1 mg/kg dose of ETX024. Each point represents the mean and standard deviation of 3 animals. The shaded are shows the range of values considered normal at the facility used for the study. The dotted lines show values considered normal for this species (Park et al. 2016 Reference values of clinical pathology parameter in cynomolgus monkeys used in preclinical studies. Lab Anim Res 32:79-86.)
- FIG 23 Blood urea nitrogen (BUN) concentration from animals treated with a single 1 mg/kg dose of ETX024. Each point represents the mean and standard deviation of 3 animals. The shaded are shows the range of values considered normal at the facility used for the study. The dotted lines show values considered normal for this species (Park et al. 2016 Reference values of clinical pathology parameter in cynomolgus monkeys used in preclinical studies. Lab Anim Res 32:79-86.)
- FIG 25-27 are described in more detail below.
- FIG. 28 shows the detail of formulae disclosed herein.
- Figure 29a shows the underlying nucleotide sequences for the sense (SS) and antisense (AS) strands of construct ETX002 as described herein.
- SS sense
- AS antisense
- iaia as shown at the 3’ end region of the sense strand in Figure 29a represents (i) two abasic nucleotides provided as the penultimate and terminal nucleotides at the 3’ end region of the sense strand, (ii) wherein a 3 ’-3’ reversed linkage is provided between the antepenultimate nucleotide (namely A at position 21 of the sense strand, wherein position 1 is the terminal 5’ nucleotide of the sense strand, namely terminal G at the 5 ’end region of the sense strand) and the adjacent penultimate abasic residue of the sense strand, and (iii) the linkage between the terminal and penultimate abasic nucleotides is 5’-3’ when reading towards the 3’ end region comprising the terminal and penultimate abasic nucleotides.
- the sense strand of Figure 29a when reading from position 1 of the sense strand (which is the terminal 5’ nucleotide of the sense strand, namely terminal G at the 5 ’end region of the sense strand), then: (i) the nucleotides at positions 1 to 6, 8, and 12 to 21 have sugars that are 2’ O- methyl modified, (ii) the nucleotides at positions 7, and 9 to 11 have sugars that are 2’ F modified, (iii) the abasic nucleotides have sugars that have H at positions 1 and 2.
- the antisense strand of Figure 29a when reading from position 1 of the antisense strand (which is the terminal 5’ nucleotide of the antisense strand, namely terminal U at the 5 ’end region of the antisense strand), then: (i) the nucleotides at positions 1, 3 to 5, 7, 10 to 13, 15, 17 to 23 have sugars that are 2’ O-methyl modified, (ii) the nucleotides at positions 2, 6, 8, 9, 14, 16 have sugars that are 2’ F modified.
- Figure 29b shows the underlying nucleotide sequences for the sense (SS) and antisense (AS) strands of construct ETX006 as described herein.
- SS sense
- AS antisense
- iaia as shown at the 5’ end region of the sense strand in Figure 29b represents (i) two abasic nucleotides provided as the penultimate and terminal nucleotides at the 5’ end region of the sense strand, (ii) wherein a 5’ -5’ reversed linkage is provided between the antepenultimate nucleotide (namely G at position 1 of the sense strand, not including the iaia motif at the 5’ end region of the sense strand in the nucleotide position numbering on the sense strand) and the adjacent penultimate abasic residue of the sense strand, and (iii) the linkage between the terminal and penultimate abasic nucleotides is 3’-5’ when reading towards the 5’ end region comprising the terminal and penultimate abasic nucleotides.
- the sense strand of Figure 29b when reading from position 1 of the sense strand (which is the terminal 5’ nucleotide of the sense strand, namely terminal G at the 5 ’end region of the sense strand, not including the iaia motif at the 5’ end region of the sense strand in the nucleotide position numbering on the sense strand), then: (i) the nucleotides at positions 1 to 6, 8, and 12 to 21 have sugars that are 2’ O-methyl modified, (ii) the nucleotides at positions 7, and 9 to 11 have sugars that are 2’ F modified, (iii) the abasic nucleotides have sugars that have H at positions 1 and 2.
- a galnac linker is attached to the 5’ end region of the sense strand in use (not depicted in Figure 30a).
- the galnac linker is attached and as shown in Figure 21.
- iaia as shown at the 3’ end region of the sense strand in Figure 30a represents (i) two abasic nucleotides provided as the penultimate and terminal nucleotides at the 3’ end region of the sense strand, (ii) wherein a 3 ’-3’ reversed linkage is provided between the antepenultimate nucleotide (namely A at position 21 of the sense strand, wherein position 1 is the terminal 5’ nucleotide of the sense strand, namely terminal A at the 5 ’end region of the sense strand) and the adjacent penultimate abasic residue of the sense strand, and (iii) the linkage between the terminal and penultimate abasic nucleotides is 5’-3’ when reading towards the 3’ end region
- the sense strand of Figure 30a when reading from position 1 of the sense strand (which is the terminal 5’ nucleotide of the sense strand, namely terminal A at the 5 ’end region of the sense strand), then: (i) the nucleotides at positions 1, 2, 4, 6, 8, 12, 14, 15, 17, 19 to 21 have sugars that are 2’ O-methyl modified, (ii) the nucleotides at positions 3, 5, 7, 9 to 11, 13, 16, 18 have sugars that are 2’ F modified, (iii) the abasic nucleotides have sugars that have H at positions 1 and 2.
- the antisense strand of Figure 30a when reading from position 1 of the antisense strand (which is the terminal 5’ nucleotide of the antisense strand, namely terminal U at the 5 ’end region of the antisense strand), then: (i) the nucleotides at positions 1, 4, 6, 7, 9, 11 to 13, 15, 17, 19 to 23 have sugars that are 2’ O-methyl modified, (ii) the nucleotides at positions 2, 3, 5, 8, 10, 14, 16, 18 have sugars that are 2’ F modified, (iii) the penultimate and terminal T nucleotides at positions 24, 25 at the 3’ end region of the antisense strand have sugars that have H at position 2.
- Figure 30b shows the underlying nucleotide sequences for the sense (SS) and antisense (AS) strands of construct ETX015 as described herein.
- SS sense
- AS antisense
- iaia as shown at the 5’ end region of the sense strand in Figure 30b represents (i) two abasic nucleotides provided as the penultimate and terminal nucleotides at the 5’ end region of the sense strand, (ii) wherein a 5’ -5’ reversed linkage is provided between the antepenultimate nucleotide (namely A at position 1 of the sense strand, not including the iaia motif at the 5’ end region of the sense strand in the nucleotide position numbering on the sense strand) and the adjacent penultimate abasic residue of the sense strand, and (iii) the linkage between the terminal and penultimate abasic nucleotides is 3’-5’ when reading towards the 5’ end region comprising the terminal and penultimate abasic nucleotides.
- the sense strand of Figure 30b when reading from position 1 of the sense strand (which is the terminal 5’ nucleotide of the sense strand, namely terminal A at the 5 ’end region of the sense strand, not including the iaia motif at the 5’ end region of the sense strand in the nucleotide position numbering on the sense strand), then: (i) the nucleotides at positions 1, 2, 4, 6, 8, 12, 14, 15, 17, 19 to 21 have sugars that are 2’ O-methyl modified, (ii) the nucleotides at positions 3, 5, 7, 9 to 11, 13, 16, 18 have sugars that are 2’ F modified, (iii) the abasic nucleotides have sugars that have H at positions 1 and 2.
- the antisense strand of Figure 30b when reading from position 1 of the antisense strand (which is the terminal 5’ nucleotide of the antisense strand, namely terminal U at the 5 ’end region of the antisense strand), then: (i) the nucleotides at positions 1, 4, 6, 7, 9, 11 to 13, 15, 17, 19 to 23 have sugars that are 2’ O-methyl modified, (ii) the nucleotides at positions 2, 3, 5, 8, 10, 14, 16, 18 have sugars that are 2’ F modified, (iii) the penultimate and terminal T nucleotides at positions 24, 25 at the 3’ end region of the antisense strand have sugars that have H at position 2.
- Figure 31a shows the underlying nucleotide sequences for the sense (SS) and antisense (AS) strands of construct ETX020 as described herein.
- SS sense
- AS antisense
- iaia as shown at the 3’ end region of the sense strand in Figure 31a represents (i) two abasic nucleotides provided as the penultimate and terminal nucleotides at the 3’ end region of the sense strand, (ii) wherein a 3 ’-3’ reversed linkage is provided between the antepenultimate nucleotide (namely A at position 21 of the sense strand, wherein position 1 is the terminal 5’ nucleotide of the sense strand, namely terminal U at the 5 ’end region of the sense strand) and the adjacent penultimate abasic residue of the sense strand, and (iii) the linkage between the terminal and penultimate abasic nucleotides is 5’-3’ when reading towards the 3’ end region comprising the terminal and penultimate abasic nucleotides.
- the sense strand of Figure 31a when reading from position 1 of the sense strand (which is the terminal 5’ nucleotide of the sense strand, namely terminal U at the 5 ’end region of the sense strand), then: (i) the nucleotides at positions 1 to 6, 8, and 12 to 21 have sugars that are 2’ O- methyl modified, (ii) the nucleotides at positions 7, and 9 to 11 have sugars that are 2’ F modified, (iii) the abasic nucleotides have sugars that have H at positions 1 and 2.
- the antisense strand of Figure 31a when reading from position 1 of the antisense strand (which is the terminal 5’ nucleotide of the antisense strand, namely terminal U at the 5 ’end region of the antisense strand), then: (i) the nucleotides at positions 1, 3 to 5, 7, 8, 10 to 13, 15, 17 to 23 have sugars that are 2’ O-methyl modified, (ii) the nucleotides at positions 2, 6, 9, 14, 16 have sugars that are 2’ F modified.
- Figure 31b shows the underlying nucleotide sequences for the sense (SS) and antisense (AS) strands of construct ETX024 as described herein.
- SS sense
- AS antisense
- Figure 31b shows the underlying nucleotide sequences for the sense (SS) and antisense (AS) strands of construct ETX024 as described herein.
- SS sense
- AS antisense
- a galnac linker is attached to the 3’ end region of the sense strand in use (not depicted in Figure 3 lb).
- the galnac linker is attached and as shown in Figure 20.
- iaia as shown at the 5’ end region of the sense strand in Figure 3 lb represents (i) two abasic nucleotides provided as the penultimate and terminal nucleotides at the 5’ end region of the sense strand, (ii) wherein a 5’ -5’ reversed linkage is provided between the antepenultimate nucleotide (namely U at position 1 of the sense strand, not including the iaia motif at the 5’ end region of the sense strand in the nucleotide position numbering on the sense strand) and the adjacent penultimate abasic residue of the sense strand, and (iii) the linkage between the terminal and penultimate abasic nucleotides is 3’-5’ when reading towards the 5’ end region comprising the terminal and penultimate abasic nucleotides.
- the sense strand of Figure 31b when reading from position 1 of the sense strand (which is the terminal 5’ nucleotide of the sense strand, namely terminal U at the 5 ’end region of the sense strand, not including the iaia motif at the 5’ end region of the sense strand in the nucleotide position numbering on the sense strand), then: (i) the nucleotides at positions 1 to 6, 8, and 12 to 21 have sugars that are 2’ O-methyl modified, (ii) the nucleotides at positions 7, and 9 to 11 have sugars that are 2’ F modified, (iii) the abasic nucleotides have sugars that have H at positions 1 and 2.
- the antisense strand of Figure 3 lb when reading from position 1 of the antisense strand (which is the terminal 5’ nucleotide of the antisense strand, namely terminal U at the 5 ’end region of the antisense strand), then: (i) the nucleotides at positions 1, 3 to 5, 7, 8, 10 to 13, 15, 17 to 23 have sugars that are 2’ O-methyl modified, (ii) the nucleotides at positions 2, 6, 9, 14, 16 have sugars that are 2’ F modified.
- the present invention provides novel, ligand-conjugated oligonucleotide compounds, methods of making these compounds and uses thereof.
- Compounds of the invention comprise an oligonucleotide moiety and/or a linker and/or a ligand moiety, or parts thereof, as disclosed herein.
- compounds of the invention comprise an oligonucleotide moiety, a linker and a ligand moiety. These moieties may be covalently bonded together, such that the oligonucleotide moiety is covalently bonded to the ligand moiety via the linker.
- compounds of the invention can combine any oligonucleotide moiety as described anywhere herein, and/or any linker as described anywhere herein, and/or any ligand moiety as described anywhere herein.
- Exemplary compounds of the invention comprise the following general structure: wherein: r and s are independently an integer selected from 1 to 16; and Z is an oligonucleotide moiety.
- Exemplary compounds of the invention comprise a ‘ligand moiety’, as depicted in Formula (I).
- the ligand moiety as depicted in Formula (I) comprises one or more ligands.
- the ligand moiety as depicted in Formula (I) comprises one or more carbohydrate ligands.
- the one or more carbohydrates can be a monosaccharide, disaccharide, tri saccharide, tetrasaccharide, oligosaccharide and / or polysaccharide.
- the one or more carbohydrates comprise one or more galactose moieties, one or more lactose moieties, one or more N-AcetylGalactosamine moieties, and / or one or more mannose moieties.
- the one or more carbohydrates comprise one or more N-Acetyl- Galactosamine moieties.
- the compounds as described anywhere herein comprise two or three N-AcetylGalactosamine moieties.
- the one or more ligands are attached in a linear configuration, or in a branched configuration, for example each configuration being respectively attached to a branch point in an overall linker.
- Exemplary linear configuration, or branched configurations, of ligand moi eties can be depicted as follows, using the nomenclature as further explained in sections 2, 3 and 4 hereinafter.
- Exemplary linear configuration wherein (a) and / or (b) can typically represent connecting bonds or groups, such as phosphate or phosphorothioate groups, and the dotted box encompasses the linker moiety.
- Exemplary branched configuration wherein the dotted box encompasses the linker moiety.
- the one or more ligands are attached as a biantennary or triantennary branched configuration.
- a triantennary branched configuration can be preferred, such as an N-AcetylGalactosamine triantennary branched configuration.
- Exemplary compounds of the invention comprise a Tinker moiety’, as depicted in Formula (I), that is part of an overall Tinker’.
- exemplary compounds of the invention comprise an overall linker that is located between the oligonucleotide moiety and the ligand moiety of these compounds.
- the overall linker thereby ‘links’ the oligonucleotide moiety and the ligand moiety to each other.
- the overall linker is often notionally envisaged as comprising one or more linker building blocks.
- a linker portion that is depicted as the Tinker moiety’ as represented in Formula (I) positioned adjacent the ligand moiety and attaching the ligand moiety, typically via a branch point, directly or indirectly to the oligonucleotide moiety.
- the linker moiety as depicted in Formula (I) can also often be referred to as the ‘ligand arm or arms’ of the overall linker.
- the ‘tether moiety’ comprises the group of atoms between Z, namely the oligonucleotide moiety, and the linker moiety.
- s is an integer selected from 4 to 12. In some embodiments, s is 6.
- r is an integer selected from 4 to 14. In some embodiments, r is 6. In some embodiments, r is 12.
- r is 12 and s is 6.
- exemplary compounds of the invention comprise the following structure:
- exemplary compounds of the invention comprise the following structure:
- the ‘linker moiety’ as depicted in Formula (I) comprises the group of atoms located between the tether moiety as described anywhere herein, and the ligand moiety as described anywhere herein.
- the moiety: as depicted in Formula (I) as described anywhere herein is any of Formulae (IV), (V) or (VI), preferably Formula (IV): wherein:
- Ai is hydrogen, or a suitable hydroxy protecting group; a is an integer of 2 or 3; and b is an integer of 2 to 5; or wherein:
- Ai is hydrogen, or a suitable hydroxy protecting group; a is an integer of 2 or 3; and c and d are independently integers of 1 to 6; or wherein:
- Ai is hydrogen, or a suitable hydroxy protecting group; a is an integer of 2 or 3; and e is an integer of 2 to 10.
- Ai is hydrogen, or a suitable hydroxy protecting group; a is 3; and b is an integer of 3.
- Ai is hydrogen; a is an integer of 2 or 3.
- Compounds of the invention combine any oligonucleotide moiety as described anywhere herein, any linker moiety as described anywhere herein, and/or any ligand moiety as described anywhere herein, or parts thereof.
- the compound comprises Formula (VIII):
- the compound comprises Formula (IX):
- Compounds of the invention also include intermediate compounds produced or used during the production processes of the invention as described anywhere herein, for the production of compounds as described anywhere herein.
- the compound comprises of Formula (X):
- the compound comprises Formula (Xa):
- the compound comprises Formula (Xb):
- the compound comprises Formula (XI): wherein: s is independently an integer selected from 1 to 16; and Z is an oligonucleotide moiety.
- the compound comprises Formula (Xia):
- the compound comprises Formula (Xlb):
- the invention further provides a process of preparing a compound as described anywhere herein.
- the invention further provides a process of preparing a composition as described anywhere herein.
- the process comprises reacting compounds of Formulae (X) and (XI):
- r and s are independently an integer selected from 1 to 16;
- Z is an oligonucleotide moiety; and where appropriate carrying out deprotection of the ligand and / or annealing of a second strand for the oligonucleotide.
- Formula (X) is Formula (Xa): and compound of Formula (XI) is Formula (Xia): wherein the oligonucleotide comprises an RNA duplex comprising first and second strands, wherein the first strand is at least partially complementary to an RNA sequence of a target gene, and the second strand is at least partially complementary to said first strand, and wherein each of the first and second strands have 5’ and 3’ ends, and wherein said RNA duplex is attached at the 5’ end of its second strand to the adjacent phosphate.
- Formula (X) is Formula (Xb): and compound of Formula (XI) is Formula (Xia): wherein the oligonucleotide comprises an RNA duplex comprising first and second strands, wherein the first strand is at least partially complementary to an RNA sequence of a target gene, and the second strand is at least partially complementary to said first strand, and wherein each of the first and second strands have 5’ and 3’ ends, and wherein said RNA duplex is attached at the 3’ end of its second strand to the adjacent phosphate.
- Formula (Xia) is Formula (Xlb):
- the invention relates to use of the compounds and compositions as described anywhere herein.
- the present invention also relates to uses of a compound as described anywhere herein, for the preparation of another compound as described anywhere herein.
- the present invention also relates to a compound obtained, or obtainable by a process as described anywhere herein.
- the present invention relates to a pharmaceutical composition
- a pharmaceutical composition comprising of a compound as described anywhere herein, together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, diluent or excipient.
- the present invention also relates to a compound or pharmaceutical composition as described anywhere herein, for use in therapy.
- Suitable dosages, formulations, administration routes, compositions, dosage forms, combinations with other therapeutic agents, pro-drug formulations are also encompassed by the present invention.
- the compounds of the invention may be utilized as research reagents for, for example, diagnostics, therapeutics and prophylaxis.
- compounds of the invention may be used to specifically modulate the synthesis of a target protein in a cell. This can be achieved by degrading, silencing or inhibiting the mRNA of said target protein, thereby preventing the formation of said protein.
- compounds of the invention may be used to modulate a non-coding DNA or RNA molecule exerting a regulatory effect on mechanisms within a cell in cells and experimental animals thereby facilitating functional analysis of the target or an appraisal of its usefulness as a target for therapeutic intervention.
- target protein is in a target cell that comprises asialoglycoprotein receptors (ASPGR) on the surface, such as liver cells, in particular hepatocytes.
- ASPGR asialoglycoprotein receptors
- compounds of the invention may be used as a therapy in an animal or a human, suspected of having a disease or disorder, which can be alleviated or treated by modulating a DNA or RNA encoding a mammalian target polypeptide in said animal or human.
- the target nucleic acid is a gene, a messenger RNA (mRNA) or micro RNA (miRNA).
- mRNA messenger RNA
- miRNA micro RNA
- the invention also provides for the use of the compound or conjugate of the invention as described for the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment of a disorder or for a method of the treatment of as a disorder affected by the modulation of a target nucleic acid.
- the invention also provides for a method for treating a disorder, said method comprising administering a compound according to the invention and/or a pharmaceutical composition according to the invention to a patient in need thereof.
- liver diseases such as hepatitis (including viral hepatitis, such as HBV or HCV), hepatic steatosis, atherosclerosis, hyperlipidemia, hypercholesterolemia, familiar hypercholesterolemia e.g. gain of function mutations in Apolipoprotein B, HDL/LDL cholesterol imbalance, dyslipidemias, e.g., familial hyperlipidemia (FCHL), acquired hyperlipidemia, statin-resistant hypercholesterolemia, coronary artery disease (CAD), and coronary heart disease (CHD), cirrhosis and cancer.
- hepatitis including viral hepatitis, such as HBV or HCV
- HBV hepatic steatosis
- atherosclerosis hyperlipidemia
- hypercholesterolemia familiar hypercholesterolemia e.g. gain of function mutations in Apolipoprotein B, HDL/LDL cholesterol imbalance
- dyslipidemias e.g., familial hyperlipidemia (FCHL), acquired hyperlipidemia, stat
- the term “and/or” refers to any one of the items, any combination of the items, or all of the items with which the term is associated.
- the phrase “A, B, and/or C” is intended to encompass each of the following embodiments: A, B, and C; A, B, or C; A or B; A or C; B or C; A and B; A and C; B and C; A and B or C; B and A or C; C and A or B; A (alone); B (alone); and C (alone).
- complementary means that two sequences are complementary when the sequence of one can bind to the sequence of the other in an anti-parallel sense wherein the 3'- end of each sequence binds to the 5'-end of the other sequence and each A, T(U), G, and C of one sequence is then aligned with a T(U), A, C, and G, respectively, of the other sequence.
- the present invention provides nucleic acids such as inhibitory RNA molecules (which may be referred to as iRNA), and compositions containing the same which can affect expression of a target gene.
- the gene may be within a cell, e.g. a cell within a subject, such as a human.
- the nucleic acids can be used to prevent and/or treat medical conditions associated with the expression of a target gene.
- Inhibitory RNA is the preferred nucleic acid herein.
- the invention provides nucleic acids such as an RNA, for inhibiting expression of a target gene in a cell, comprising at least one duplex region that comprises at least a portion of a first strand and at least a portion of a second strand that is at least partially complementary to the first strand, wherein said first strand is at least partially complementary to at least a portion of RNA transcribed from said target gene to be inhibited, wherein the second strand comprises one or more abasic nucleotides in a terminal region of the second strand, and wherein said abasic nucleotide(s) is / are connected to an adjacent nucleotide through a reversed internucleotide linkage.
- nucleic acids such as an RNA, for inhibiting expression of a target gene in a cell, comprising at least one duplex region that comprises at least a portion of a first strand and at least a portion of a second strand that is at least partially complementary to the first strand, wherein said first
- the invention in particular includes double stranded RNA molecules (dsRNA) which includes two RNA strands that are complementary and hybridize to form a duplex structure under conditions in which the dsRNA will be used.
- dsRNA double stranded RNA molecules
- One strand of a dsRNA includes a region of complementarity that is substantially complementary, and generally fully complementary, to a target sequence.
- the target sequence can be derived from the sequence of an mRNA formed during the expression of a gene of interest.
- the other strand (the sense strand) includes a region that is complementary to the antisense strand, such that the two strands hybridize and form a duplex structure when combined under suitable conditions.
- Complementary sequences of a dsRNA can also be self- complementary regions of a single nucleic acid molecule.
- the term "region of complementarity" refers to the region on the antisense strand that is substantially complementary to a sequence, for example a target sequence. Where the region of complementarity is not fully complementary to the target sequence, the mismatches can be in the internal or terminal regions of the molecule.
- a double stranded nucleic acid e.g. RNAi agent of the invention includes a nucleotide mismatch in the antisense strand.
- nucleic acid of the invention may be referred to as an oligonucleotide moiety.
- a double stranded nucleic acid e.g. RNAi agent of the invention includes a nucleotide mismatch in the sense strand.
- the nucleotide mismatch is, for example, within 5, 4, 3, 2, or 1 nucleotides from the 3 '-end of the nucleic acid e.g. iRNA.
- the nucleotide mismatch is, for example, in the 3'- terminal nucleotide of the nucleic acid e.g. iRNA.
- the “second strand” (also called the sense strand or passenger strand herein, and which can be used interchangeably herein), refers to the strand of a nucleic acid e.g. iRNA that includes a region that is substantially complementary to a region of the antisense strand as that term is defined herein.
- a "target sequence” (which may also be called a target RNA or a target mRNA) refers to a contiguous portion of the nucleotide sequence of an mRNA molecule formed during the transcription of a gene, including mRNA that is a product of RNA processing of a primary transcription product.
- the target sequence may be from about 10-35 nucleotides in length, e.g., about 15-30 nucleotides in length.
- the target sequence can be from about 15-30 nucleotides, 15-29, 15-28, 15-27, 15-26, 15-25, 15-24, 15-23, 15-22, 15-21, 15-20, 15-19, 15-18, 15-17, 18-30, 18-29, 18- 28, 18-27, 18-26, 18-25, 18-24, 18-23, 18-22, 18-21, 18-20, 19-30, 19-29, 19-28, 19-27, 19-26, 19-25, 19-24, 19-23, 19-22, 19-21, 19-20, 20-30, 20-29, 20-28, 20-27,
- ribonucleotide or “nucleotide” can also refer to a modified nucleotide, as further detailed below.
- a nucleic acid can be a DNA or an RNA, and can comprise modified nucleotides.
- RNA is a preferred nucleic acid.
- RNAi agent refers to an agent that contains RNA, and which mediates the targeted cleavage of an RNA transcript via an RNA-induced silencing complex (RISC) pathway.
- RISC RNA-induced silencing complex
- iRNA directs the sequence-specific degradation of mRNA through RNA interference (RNAi).
- a double stranded RNA is referred to herein as a "double stranded RNAi agent,” “double stranded RNA (dsRNA) molecule,” “dsRNA agent,” or “dsRNA”, which refers to a complex of ribonucleic acid molecules, having a duplex structure comprising two anti-parallel and substantially complementary nucleic acid strands, referred to as having "sense” and “antisense” orientations with respect to a target RNA.
- dsRNAi agent double stranded RNA
- dsRNA agent double stranded RNA agent
- dsRNA agent double stranded RNA agent
- nucleotides of each strand of the nucleic acid are preferably ribonucleotides, but in that case each or both strands can also include one or more non-ribonucleotides, e.g., a deoxyribonucleotide or a modified nucleotide.
- an "iRNA” may include ribonucleotides with chemical modifications.
- modified nucleotide refers to a nucleotide having, independently, a modified sugar moiety, a modified internucleotide linkage, or modified nucleobase, or any combination thereof.
- modified nucleotide encompasses substitutions, additions or removal of, e.g., a functional group or atom, to internucleoside linkages, sugar moieties, or nucleobases. Any such modifications, as used in a siRNA type molecule, are encompassed by "iRNA” or “RNAi agent” for the purposes of this specification and claims.
- duplex region of a nucleic acid of the invention e.g. a dsRNA may range from about 9 to 40 base pairs in length such as 9 to 36 base pairs in length, e.g., about 15- 30 base pairs in length, for example, about 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26,
- the two strands forming the duplex structure may be different portions of one larger molecule, or they may be separate molecules e.g. RNA molecules.
- nucleotide overhang refers to at least one unpaired nucleotide that extends from the duplex structure of a double stranded nucleic acid.
- a ds nucleic acid can comprise an overhang of at least one nucleotide; alternatively the overhang can comprise at least two nucleotides, at least three nucleotides, at least four nucleotides, at least five nucleotides or more.
- a nucleotide overhang can comprise or consist of a nucleotide/nucleoside analog, including a deoxynucleotide/nucleoside.
- the overhang(s) can be on the sense strand, the antisense strand, or any combination thereof.
- the nucleotide(s) of an overhang can be present on the 5'-end, 3'-end, or both ends of either an antisense or sense strand.
- the antisense strand has a 1-10 nucleotide, e.g., 0-3, 1-3, 2-4, 2-
- nucleic acids of the invention include those with no nucleotide overhang at one end or with no nucleotide overhangs at either end.
- the term "complementary,” when used to describe a first nucleotide sequence in relation to a second nucleotide sequence, refers to the ability of an oligonucleotide or polynucleotide comprising the first nucleotide sequence to hybridize and form a duplex structure under certain conditions with an oligonucleotide or polynucleotide comprising the second nucleotide sequence, as will be understood by the skilled person.
- Such conditions can, for example, be stringent conditions, where stringent conditions can include: 400 mM NaCl, 40 mM PIPES pH 6.4, 1 mM EDTA, 50°C or 70°C for 12-16 hours followed by washing (see, e.g., "Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual, Sambrook, et al. (1989) Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press).
- nucleic acid e.g. a dsRNA, as described herein, include base-pairing of the oligonucleotide or polynucleotide comprising a first nucleotide sequence to an oligonucleotide or polynucleotide comprising a second nucleotide sequence over the entire length of one or both nucleotide sequences.
- sequences can be referred to as "fully complementary" with respect to each other herein.
- first sequence is referred to as “substantially complementary” with respect to a second sequence herein
- the two sequences can be fully complementary, or they can form one or more mismatched base pairs, such as 2, 4, or 5 mismatched base pairs, but preferably not more than 5 , while retaining the ability to hybridize under the conditions most relevant to their ultimate application, e.g. , inhibition of gene expression via a RISC pathway.
- Overhangs shall not be regarded as mismatches with regard to the determination of complementarity.
- a nucleic acid e.g.
- dsRNA comprising one oligonucleotide 17 nucleotides in length and another oligonucleotide 19 nucleotides in length, wherein the longer oligonucleotide comprises a sequence of 17 nucleotides that is fully complementary to the shorter oligonucleotide, can yet be referred to as "fully complementary” .
- "Complementary" sequences can also include, or be formed entirely from, non- Watson-Crick base pairs or base pairs formed from non-natural and modified nucleotides, in so far as the above requirements with respect to their ability to hybridize are fulfilled.
- Such non- Watson- Crick base pairs include, but are not limited to, G:U Wobble or Hoogstein base pairing.
- a nucleic acid or polynucleotide that is "substantially complementary” to at least part of a messenger RNA refers to a polynucleotide that is substantially complementary to a contiguous portion of the mRNA of interest (e.g. , an mRNA encoding a gene).
- mRNA messenger RNA
- a polynucleotide is complementary to at least a part of an mRNA of a gene of interest if the sequence is substantially complementary to a non- interrupted portion of an mRNA encoding that gene.
- the sense strand polynucleotides and the antisense polynucleotides disclosed herein are fully complementary to the target gene sequence.
- the antisense polynucleotides disclosed herein are substantially complementary to a target RNA sequence and comprise a contiguous nucleotide sequence which is at least about 80% complementary over its entire length to the equivalent region of the target RNA sequence, such as at least about 85%, 86%, 87%, 88%, 89%, about 90%, 91 %, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, or 99% complementary or 100% complementary.
- a nucleic acid e.g. an iRNA of the invention includes a sense strand that is substantially complementary to an antisense polynucleotide which, in turn, is complementary to a target gene sequence and comprises a contiguous nucleotide sequence which is at least about 80% complementary over its entire length to the equivalent region of the nucleotide sequence of the antisense strand, such as about 85%, 86%, 87%, 88%, 89%, 90%, 91 %, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, or 99% complementary, or 100% complementary.
- a nucleic acid e.g. an iRNA of the invention includes an antisense strand that is substantially complementary to the target sequence and comprises a contiguous nucleotide sequence which is at least 80% complementary over its entire length to the target sequence such as about 85%, 86%, 87%, 88%, 89%, 90%, 91 %, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, or 99% complementary, or 100% complementary.
- a "subject" is an animal, such as a mammal, including a primate (such as a human, a non-human primate, e.g., a monkey, and a chimpanzee), or a non-primate or a bird that expresses the target gene, either endogenously or heterologously, when the target gene sequence has sufficient complementarity to the nucleic acid e.g. iRNA agent to promote target knockdown.
- the subject is a human.
- treating refers to a beneficial or desired result including, but not limited to, alleviation or amelioration of one or more symptoms associated with gene expression.
- Treatment can also mean prolonging survival as compared to expected survival in the absence of treatment. Treatment can include prevention of development of comorbidities, e.g. , reduced liver damage in a subject with a hepatic infection.
- “Therapeutically effective amount,” as used herein, is intended to include the amount of a nucleic acid e.g. an iRNA that, when administered to a patient for treating a subject having disease, is sufficient to effect treatment of the disease (e.g. , by diminishing, ameliorating or maintaining the existing disease or one or more symptoms of disease or its related comorbidities).
- pharmaceutically acceptable is employed herein to refer to compounds, materials, compositions, or dosage forms which are suitable for use in contact with the tissues of human subjects and animal subjects without excessive toxicity, irritation, allergic response, or other problem or complication, commensurate with a reasonable benefit/risk ratio.
- pharmaceutically-acceptable carrier means a pharmaceutically- acceptable material, composition, or vehicle, such as a liquid or solid filler, diluent, excipient, manufacturing aid or solvent encapsulating material, involved in carrying or transporting the subject compound from one organ, or portion of the body, to another organ, or portion of the body.
- a pharmaceutically- acceptable material, composition, or vehicle such as a liquid or solid filler, diluent, excipient, manufacturing aid or solvent encapsulating material, involved in carrying or transporting the subject compound from one organ, or portion of the body, to another organ, or portion of the body.
- Each carrier must be “acceptable” in the sense of being compatible with the other ingredients of the formulation and not injurious to the subject being treated.
- sense strand or antisense strand is understood as “sense strand or antisense strand or sense strand and antisense strand.”
- the term "at least" prior to a number or series of numbers is understood to include the number adjacent to the term “at least”, and all subsequent numbers or integers that could logically be included, as clear from context.
- the number of nucleotides in a nucleic acid molecule must be an integer.
- "at least 18 nucleotides of a 21 nucleotide nucleic acid molecule” means that 18, 19, 20, or 21 nucleotides have the indicated property.
- nucleotide overhang As used herein, "no more than” or “less than” is understood as the value adjacent to the phrase and logical lower values or integers, as logical from context, to zero. For example, a duplex with an overhang of "no more than 2 nucleotides” has a 2, 1, or 0 nucleotide overhang. When “no more than” is present before a series of numbers or a range, it is understood that “no more than” can modify each of the numbers in the series or range.
- the terminal region of a strand is the last 5 nucleotides from the 5’ or the 3’ end.
- abasic nucleotides there are 1, e.g. 2, e.g. 3, e.g. 4 or more abasic nucleotides present in the nucleic acid.
- Abasic nucleotides are modified nucleotides because they lack the base normally seen at position 1 of the sugar moiety. Typically, there will be a hydrogen at position 1 of the sugar moiety of the abasic nucleotides present in a nucleic acid according to the present invention.
- the abasic nucleotides are in the terminal region of the second strand, preferably located within the terminal 5 nucleotides of the end of the strand.
- the terminal region may be the terminal 5 nucleotides, which includes abasic nucleotides.
- the second strand may comprise, as preferred features (which are all specifically contemplated in combination unless mutually exclusive):
- abasic nucleotides in either the 5’ or 3’ terminal region of the second strand, wherein the abasic nucleotides are present in an overhang as herein described;
- abasic nucleotide 2, or more than 2, consecutive abasic nucleotides in either the 5’ or 3’ terminal region of the second strand, wherein preferably one such abasic nucleotide is a terminal nucleotide in either the 5’ or 3’ terminal region of the second strand; and / or a reversed internucleotide linkage connects at least one abasic nucleotide to an adjacent basic nucleotide in a terminal region of the second strand; and / or a reversed internucleotide linkage connects at least one abasic nucleotide to an adjacent basic nucleotide in either the 5’ or 3’ terminal region of the second strand; and /or an abasic nucleotide as the penultimate nucleotide which is connected via the reversed linkage to the nucleotide which is not the terminal nucleotide (called the antepenultimate nucleotide herein); and
- the reversed linkage is a 5-5’ reversed linkage and the linkage between the terminal and penultimate abasic nucleotides is 3 ’ 5 ’ when reading towards the terminus comprising the terminal and penultimate abasic nucleotides; or
- the reversed linkage is a 3-3’ reversed linkage and the linkage between the terminal and penultimate abasic nucleotides is 5’3’ when reading towards the terminus comprising the terminal and penultimate abasic nucleotides.
- abasic nucleotide at the terminus of the second strand.
- abasic nucleotides are consecutive, for example all abasic nucleotides may be consecutive.
- terminal 1 or terminal 2 or terminal 3 or terminal 4 nucelotides may be abasic nucleotides.
- An abasic nucleotide may also be linked to an adjacent nucleotide through a 5 ’-3’ phosphodiester linkage or reversed linkage unless there is only 1 abasic nucleotide at the terminus, in which case it will have a reversed linkage to the adjacent nucleotide.
- a reversed linkage (which may also be referred to as an inverted linkage, which is also seen in the art), comprises either a 5’-5’ , a 3’3’, a 3’-2’ or a 2’-3’ phosphodiester linkage between the adjacent sugar moi eties of the nucleotides.
- Abasic nucleotides which are not terminal will have 2 phosphodiester bonds, one with each adjacent nucleotide, and these may be a reversed linkage or may be a 5 ’-3 phosphodiester bond or may be one of each.
- a preferred embodiment comprises 2 abasic nucleotides at the terminal and penultimate positions of the second strand, and wherein the reversed internucleotide linkage is located between the penultimate (abasic) nucleotide and the antepenultimate nucleotide.
- abasic nucleotides at the terminal and penultimate positions of the second strand and the penultimate nucleotide is linked to the antepenultimate nucleotide through a reversed internucleotide linkage and is linked to the terminal nucleotide through a 5 ’-3’ or 3 ’-5’ phosphodiester linkage (reading in the direction of the terminus of the molecule).
- Different preferred features are as follows:
- the reversed internucleotide linkage is a 3’3 reversed linkage.
- the reversed internucleotide linkage is at a terminal region which is distal to the 5’ terminal phosphate of the second strand.
- the reversed intemucleotide linkage is a 5’5 reversed linkage.
- the reversed internucleotide linkage is at a terminal region which is distal to the 3’ terminal hydroxide of the second strand.
- RNA nucleotides shown are not limiting and could be any RNA nucleotide:
- a A 3 ’-3’ reversed bond (and also showing the 5 ’-3 direction of the last phosphodiester bond between the two abasic molecules reading towards the terminus of the molecule)
- B Illustrating a 5’-5’ reversed bond (and also showing the 3’-5’ direction of the last phosphodiester bond between the two abasic molecules reading towards the terminus of the molecule)
- the abasic nucleotide or abasic nucleotides present in the nucleic acid are provided in the presence of a reversed intemucleotide linkage or linkages, namely a 5 ’-5’ or a 3 ’-3’ reversed internucleotide linkage.
- a reversed linkage occurs as a result of a change of orientation of an adjacent nucleotide sugar, such that the sugar will have a 3’ - 5’ orientation as opposed to the conventional 5’ - 3’ orientation (with reference to the numbering of ring atoms on the nucleotide sugars).
- the abasic nucleotide or nucleotides as present in the nucleic acids of the invention preferably include such inverted nucleotide sugars.
- the proximal 3’ -3’ or 5’ -5’ reversed linkage as herein described may comprise the reversed linkage being directly adjacent / attached to a terminal nucleotide having an inverted orientation, such as a single terminal nucleotide having an inverted orientation.
- the proximal 3’ -3’ or 5’ -5’ reversed linkage as herein described may comprise the reversed linkage being adjacent 2, or more than 2, nucleotides having an inverted orientation, such as 2, or more than 2, terminal region nucleotides having an inverted orientation, such as the terminal and penultimate nucleotides. In this way, the reversed linkage may be attached to a penultimate nucleotide having an inverted orientation.
- nucleic acid molecules having overall 3’ - 3’ or 5’- 5’ end structures as described herein, it will also be appreciated that with the presence of one or more additional reversed linkages and / or nucleotides having an inverted orientation, then the overall nucleic acid may have 3’ - 5’ end structures corresponding to the conventionally positioned 5’ / 3’ ends.
- the nucleic acid may have a 3 ’-3’ reversed linkage, and the terminal sugar moiety may comprise a 5’ OH rather than a 5’ phosphate group at the 5’ position of that terminal sugar.
- the majority of the molecule will comprise conventional internucleotide linkages that run from the 3’ OH of the sugar to the 5’ phosphate of the next sugar, when reading in the standard 5’ [PO4] to 3’ [OH] direction of a nucleic acid molecule (with reference to the numbering of ring atoms on the nucleotide sugars), which can be used to determine the conventional 5’ and 3’ ends that would be found absent the inverted end configuration.
- the reversed bond is preferably located at the end of the nucleic acid eg RNA which is distal to a ligand moiety, such as a GalNAc containing portion, of the molecule.
- a ligand moiety such as a GalNAc containing portion
- GalNAc-siRNA constructs with a 5 ’-GalNAc on the sense strand can have a reversed linkage on the opposite end of the sense strand.
- GalNAc-siRNA constructs with a 3 ’-GalNAc on the sense strand can have a reversed linkage on the opposite end of the sense strand.
- nucleic acid lengths [0172] In one aspect the i) the first strand of the nucleic acid has a length in the range of 15 to 30 nucleotides, preferably 19 to 25 nucleotides, more preferably 23 or 25; and / or ii) the second strand of the nucleic acid has a length in the range of 15 to 30 nucleotides, preferably 19 to 25 nucleotides, more preferably 23.
- the duplex structure of the nucleic acid e.g. an iRNA is about 15 to 30 base pairs in length, e.g., 15-29, 15-28, 15-27, 15-26, 15-25, 15-24, 15-23, 15-22, 15-21, 15-20, 15-19, 15-18, 15-17, 18-30, 18-29, 18-28, 18-27, 18-26, 18-25, 18-24, 18-23, 18-22, 18-21, 18-20, 19-30, 19-29, 19-28, 19-27, 19-26, 19-25, 19-24, 19- 23, 19-22, 19-21, 19-20, 20-30,
- the region of complementarity of an antisense sequence to a target sequence and/or the region of complementarity of an antisense sequence to a sense sequence is about 15 to 30 nucleotides in length, e.g., 15-29, 15-28, 15-27, 15-26, 15-25, 15-24, 15-23, 15-22, 15-21, 15-20, 15-19, 15-18, 15-17, 18-30, 18-29, 18-28, 18-27, 18-26, 18-25, 18-24, 18-23,
- the region of complementarity of an antisense sequence to a target sequence and/or the region of complementarity of an antisense sequence to a sense sequence is at least 17 nucleotides in length.
- the region of complementarity between the antisense strand and the target is 19 to 21 nucleotides in length, for example, the region of complementarity is 21 nucleotides in length.
- each strand is no more than 30 nucleotides in length.
- a nucleic acid e.g. a dsRNA as described herein can further include one or more singlestranded nucleotide overhangs e.g., 1-4, 2-4, 1-3, 2-3, 1, 2, 3, or 4 nucleotides.
- a nucleotide overhang can comprise or consist of a nucleotide/nucleoside analog, including a deoxynucleotide/nucleoside.
- the overhang(s) can be on the sense strand, the antisense strand, or any combination thereof.
- the nucleotide(s) of an overhang can be present on the 5'-end, 3'- end, or both ends of an antisense or sense strand of a nucleic acid e.g. a dsRNA.
- At least one strand comprises a 3' overhang of at least 1 nucleotide, e.g. , at least one strand comprises a 3' overhang of at least 2 nucleotides.
- the overhang is suitably on the antisense/ guide strand and/or the sense / passenger strand.
- the nucleic acid e.g. an RNA of the invention e.g., a dsRNA
- the nucleic acid does not comprise further modifications (beyond the required abasic modifications), e.g., chemical modifications or conjugations known in the art and described herein.
- the nucleic acid e.g. RNA of the invention e.g., a dsRNA
- nucleotides are modified.
- nucleic acids featured in the invention can be synthesized or modified by methods well established in the art, such as those described in “Current protocols in nucleic acid chemistry,” Beaucage, S.L. et al. (Edrs.), John Wiley & Sons, Inc., New York, NY, USA, which is hereby incorporated herein by reference.
- Modifications include, for example, end modifications, e.g., 5'-end modifications (phosphorylation, conjugation, inverted linkages) or 3 '-end modifications (conjugation, DNA nucleotides within an RNA, or RNA nucleotides within a DNA, inverted linkages, etc.); base modifications, e.g., replacement with stabilizing bases, destabilizing bases, or bases that base pair with an expanded repertoire of partners, conjugated bases; sugar modifications (e.g. , at the 2'-position or 4'- position) or replacement of the sugar; or backbone modifications, including modification or replacement of the phosphodiester linkages.
- end modifications e.g., 5'-end modifications (phosphorylation, conjugation, inverted linkages) or 3 '-end modifications (conjugation, DNA nucleotides within an RNA, or RNA nucleotides within a DNA, inverted linkages, etc.
- base modifications e.g., replacement with stabilizing bases, destabilizing bases,
- nucleic acids such as iRNA compounds useful in the embodiments described herein include, but are not limited to RNAs containing modified backbones or no natural intemucleoside linkages.
- Nucleic acids such as RNAs having modified backbones include, among others, those that do not have a phosphorus atom in the backbone.
- modified nucleic acids e.g. RNAs that do not have a phosphorus atom in their intemucleoside backbone can also be considered to be oligonucleosides.
- a modified nucleic acid e.g. an iRNA will have a phosphorus atom in its intemucleoside backbone.
- Modified nucleic acid e.g. RNA backbones include, for example, phosphorothioates, chiral phosphorothioates, phosphorodithioates, phosphotriesters, aminoalkylphosphotriesters, methyl and other alkyl phosphonates including 3 '-alkylene phosphonates and chiral phosphonates, phosphinates, phosphoramidates including 3 '-amino phosphoramidate and aminoalkylphosphoramidates, thionophosphoramidates, thionoalkylphosphonates, thionoalkylphosphotriesters, and boranophosphates having normal 3'-5' linkages, 2'-5'-linked analogs of these, and those having inverted polarity wherein the adjacent pairs of nucleoside units are linked 5'-3' or 5'-2'.
- Various salts, mixed salts and free acid forms are also included.
- Modified nucleic acids e.g. RNAs can also contain one or more substituted sugar moieties.
- the nucleic acids e.g. iRNAs, e.g., dsRNAs, featured herein can include one of the following at the 2'-position: OH; F; 0-, S-, or N-alkyl; 0-, S-, or N-alkenyl; 0-, S- or N- alkynyl; or O-alkyl-O-alkyl, wherein the alkyl, alkenyl and alkynyl can be substituted or unsubstituted. 2’ O- methyl and 2’ -F are preferred modifications.
- the nucleic acid comprises at least one modified nucleotide.
- the nucleic acid of the invention may comprise one or more modified nucleotides on the first strand and/or the second strand.
- substantially all of the nucleotides of the sense strand and all of the nucleotides of the antisense strand comprise a modification.
- all of the nucleotides of the sense strand and substantially all of the nucleotides of the antisense strand comprise a modification.
- all of the nucleotides of the sense strand and all of the nucleotides of the antisense strand comprise a modification.
- At least one of the modified nucleotides is selected from the group consisting of a deoxy- nucleotide, a 3 '-terminal deoxy-thymine (dT) nucleotide, a 2'-0-methyl modified nucleotide (also called herein 2’-Me, where Me is a methoxy) , a 2'-fluoro modified nucleotide, a 2'-deoxy- modified nucleotide, a locked nucleotide, an unlocked nucleotide, a conformationally restricted nucleotide, a constrained ethyl nucleotide, an abasic nucleotide, a 2' -amino- modified nucleotide, a 2'- O-allyl- modified nucleotide, 2' -C-alkyl- modified nucleotide, 2'-hydroxly-modified nucleotide, a 2'--
- the modified nucleotides comprise a short sequence of 3 '-terminal deoxy -thymine nucleotides (dT).
- Modifications on the nucleotides may preferably be selected from the group including, but not limited to, LNA, HNA, CeNA, 2 -methoxyethyl, 2'-0-alkyl, 2 -0-allyl, 2'-C- allyl, 2'- fluoro, 2'-deoxy, 2'- hydroxyl, and combinations thereof.
- the modifications on the nucleotides are 2 -0-methyl (“2-Me”) or 2'-fluoro modifications.
- One preferred modification is a modification at the 2’ -OH group of the ribose sugar, optionally selected from 2'-Me or 2’-F modifications.
- Preferred nucleic acid comprise one or more nucleotides on the first strand and / or the second strand which are modified, to form modified nucleotides, as follows:
- a nucleic acid wherein the modification is a modification at the 2’ -OH group of the ribose sugar, optionally selected from 2'-Me or 2’-F modifications.
- a nucleic acid wherein the first strand comprises a 2’-F at any of position 14, position 2, position 6, or any combination thereof, counting from position 1 of said first strand.
- a nucleic acid wherein the second strand comprises a 2’-F modification at position 7 and / or 9, and / or 11, and/or 13 , counting from position 1 of said second strand.
- a nucleic acid wherein the second strand comprises a 2’-F modification at position 7 and 9 and 11 counting from position 1 of said second strand.
- a nucleic acid wherein the first and second strand each comprise 2'-Me and 2’-F modifications.
- IMUNA modified unlocked nucleic acid
- GNA glycol nucleic acid
- the nucleic acid may be a double stranded molecule, preferably double stranded RNA, which has a melting temperature in the range of about 40 to 80°C.
- the nucleic acid may comprise at least one thermally destabilizing modification at position 7 of the first strand.
- nucleic acid wherein the nucleic acid comprises 3 or more 2’-F modifications at positions 7 to 13 of the second strand, such as 4, 5, 6 or 7 2’-F modifications at positions 7 to 13 of the second strand, counting from position 1 of said second strand.
- a nucleic acid wherein said second strand comprises at least 3, such as 4, 5 or 6, 2’-Me modifications at positions 1 to 6 of the second strand, counting from position 1 of said second strand.
- a nucleic acid wherein said first strand comprises at least 5 2’-Me consecutive modifications at the 3’ terminal region, preferably including the terminal nucleotide at the 3’ terminal region, or at least within 1 or 2 nucleotides from the terminal nucleotide at the 3’ terminal region.
- a nucleic acid wherein said first strand comprises 7 2’-Me consecutive modifications at the 3’ terminal region, preferably including the terminal nucleotide at the 3’ terminal region.
- Preferred modification patterns include:
- a nucleic acid wherein the second strand includes the following modification pattern:
- N represents a nucleotide with a first modification
- N A represents a nucleotide with a second modification different to the first modification of N
- N B represents a nucleotide with a third modification different to the first modification of N, but either the same or different to the second modification of N A ; and wherein said pattern has a 5’ to 3’ directionality along the second strand.
- a nucleic acid wherein the second strand includes the following modification pattern:
- a nucleic acid wherein the second strand includes the following modification pattern:
- a nucleic acid wherein the second strand includes the following modification pattern:
- a nucleic acid wherein the second strand includes the following modification pattern:
- a nucleic acid wherein the second strand includes the following modification pattern:
- N c and N D which may be the same or different, respectively denote a plurality of 5’ and 3’ terminal region chemically modified nucleotides, wherein at least N c comprises at least two differently modified nucleotides.
- N D comprises at least two differently modified nucleotides, or a plurality of nucleotides each having the same modification, preferably 2’ -Me consecutive modifications.
- a nucleic acid wherein the second strand includes the following modification pattern:
- a nucleic acid wherein the second strand includes the following modification pattern:
- a nucleic acid wherein the second strand includes the following modification pattern:
- a nucleic acid wherein the second strand includes the following modification pattern:
- a nucleic acid wherein the first strand includes the following modification pattern:
- M represents a nucleotide with a first modification and wherein typically (M) 3 -s are substantially aligned with (N) 3 -5 in said second strand;
- M A represents a nucleotide with a second modification different to the first modification of M
- M B represents a nucleotide with a third modification different to the first modification of M, but either the same or different to the second modification of M A .
- a nucleic acid, wherein the first strand includes the following modification pattern: M A -(M) 3 -M B
- a nucleic acid, wherein the first strand includes the following modification pattern:
- a nucleic acid, wherein the first strand includes the following modification pattern:
- a nucleic acid wherein the first strand includes the following modification pattern:
- a nucleic acid wherein the first strand includes the following modification pattern:
- a nucleic acid, wherein the first strand includes the following modification pattern:
- a nucleic acid, wherein the first strand includes the following modification pattern:
- M c and M D which may be the same or different, respectively denote a plurality of 5’ and 3’ terminal region chemically modified nucleotides each comprising at least two differently modified nucleotides.
- a nucleic acid wherein the first strand includes the following modification pattern: 3 ’ Me-Me-Me-Me-Me-Me-F -Me-F -Me-Me-Me-F -Me-F -Me-Me-F -Me 5 ’ .
- a nucleic acid wherein the first strand includes the following modification pattern:
- a nucleic acid wherein the first strand includes the following modification pattern:
- Position 1 of the first or the second strand is the nucleotide which is the closest to the end of the nucleic acid (ignoring any abasic nucleotides) and that is joined to an adjacent nucleotide (at Position 2) via a 3’ to 5’ internal bond, with reference to the bonds between the sugar moieties of the backbone, and reading in a direction away from that end of the molecule.
- position 1 of the sense strand is the 5’ most nucleotide (not including abasic nucleotides) at the conventional 5’ end of the sense strand.
- the nucleotide at this position 1 of the sense strand will be equivalent to the 5’ nucleotide of the selected target nucleic acid sequence, and more generally the sense strand will have equivalent nucleotides to those of the target nucleic acid sequence starting from this position 1 of the sense strand, whilst also allowing for acceptable mismatches between the sequences.
- position 1 of the antisense strand is the 5’ most nucleotide (not including abasic nucleotides) at the conventional 5’ end of the antisense strand. As hereinbefore described, there will be a region of complementarity between the sense and antisense strands, and in this way the antisense strand will also have a region of complementarity to the target nucleic acid sequence as referred to above.
- the nucleic acid e.g. RNAi agent further comprises at least one phosphorothioate or methylphosphonate intemucleotide linkage.
- the phosphorothioate or methylphosphonate intemucleotide linkage can be at the 3 '-terminus or in the terminal region of one strand, i.e. , the sense strand or the antisense strand; or at the ends of both strands, the sense strand and the antisense strand.
- the phosphorothioate or methylphosphonate intemucleotide linkage is at the 5 'terminus or in the terminal region of one strand, i.e. , the sense strand or the antisense strand; or at the ends of both strands, the sense strand and the antisense strand.
- a phosphorothioate or a methylphosphonate intemucleotide linkage is at both the 5'- and 3 '-terminus or in the terminal region of one strand, i.e. , the sense strand or the antisense strand; or at the ends of both strands, the sense strand and the antisense strand.
- Any nucleic acid may comprise one or more phosphorothioate (PS) modifications within the nucleic acid, such as at least two PS intemucleotide bonds at the ends of a strand.
- PS phosphorothioate
- At least one of the oligoribonucleotide strands preferably comprises at least two consecutive phosphorothioate modifications in the last 3 nucleotides of the oligonucleotide.
- the invention therefore also relates to: A nucleic acid disclosed herein which comprises phosphorothioate intemucleotide linkages respectively between at least two or three consecutive positions, such as in a 5’ and/or 3’ terminal region and/or near terminal region of the second strand, whereby said near terminal region is preferably adjacent said terminal region wherein said one or more abasic nucleotides of said second strand is / are located.
- a nucleic acid disclosed herein which comprises phosphorothioate intemucleotide linkages respectively between at least two or three consecutive positions in a 5’ and / or 3’ terminal region of the first strand, whereby preferably the terminal position at the 5’ and / or 3’ terminal region of said first strand is attached to its adjacent position by a phosphorothioate internucleotide linkage.
- the nucleic acid strand may be an RNA comprising a phosphorothioate intemucleotide linkage between the three nucleotides contiguous with 2 terminally located abasic nucleotides.
- a preferred nucleic acid is a double stranded RNA comprising 2 adjacent abasic nucleotides at the 5’ terminus of the second strand and a ligand moiety comprising one or more GalNAc ligand moi eties at the opposite 3’ end of the second strand.
- the same nucleic acid may also comprise a phosphorothioate bond between nucelotides at positions 3-4 and 4-5 of the second strand, reading from the position 1 of the second strand.
- the same nucleic acid may also comprise a 2’ F modification at positions 7, 9 and 11 of the second strand.
- RNA e.g. an iRNA of the invention involves linking the nucleic acid e.g. the iRNA to one or more ligand moieties e.g. to enhance the activity, cellular distribution, or cellular uptake of the nucleic acid e.g. iRNA e.g. , into a cell.
- ligand moieties e.g. to enhance the activity, cellular distribution, or cellular uptake of the nucleic acid e.g. iRNA e.g. , into a cell.
- the ligand moiety described can be attached to a nucleic acid e.g. an iRNA oligonucleotide, via a linker that can be cleavable or non-cleavable.
- linker or “linking group” means an organic moiety that connects two parts of a compound, e.g., covalently attaches two parts of a compound.
- the ligand can be attached to the 3' or 5’ end of the sense strand.
- the ligand is preferably conjugated to 3’ end of the sense strand of the nucleic acid e.g. an RNAi agent.
- the invention therefore relates in a further aspect to a conjugate for inhibiting expression of a target gene in a cell, said conjugate comprising a nucleic acid portion and one or more ligand moieties, said nucleic acid portion comprising a nucleic acid as disclosed herein.
- the second strand of the nucleic acid is conjugated directly or indirectly (e.g. via a linker) to the one or more ligand moiety(s), wherein said ligand moiety is typically present at a terminal region of the second strand, preferably at the 3’ terminal region thereof.
- the ligand moiety comprises a GalNAc or GalNAc derivative attached to the nucleic acid eg dsRNA through a linker.
- the invention relates to a conjugate wherein the ligand moiety comprises i) one or more GalNAc ligands; and / or ii) one or more GalNAc ligand derivatives; and / or iii) one or more GalNAc ligands conjugated to said nucleic acid through a linker.
- Said GalNAc ligand may be conjugated directly or indirectly to the 5’ or 3’ terminal region of the second strand of the nucleic acid, preferably at the 3’ terminal region thereof.
- GalNAc ligands are well known in the art and described in, inter alia, EP3775207A1.
- Exemplary compounds of the present invention comprise an oligonucleotide moiety, depicted as ‘Z’ in Formula (I).
- Z is: wherein:
- Zi, Z 2 , Z3, Z4 are independently at each occurrence oxygen or sulfur; and one the bonds between P and Z 2 , and P and Z3 is a single bond and the other bond is a double bond.
- the oligonucleotide is an RNA compound capable of modulating expression of a target gene. In some embodiments, the oligonucleotide is an RNA compound capable of inhibiting expression of a target gene.
- the RNA compound comprises an RNA duplex comprising first and second strands, wherein the first strand is at least partially complementary to an RNA sequence of a target gene, and the second strand is at least partially complementary to said first strand, and wherein each of the first and second strands have 5’ and 3’ ends.
- the first strand is at least 80% complementary to an RNA sequence of a target gene, such as at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 91%, at least 92% at least 93%, at least 94%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, at least 99%complementary, such as 100% complementary over the length of the first strand.
- the RNA compound is attached at the 5’ end of its second strand to the adjacent phosphate. [0257] In some embodiments, the RNA compound is attached at the 3’ end of its second strand to the adjacent phosphate.
- the phosphate group connecting the oligonucleotide to the linker moiety is the naturally occurring phosphate group from the 5’ terminal ribose of the oligonucleotide.
- the phosphate group connecting the oligonucleotide to the linker moiety i.e. the ‘P’ connected to Zi, Z 2 , Z3 and Z4
- the linker moiety i.e. the ‘P’ connected to Zi, Z 2 , Z3 and Z4
- the phosphate group connecting the oligonucleotide to the linker moiety is engineered on to the 3’ terminal ribose of the oligonucleotide, to substitute the naturally occurring hydroxy group at the 3’ position.
- the oligonucleotide comprises an RNA duplex which further comprises one or more riboses modified at the 2’ position.
- the RNA duplex comprises a plurality of riboses modified at the 2’ position.
- the modifications are selected from 2’-O-methyl, 2’-deoxy-fluoro, and 2’-deoxy.
- the oligonucleotide further comprises one or more degradation protective moieties at one or more ends.
- said one or more degradation protective moieties are not present at the end of the oligonucleotide strand that carries the ligand moieties.
- said one or more degradation protective moieties are not present at the end of the oligonucleotide strand that is adjacent the remainder of the compound as shown in Formula (I), (VII), (IX), (X) or (XI).
- said one or more degradation protective moieties is selected from phosphorothioate intemucleotide linkages, phosphorodithioate intemucleotide linkages and inverted abasic nucleotides, wherein said inverted abasic nucleotides are present at the distal end of the strand that carries the ligand moieties.
- the invention provides a cell containing a nucleic acid, such as inhibitory RNA [ RNAi] as described herein.
- a nucleic acid such as inhibitory RNA [ RNAi] as described herein.
- the invention provides a cell comprising a vector as described herein.
- compositions are provided.
- the invention provides a pharmaceutical composition for inhibiting expression of a target gene, the composition comprising a nucleic acid as disclosed herein.
- the pharmaceutically acceptable composition may comprise an excipient and or carrier.
- Some examples of materials which can serve as pharmaceutically-acceptable carriers include: (1) sugars, such as lactose, glucose and sucrose; (2) starches, such as com starch and potato starch; (3) cellulose, and its derivatives, such as sodium carboxymethyl cellulose, ethyl cellulose and cellulose acetate; (4) powdered tragacanth; (5) malt; (6) gelatin; (7) lubricating agents, such as magnesium stearate, sodium lauryl sulfate and talc; (8) excipients, such as cocoa butter and suppository waxes; (9) oils, such as peanut oil, cottonseed oil, safflower oil, sesame oil, olive oil, com oil and soybean oil; (10) glycols, such as propylene glycol; (11) polyols, such as glycerin, sorbitol, mannitol and polyethylene glycol; (12) esters, such as ethyl oleate and
- Typical pharmaceutical carriers include, but are not limited to, binding agents (e.g., pregelatinized maize starch, polyvinylpyrrolidone or hydroxypropyl methylcellulose, etc.); fillers (e.g. , lactose and other sugars, microcrystalline cellulose, pectin, gelatin, calcium sulfate, ethyl cellulose, polyacrylates or calcium hydrogen phosphate, etc.); lubricants (e.g.
- compositions of the present invention can also be used to formulate the compositions of the present invention.
- suitable pharmaceutically acceptable excipients include, but are not limited to, water, salt solutions, alcohols, polyethylene glycols, gelatin, lactose, amylose, magnesium stearate, talc, silicic acid, viscous paraffin, hydroxymethylcellulose, polyvinylpyrrolidone, and the like.
- Formulations for topical administration of nucleic acids can include sterile and non- sterile aqueous solutions, non-aqueous solutions in common solvents such as alcohols, or solutions of the nucleic acids in liquid or solid oil bases.
- the solutions can also contain buffers, diluents and other suitable additives.
- Pharmaceutically acceptable organic or inorganic excipients suitable for non- parenteral administration which do not deleteriously react with nucleic acids can be used.
- the nucleic acid or composition is administered in an unbuffered solution.
- the unbuffered solution is saline or water.
- the nucleic acid e.g. RNAi agent is administered in a buffered solution.
- the buffer solution can comprise acetate, citrate, prolamine, carbonate, or phosphate, or any combination thereof.
- the buffer solution can be phosphate buffered saline (PBS).
- compositions of the invention may be administered in dosages sufficient to inhibit expression of a gene.
- a suitable dose of a nucleic acid e.g. an iRNA of the invention will be in the range of about 0.001 to about 200.0 milligrams per kilogram body weight of the recipient per day, generally in the range of about 1 to 50 mg per kilogram body weight per day.
- a suitable dose of a nucleic acid e.g. an iRNA of the invention will be in the range of about 0.1 mg/kg to about 5.0 mg/kg, e.g., about 0.3 mg/kg and about 3.0 mg/kg.
- a repeat-dose regimen may include administration of a therapeutic amount of a nucleic acid e.g. iRNA on a regular basis, such as every other day or once a year.
- the nucleic acid e.g. iRNA is administered about once per month to about once per quarter (i.e., about once every three months).
- the nucleic acid e.g. RNAi agent is administered at a dose of about 0.01 mg/kg to about 10 mg/kg or about 0.5 mg/kg to about 50 mg/kg. In some embodiments, the nucleic acid e.g. RNAi agent is administered at a dose of about 10 mg/kg to about 30 mg/kg. In certain embodiments, the nucleic acid e.g. RNAi agent is administered at a dose selected from about 0.5 mg/kg 1 mg/kg, 1.5 mg/kg, 3 mg/kg, 5 mg/kg, 10 mg/kg, and 30 mg/kg. In certain embodiments, the nucleic acid e.g.
- RNAi agent is administered about once per week, once per month, once every other two months, or once a quarter (i.e., once every three months) at a dose of about 0.1 mg/kg to about 5.0 mg/kg.
- the nucleic acid e.g. RNAi agent is administered to the subject once a week.
- the nucleic acid e.g. RNAi agent is administered to the subject once a month.
- the nucleic acid e.g. RNAi agent is administered once per quarter (i.e. , every three months).
- the treatments can be administered on a less frequent basis. For example, after administration weekly or biweekly for three months, administration can be repeated once per month, for six months, or a year; or longer.
- the pharmaceutical composition can be administered once daily, or administered as two, three, or more sub-doses at appropriate intervals throughout the day or even using continuous infusion or delivery through a controlled release formulation.
- the nucleic acid e.g. iRNA contained in each sub-dose must be correspondingly smaller in order to achieve the total daily dosage.
- the dosage unit can also be compounded for delivery over several days, e.g. , using a conventional sustained release formulation which provides sustained release of the nucleic acid e.g. iRNA over a several day period. Sustained release formulations are well known in the art and are particularly useful for delivery of agents at a particular site, such as could be used with the agents of the present invention.
- the dosage unit contains a corresponding multiple of the daily dose.
- a single dose of the pharmaceutical compositions can be long lasting, such that subsequent doses are administered at not more than 3, 4, or 5 day intervals, or at not more than 1, 2, 3, or 4 week intervals.
- a single dose of the pharmaceutical compositions of the invention is administered once per week.
- a single dose of the pharmaceutical compositions of the invention is administered bimonthly.
- the iRNA is administered about once per month to about once per quarter (i.e. , about once every three months), or even every 6 months or 12 months.
- compositions of the present invention can be administered in a number of ways depending upon whether local or systemic treatment is desired and upon the area to be treated. Administration can be topical ⁇ e.g. , by a transdermal patch), pulmonary, e.g. , by inhalation or insufflation of powders or aerosols, including by nebulizer; intratracheal, intranasal, epidermal and transdermal, oral or parenteral. Parenteral administration includes intravenous, intraarterial, subcutaneous, intraperitoneal, or intramuscular injection or infusion; subdermal, e.g. , via an implanted device; or intracranial, e.g.
- compositions are administered by intravenous infusion or injection. In certain embodiments, the compositions are administered by subcutaneous injection. [0279] In one embodiment, the nucleic acid e.g. RNAi agent is administered to the subject subcutaneously.
- the nucleic acid e.g. iRNA can be delivered in a manner to target a particular tissue ⁇ e.g. in particular liver cells).
- the present invention also provides methods of inhibiting expression of a gene in a cell.
- the methods include contacting a cell with an nucleic acid of the invention e.g. RNAi agent, such as double stranded RNAi agent, in an amount effective to inhibit expression of the gene in the cell, thereby inhibiting expression of the gene in the cell.
- an nucleic acid of the invention e.g. RNAi agent, such as double stranded RNAi agent
- RNAi agent such as a double stranded RNAi agent
- Contacting a cell in vivo with nucleic acid e.g. iRNA includes contacting a cell or group of cells within a subject, e.g., a human subject, with the nucleic acid e.g. iRNA. Combinations of in vitro and in vivo methods of contacting a cell are also possible. Contacting a cell may be direct or indirect, as discussed above. Furthermore, contacting a cell may be accomplished via a targeting ligand moiety, including any ligand moiety described herein or known in the art. In preferred embodiments, the targeting ligand moiety is a carbohydrate moiety, e.g. a GalNAc3 ligand, or any other ligand moiety that directs the RNAi agent to a site of interest.
- the targeting ligand moiety is a carbohydrate moiety, e.g. a GalNAc3 ligand, or any other ligand mo
- inhibitor As used herein, is used interchangeably with “reducing,” “silencing,” “downregulating”, “suppressing”, and other similar terms, and includes any level of inhibition.
- expression of a gene is inhibited by at least 30%, 35%, 40%, 45%, 50%, 55%, 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, or 95%, or to below the level of detection of the assay.
- the methods include a clinically relevant inhibition of expression of a target gene e.g. as demonstrated by a clinically relevant outcome after treatment of a subject with an agent to reduce the expression of the gene
- Inhibition of the expression of a gene may be manifested by a reduction of the amount of mRNA of the target gene of interest in comparison to a suitable control.
- inhibition of the expression of a gene may be assessed in terms of a reduction of a parameter that is functionally linked to gene expression, e.g , protein expression or signalling pathways.
- the present invention also provides methods of using nucleic acid e.g. an iRNA of the invention or a composition containing nucleic acid e.g. an iRNA of the invention to reduce or inhibit gene expression in a cell.
- the methods include contacting the cell with a nucleic acid e.g. dsRNA of the invention and maintaining the cell for a time sufficient to obtain degradation of the mRNA transcript of a gene, thereby inhibiting expression of the gene in the cell. Reduction in gene expression can be assessed by any methods known in the art.
- the cell may be contacted in vitro or in vivo, i.e., the cell may be within a subject.
- a cell suitable for treatment using the methods of the invention may be any cell that expresses a gene of interest associated with disease.
- the in vivo methods of the invention may include administering to a subject a composition containing a nucleic acid of the invention e.g. an iRNA, where the nucleic acid e.g. iRNA includes a nucleotide sequence that is complementary to at least a part of an RNA transcript of the gene of the mammal to be treated.
- a nucleic acid of the invention e.g. an iRNA
- the nucleic acid e.g. iRNA includes a nucleotide sequence that is complementary to at least a part of an RNA transcript of the gene of the mammal to be treated.
- the present invention further provides methods of treatment of a subject in need thereof.
- the treatment methods of the invention include administering a nucleic acid such as an iRNA of the invention to a subject, e.g., a subject that would benefit from a reduction or inhibition of the expression of a gene, in a therapeutically effective amount e.g. a nucleic acid such as an iRNA targeting a gene or a pharmaceutical composition comprising the nucleic acid targeting a gene.
- An nucleic acid e.g. iRNA of the invention may be administered as a "free” nucleic acid or “free iRNA, administered in the absence of a pharmaceutical composition.
- the naked nucleic acid may be in a suitable buffer solution.
- the buffer solution may comprise acetate, citrate, prolamine, carbonate, or phosphate, or any combination thereof.
- the buffer solution is phosphate buffered saline (PBS). The pH and osmolarity of the buffer solution can be adjusted such that it is suitable for administering to a subject.
- a nucleic acid e.g. iRNA of the invention may be administered as a pharmaceutical composition, such as a dsRNA liposomal formulation.
- the method includes administering a composition featured herein such that expression of the target gene is decreased, such as for about 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 12, 16, 18, 24 hours, 28, 32, or about 36 hours.
- expression of the target gene is decreased for an extended duration, e.g., at least about two, three, four days or more, e.g. , about one week, two weeks, three weeks, or four weeks or longer, e.g., about 1 month, 2 months, or 3 months.
- Subjects can be administered a therapeutic amount of nucleic acid e.g. iRNA, such as about 0.01 mg/kg to about 200 mg/kg.
- the nucleic acid e.g. iRNA can be administered by intravenous infusion over a period of time, on a regular basis. In certain embodiments, after an initial treatment regimen, the treatments can be administered on a less frequent basis.
- Administration of the iRNA can reduce gene product levels of a target gene , e.g., in a cell or tissue of the patient by at least about 20%, 25%, 30%, 35%, 40%, 45%, 50%, 55%, 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, or 95%, or below the level of detection of the assay method used.
- administration results in clinical stabilization or preferably clinically relevant reduction of at least one sign or symptom of a gene- associated disorder.
- the nucleic acid e.g. iRNA can be administered subcutaneously, i.e. , by subcutaneous injection.
- One or more injections may be used to deliver the desired daily dose of nucleic acid e.g. iRNA to a subject.
- the injections may be repeated over a period of time.
- the administration may be repeated on a regular basis.
- the treatments can be administered on a less frequent basis.
- a repeat-dose regimen may include administration of a therapeutic amount of nucleic acid on a regular basis, such as every other day or to once a year.
- the nucleic acid is administered about once per month to about once per quarter (i.e. , about once every three months).
- Table 1 hsTTR ETX024 (invabasic)(invabasic)usgsggauUfuCfAfUfguaaccaaga(NHC6)(ET-GalNAc- usCfsuugGfuuAfcaugAfaAfucccasusc n
- Table 1 the components in brackets having the following nomenclature (NHC6), (NH2C12) and (ET-GalNAc-T2CO) are descriptors of elements o he linkers, and the complete corresponding linker structures are shown in Fig 20 and Fig 21 herein. This correspondence of abbreviation to actual linke compture similarly applies to all other references of the above abbreviations herein.
- eference to (invabasic)(invabasic) refers to a polynucleotide in which the terminal 2 sugar moieties are abasic and in an inverted configuration, wit he bond between the penultimate sugar moiety and the antepenultimate sugar being a reversed bond (a 5-5 or a 3-3 bond).
- HSA1 Activator of heat shock protein ATPasel
- SGR1 Asialoglycoprotein Receptor 1
- Antisense oligonucleotide DNA branched DNA p base-pair 5 complement C5 one. concentration trl. control V coefficient of variation G, dC, dA, dT DNA residues Fluoro CS fetal calf serum
- GalNAc-siRNAs targeting either hsHAOl, hsC5 or hsTTR mRNA were synthesized and QC-ed. The entire set of siRNAs (except siRNAs targeting HAO1) was first studied in a doseresponse setup in HepG2 cells by transfection using RNAiMAX, followed by a dose-response analysis in a gymnotic free uptake setup in primary human hepatocytes.
- the aim of this set of experiments was to analyze the in vitro activity of different GalNAc-ligands in the context of siRNAs targeting three different on-targets, namely hsHAOl, hsC5 or hsTTR mRNA.
- HepG2 cells were supplied by American Tissue Culture Collection (ATCC) (HB-8065, Lot #: 63176294) and cultured in ATCC- formulated Eagle's Minimum Essential Medium supplemented to contain 10 % fetal calf serum (FCS).
- ATCC American Tissue Culture Collection
- FCS fetal calf serum
- Primary human hepatocytes (PHHs) were sourced from Primacyt (Schwerin, Germany) (Lot#: CyHufl9009HEc). Cells are derived from a malignant glioblastoma tumor by explant technique. All cells used in this study were cultured at 37°C in an atmosphere with 5% CO2 in a humidified incubator.
- Control wells were transfected into HepG2 cells or directly incubated with primary human hepatocytes at the highest test siRNA concentrations studied on the corresponding plate. All control siRNAs included in the different project phases next to mock treatment of cells are summarized and listed in Table 2. For each siRNA and control, at least four wells were transfected/directly incubated in parallel, and individual data points were collected from each well.
- branched DNA (bDNA) assay was performed according to manufacturer’ s instructions. Luminescence was read using a 1420 Luminescence Counter (WALLAC VICTOR Light, Perkin Elmer, Rodgau-Jugesheim, Germany) following 30 minutes incubation in the presence of substrate in the dark. For each well, the on-target mRNA levels were normalized to the hsGAPDH mRNA levels. The activity of any siRNA was expressed as percent on-target mRNA concentration (normalized to hsGAPDH mRNA) in treated cells, relative to the mean on-target mRNA concentration (normalized to hsGAPDH mRNA) across control wells.
- QuantiGene2.0 branched DNA (bDNA) probe sets were designed and synthesised specific for Homo sapiens GAPDH, AHSA1, hsHAOl, hsC5 and hsTTR.
- bDNA probe sets were initially tested by bDNA analysis according to manufacturer’s instructions, with evaluation of levels of mRNAs of interest in two different lysate amounts, namely lOpl and 50pl, of the following human and monkey cancer cell lines next to primary human hepatocytes: SJSA-1, TF1, NCI-H1650, Y-79, Kasumi-1, EAhy926, Caki-1, Colo205, RPTEC, A253, HeLaS3, Hep3B, BxPC3, DU145, THP-1, NCI-H460, IGR37, LS174T, Be(2)-C, SW 1573, NCLH358, TC71, 22Rvl, BT474, HeLa, KBwt, Panc-1, U87MG
- Fig. 1 to Fig. 3 show mRNA expression data for the three on-targets of interest, namely hsC5, hsHAOl and hsTTR, in lysates of a diverse set of human cancer cell lines plus primary human hepatocytes. Cell numbers per lysate volume are identical with each cell line tested, this is necessary to allow comparisons of expression levels amongst different cell types.
- Fig. 1 shows hsC5 mRNA expression data for all cell types tested.
- mRNA expression levels for all three on-targets of interest are high enough in primary human hepatocytes (PHHs).
- HepG2 cells could be used to screen GalNAc-siRNAs targeting hsC5 and hsTTR mRNAs, in contrast, no cancer cell line could be identified which would be suitable to test siRNAs specific for hsHAOl mRNA.
- HepG2 cells were transfected with the entire set of hsTTR targeting GalNAc-siRNAs (see Table 1) in a dose-response setup using RNAiMAX.
- the highest final siRNA test concentration was 24nM, going down in nine fourfold dilution steps.
- the experiment ended at 4h and 24h post transfection of HepG2 cells.
- Table 3 lists activity data for all hsTTR targeting GalNAC-siRNAs studied.
- Table 3 Target, incubation time, external ID, IC20/IC50/IC80 values and maximal inhibition of hsTTR targeting siRNAs in HepG2 cells. The listing is ordered according to external ID, with 4h of incubation listed on top and 24h of incubation on the bottom.
- hsTTR GalNAc-siRNAs have been identified that silence the on-target mRNA >95% with IC50 values in the low double-digit pM range.
- hsC5 mRNA The second target of interest, hsC5 mRNA, was tested in an identical dose-response setup (with minimally different final siRNA test concentrations, however) by transfection of HepG2 cells using RNAiMAX with GalNAc-siRNAs sharing identical linger/position/GalNAc-ligand variations as with hsTTR siRNAs, but sequences specific for the on-target hsC5 mRNA.
- Table 4 Target, incubation time, external ID, IC20/IC50/IC80 values and maximal inhibition of hsC5 targeting siRNAs in HepG2 cells. The listing is ordered according to external ID, with 4h of incubation listed on top and 24h of incubation on the bottom.
- HepG2 should demonstrate (and ensure) that all new GalNAc-/linker/position/cap variants are indeed substrates for efficient binding to AGO2 and loading into RISC, and in addition, able to function in RNAi-mediated cleavage of target mRNA.
- doseresponse analysis experiments should be done in primary human hepatocytes by gymnotic, free uptake setup. Hepatocytes do exclusively express the Asialoglycoprotein receptor (ASGR1) to high levels, and this receptor generally is used by the liver to remove target glycoproteins from circulation.
- ASGR1 Asialoglycoprotein receptor
- siRNAs or ASOs conjugated to GalNAc-ligands are recognized by this high turnover receptor and efficiently taken up into the cytoplasm via clathrin-coated vesicles and trafficking to endosomal compartments. Endosomal escape is thought to be the ratelimiting step for oligonucleotide delivery.
- FIG. 6 shows the absolute mRNA expression data for all three on-targets of interest - hsTTR, hsC5 and hsHAOl - in the primary human hepatocyte batches BHufl6087, CHF2101 and CyHuf 19009.
- mRNA expression levels of hsGAPDH and hsAHSAl are shown in Figure 7.
- the left hand column of each data set triplet is BHufL6087
- the middle column is CHF2101
- the right hand column is CyHuf 19009.
- Table 5 Target, incubation time, external ID, IC20/IC50/IC80 values and maximal inhibition of hsHAOl targeting GalNAc-siRNAs in primary human hepatocytes (PHHs).
- the listing is organized according to external ID, with 4h and 72h incubation listed on top and bottom, respectively. [0328] Results for the 72h incubation are also shown in Figures 8A-B.
- the second target of interest, hsC5 mRNA was tested in an identical dose-response setup by gymnotic, free uptake in PHHs with GalNAc-siRNAs sharing identical linker/position/GalNAc-ligand variations as with hsTTR and hsHAOl tested in the assays before, but sequences specific for the on-target hsC5 mRNA. Sequences for the GalNAc- siRNAs targeting hsC5 and all sequences and information about control siRNAs are listed in Table 1 and Table 2, respectively. The experiment ended after 4h and 72h direct incubation of PHHs. Table 6 lists activity data for all hsC5 targeting GalNAc-siRNAs studied.
- Table 6 Target, incubation time, external ID, IC20/IC50/IC80 values and maximal inhibition of hsC5 targeting GalNAc-siRNAs in PHHs. The listing is organized according to external ID, with 4h and 72h incubation listed on top and bottom, respectively.
- hsTTR mRNA The last target of interest, hsTTR mRNA, was again tested in a gymnotic, free uptake in PHHs in an identical dose-response setup as for the targets hsHAOl and hsC5, with the only difference being that specific siRNA sequences for the on-target hsTTR mRNA was used (see Table 1).
- Table 7 Target, incubation time, external ID, IC20/IC50/IC80 values and maximal inhibition of hsTTR targeting GalNAc-siRNAs in primary human hepatocytes (PHHs). The listing is organized according to external ID.
- GalNAc-ligands The scope of this study was to analyze the in vitro activity of GalNAc-ligands according to the present invention when used in the context of siRNAs targeting three different on- targets, namely hsHAOl, hsC5 and hsTTR mRNA.
- siRNA sets specific for each target were composed of siRNAs with different linker/cap/modification/GalNAc-ligand chemistries in the context of two different antisense strands each.
- GalNAc-siRNAs from Table 1 were identified that showed a high overall potency and low IC50 value.
- TLC Thin layer chromatography
- silica-coated aluminium plates with fluorescence indicator 254 nm from Macherey -Nagel. Compounds were visualized under UV light (254 nm), or after spraying with the 5% H2SO4 in methanol (MeOH) or ninhydrin reagent according to Stahl (from Sigma-Aldrich), followed by heating.
- Flash chromatography was performed with a Biotage Isolera One flash chromatography instrument equipped with a dual variable UV wavelength detector (200-400 nm) using Biotage Sfar Silica 10, 25, 50 or 100 g columns (Uppsala, Sweden).
- HPLC/ESI-MS was performed on a Dionex UltiMate 3000 RS UHPLC system and Thermo Scientific MSQ Plus Mass spectrometer using an Acquity UPLC Protein BEH C4 column from Waters (300A, 1.7 pm, 2.1 x 100 mm) at 60 °C.
- the solvent system consisted of solvent A with H2O containing 0.1% formic acid and solvent B with acetonitrile (ACN) containing 0.1% formic acid. A gradient from 5-100% of B over 15 min with a flow rate of 0.4 mL/min was employed.
- Detector and conditions Corona ultra-charged aerosol detection (from esa). Nebulizer Temp.: 25 °C. N2 pressure: 35.1 psi. Filter: Corona.
- A,A,A',A'-tetramethyl-O-(lH-benzotriazol-l-yl)uronium hexafluorophosphate (HBTU) (2.78 g, 7.44 mmol, 5.0 eq.), 1 -hydroxybenzotriazole hydrate (HOBt) (1.05 g, 7.44 mmol, 5.0 eq.) and A,A-diisopropylethylamine (DIPEA) (2.07 mL, 11.9 mmol, 8.0 eq.) were added to the solution and the reaction was stirred for 72 h.
- DIPEA 1,1-diisopropylethylamine
- TriGalNAc Triantennary GalNAc compound 14 (0.31 g, 0.15 mmol, 1.0 eq.) was dissolved in EtOAc (15 mL) and Pd/C (40 mg) was added. The reaction mixture was degassed by using vacuum/argon cycles (3x) and hydrogenated under balloon pressure overnight. The completion of the reaction was monitored by mass spectrometry and the resulting mixture was filtered through a thin pad of celite. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the resulting residue was dried under high vacuum over night. The residue was used for conjugations to oligonucleotides without further purification (0.28 g, quantitative yield). MS: calculated for C81H131N7O42, 1874.9. Found 1875.3. iii) Oligonucleotide Synthesis
- Af, Cf Gf, Uf: 2 ’-F RN A nucleotides a, c, g, u: 2 ’-O-Me RNA nucleotides dT : DNA nucleotides s: Phosphorothioate invabasic: 1, 2-dideoxyribose
- Oligonucleotides were synthesized on solid phase according to the phosphoramidite approach. Depending on the scale either a Mermade 12 (BioAutomation Corporation) or an AKTA Oligopilot (GE Healthcare) was used.
- 2’-O-Me, 2’-F RNA phosphoramidites and ancillary reagents were purchased from SAFC Proligo (Hamburg, Germany).
- 2'-O-Methyl phosphoramidites include: 5'-(4,4'-dimethoxytrityl)-A-benzoyl-adenosine T-O- methyl-3'- [(2-cyanoethyl)-(A,A-diisopropyl)]-phosphoramidite, 5'-(4,4'-dimethoxytrityl)-A- benzoyl-cytidine 2'-O-methyl-3'- [(2-cyanoethyl)-(A,A-diisopropyl)]-phosphoramidite, 5'-(4,4'- dimethoxytrityl)-A-dimethylformamidine-guanosine 2'-O-methyl-3'-[(2-cyanoethyl)-(A,A- diisopropyl)]-phosphoramidite, 5'-(4,4'-dimethoxytrityl)-uridine 2'-O-methyl-3'
- 2’-F phosphoramidites include: 5'-dimethoxytrityl-A-benzoyl-deoxyadenosine 2'-fluoro-3'-[(2- cyanoethyl)-(A,A-diisopropyl)]-phosphoramidite, 5'-dimethoxytrityl-A-acetyl-deoxycytidine 2'- fluoro-3'-[(2-cyanoethyl)-(A,A-diisopropyl)]-phosphoramidite, 5'-dimethoxytrityl-A-isobutyryl- deoxyguanosine 2'-fluoro-3'- [(2-cyanoethyl)-(A,A-diisopropyl)]-phosphoramidite and 5'- dimethoxytrityl-deoxyuridine 2'-fluoro-3'-[(2-cyanoethyl)-(A,A-diis
- the invabasic modification was introduced using 5-O-dimethoxytrityl-l,2- dideoxyribose-3-[(2-cyanoethyl)-(A,A-diisopropyl)]-phosphoramidite (ChemGenes Cat. # ANP-1422).
- the oligonucleotides were cleaved from the solid support using a 1 : 1 volume solution of 28-30% ammonium hydroxide (Sigma-Aldrich, Cat. #221228) and 40% aqueous methylamine (Sigma- Aldrich, Cat. #8220911000) for 16 hours at 6°C.
- the solid support was then filtered off, the filter was thoroughly washed with H2O and the volume of the combined solution was reduced by evaporation under reduced pressure.
- the pH of the resulting solution was adjusted to pH 7 with 10% AcOH (Sigma- Aldrich, Cat. # A6283).
- RP HPLC purification was performed using a XBridge C18 Prep 19 x 50 mm column (Waters) on an AKTA Pure instrument (GE Healthcare).
- Buffer A was 100 mM tri ethylammonium acetate (TEAAc, Biosolve) pH 7 and buffer B contained 95% acetonitrile in buffer A.
- a flow rate of 10 mL/min and a temperature of 60°C were employed.
- UV traces at 280 nm were recorded.
- a gradient of 0% B to 100% B within 120 column volumes was employed. Appropriate fractions were pooled and precipitated in the freezer with 3 M sodium acetate (NaOAc) (Sigma- Aldrich), pH 5.2 and 85% ethanol (VWR).
- the purification was performed using a XB ridge Cl 8 Prep 19 x 50 mm column from Waters.
- Buffer A was 100 mM TEEAc pH 7 and buffer B contained 95% acetonitrile in buffer A.
- a flow rate of 10 mL/min and a temperature of 60°C were employed.
- UV traces at 280 nm were recorded.
- a gradient of 0-100% B within 60 column volumes was employed.
- conjugates were desalted by size exclusion chromatography using Sephadex G25 Fine resin (GE Healthcare) on an Akta Pure (GE Healthcare) instrument to yield the conjugated oligonucleotides in an isolated yield of 60-80%.
- the two complementary strands were annealed by combining equimolar aqueous solutions of both strands. The mixtures were placed into a water bath at 70°C for 5 minutes and subsequently allowed to cool to ambient temperature within 2 h. The duplexes were lyophilized for 2 days and stored at -20°C.
- duplexes were analyzed by analytical SEC HPLC on SuperdexTM 75 Increase 5/150 GL column 5 x 153-158 mm (Cytiva) on a Dionex Ultimate 3000 (Thermo Fisher Scientific) HPLC system.
- Mobile phase consisted of lx PBS containing 10% acetonitrile.
- An isocratic gradient was run in 10 min at a flow rate of 1.5 mL/min at room temperature. UV traces at 260 and 280 nm were recorded.
- Water (LC-MS grade) was purchased from Sigma-Aldrich and Phosphate-buffered saline (PBS; lOx, pH 7.4) was purchased from GIBCO (Thermo Fisher Scientific).
- GalNAc conjugates prepared are compiled in the table below. These were directed against 3 different target genes. siRNA coding along with the corresponding single strands, sequence information as well as purity for the duplexes is captured.
- mice with an age of about 8 weeks were randomly assigned into groups of 21 mice.
- the animals received a single subcutaneous dose of 0.3 or 3 mg/kg GalNAc-siRNA dissolved in saline (sterile 0.9% sodium chloride) or saline only as control.
- saline sterile 0.9% sodium chloride
- mice from each group were euthanised and serum and liver samples taken.
- Serum was taken from a group of 5 untreated mice at day 0 to provide a baseline measurement of glycolate concentration.
- Serum was stored at -80°C until further analysis. Liver sample (approximately 50 mg) were treated with RNAlater and stored overnight at 4°C, before being stored at -80°C. [0379] Liver samples were analysed using quantitative real-time PCR for HAO1 mRNA (Thermo assay ID Mm00439249_ml) and the housekeeping gene GAPDH mRNA (Thermo assay ID Mm999999l 5_g l ). The delta delta Ct method was used to calculated changes in HAO1 expression normalised to GAPDH and relative to the saline control group.
- a single 3 mg/kg dose of ETX006 inhibited HAO1 mRNA expression by than 80% after 7 days (FIG 18). The suppression of HAO 1 expression was durable and continued until the end of the study, with ETX006 maintaining greater than 60% inhibition of HAO 1 mRNA at day 28.
- a single dose of 0.3 mg/kg also inhibited HA01 expression when compared with the saline control group, with HAO1 expression levels reaching normal levels only at day 28 of the study.
- Suppression of HAO1 mRNA expression is expected to cause an increase in serum glycolate levels.
- Serum glycolate concentration was measured using LC-MS/MS (FIG 19).
- a single 3 mg/kg dose of ETX006 caused a significant increase in serum glycolate concentration, reaching peak levels 14 days after dosing and remaining higher than baseline levels (day 0) and the saline control group until the end of the study at day 28.
- a single 0.3 mg/kg dose of ETX006 showed a smaller and more transient increase in serum glycolate concentration above the level seen in a baseline and saline control groups, demonstrating that a very small dose can also affect the concentration of a metabolic biomarker in serum.
- FIG 11. Single dose mouse pharmacology of ETX006. HA01 mRNA expression is shown relative to the saline control group. Each point represents the mean and standard deviation of 3 mice.
- FIG 12. Single dose mouse pharmacology of ETX006. Serum glycolate concentration is shown. Each point represents the mean and standard deviation of 3 mice, except for baseline glycolate concentration (day 0) which was derived from a group of 5 mice.
- ETX015 Targeting C5 mRNA
- T2a inverted abasic
- mice with an age of about 8 weeks were randomly assigned into groups of 21 mice.
- the animals received a single subcutaneous dose of 0.3, 1, or 3 mg/kg GalNAc-siRNA dissolved in saline (sterile 0.9% sodium chloride) or saline only as control.
- saline sterile 0.9% sodium chloride
- mice from each group were euthanised and serum and liver samples taken.
- Serum was stored at -80°C until further analysis. Liver sample (approximately 50 mg) were treated with RNAlater and stored overnight at 4°C, before being stored at -80°C.
- Liver samples were analysed using quantitative real-time PCR for C5 mRNA (Thermo assay ID Mm00439275_ml) and the housekeeping gene GAPDH mRNA (Thermo assay ID Mm99999915_g l ).
- the delta delta Ct method was used to calculated changes in C5 expression normalised to GAPDH and relative to the saline control group.
- ETX015 inhibited C5 mRNA expression in a dose-dependent manner (PIG 22) with the 3 mg/kg dose achieving greater than 85% reduction of C5 mRNA.
- the suppression of C5 expression was durable, with the 3 mg/kg dose of each molecule showing clear knockdown of C5 mRNA until the end of the study at day 28.
- Mice dosed with 3 mg/kg ETX015 still exhibited less than 50% of normal liver C5 mRNA levels 28 days after dosing.
- C5 protein level analysis serum samples were measured using a commercially available C5 ELISA kit (Abeam ab264609). Serum C5 levels were calculated relative to the saline group means at matching timepoints.
- Serum protein data support the mRNA analysis (FIG 23). ETX015 caused a dose-dependent decrease in serum C5 protein concentration. The 3 mg/kg and 1 mg/kg doses of ETX015 achieved greater than 90% reduction of serum C5 protein levels. The highest dose exhibited durable suppression of C5 protein expression, with a greater than 70% reduction of C5 at day 28 of the study compared to saline control.
- FIG 13 Single dose mouse pharmacology of ETX015. C5 mRNA expression is shown relative to the saline control group. Each point represents the mean and standard deviation of 3 mice.
- FIG 14. Single dose mouse pharmacology of ETX0014. Serum C5 concentration is shown relative to the saline control group. Each point represents the mean and standard deviation of 3 mice.
- ETX024 pharmacology was evaluated in non-human primate (NHP) by quantifying serum transthyretin (TTR) protein levels.
- NTP non-human primate
- TTR serum transthyretin
- TTR protein concentration was measured by a commercially available ELISA kit (Abeam ab231920). TTR concentration as a fraction of day 1 was calculated for each individual animal and this was plotted as mean and standard deviation for the group of 3 animals (FIG 15).
- TTR mRNA was measured by real-time quantitative PCR using a TaqMan Gene expression kit TTR (Thermo, assay ID Mf02799963_ml). GAPDH expression was also measured (Thermo, assay ID Mf04392546_g l ) to provide a reference. Relative TTR expression for each animal was calculated normalised to GAPDH and relative to pre-dose levels by the DDCt method. A single 1 mg/kg dose of ETX024 caused a rapid and significant reduction in liver TTR mRNA, reaching nadir 14 days after dosing and remaining suppressed until day 84 (FIG 18b).
- ALT alanine transaminase
- AST aspartate transaminase
- compounds of the invention are able to depress serum protein level of a target protein to a value below the initial (starting) concentration at day 0, over a period of up to at least about 14 days after day 0, up to at least about 21 days after day 0, up to at least about 28 days after day 0, up to at least about 35 days after day 0, up to at least about 42 days after day 0, up to at least about 49 days after day 0, up to at least about 56 days after day 0, up to at least about 63 days after day 0, up to at least about 70 days after day 0, up to at least about 77 days after day 0, or up to at least about 84 days after day 0, hereinafter referred to as the “dose duration”.
- Day 0 as referred to herein is the day when dosing of a compound of the invention to a patient is initiated, in other words the start of the dose duration or the time post dose.
- compounds of the invention are able to depress serum protein level of a target protein to a value of at least about 90% or below of the initial (starting) concentration at day 0, such as at least about 85% or below, at least about 80% or below, at least about 75% or below, at least about 70% or below, at least about 65% or below, at least about 60% or below, at least about 55% or below, at least about 50% or below, at least about 45% or below, at least about 40% or below, at least about 35% or below, at least about 30% or below, at least about 25% or below, at least about 20% or below, at least about 15% or below, at least about 10% or below, at least about 5% or below, of the initial (starting) concentration at day 0.
- depression of serum protein can be maintained over a period of up to at least about 14 days after day 0, up to at least about 21 days after day 0, up to at least about 28 days after day 0, up to at least about 35 days after day 0, up to at least about 42 days after day 0, up to at least about 49 days after day 0, up to at least about 56 days after day 0, up to at least about 63 days after day 0, up to at least about 70 days after day 0, up to at least about 77 days after day 0, or up to at least about 84 days after day 0.
- the serum protein can be depressed to a value of at least about 90% or below of the initial (starting) concentration at day 0, such as at least about 85% or below, at least about 80% or below, at least about 75% or below, at least about 70% or below, at least about 65% or below, at least about 60% or below, at least about 55% or below, at least about 50% or below, at least about 45% or below, at least about 40% or below, of the initial (starting) concentration at day 0.
- compounds of the invention are able to achieve a maximum depression of serum protein level of a target protein to a value of at least about 50% or below of the initial (starting) concentration at day 0, such as at least about 45% or below, at least about 40% or below, at least about 35% or below, at least about 30% or below, at least about 25% or below, at least about 20% or below, at least about 15% or below, at least about 10% or below, at least about 5% or below, of the initial (starting) concentration at day 0.
- maximum depression of serum protein occurs at about day 14 after day 0, at about day 21 after day 0, at about day 28 after day 0, at about day 35 after day 0, or at about day 42 after day 0. More typically, such maximum depression of serum protein occurs at about day 14 after day 0, at about day 21 after day 0, or at about day 28 after day 0.
- Specific compounds of the invention can typically achieve a maximum % depression of serum protein level of a target protein and / or a % depression over a period of up to at least about 84 days as follows:
- ETX020 can typically achieve at least 30% depression of serum protein level of a target protein, typically TTR, typically at about 7 to 21 days after day 0, in particular at about 14 days after day 0, and / or can typically maintain at least 80% depression of serum protein level of a target protein, typically TTR, over a period of up to at least about 84 days after day 0 (as hereinbefore described, “day 0” as referred to herein is the day when dosing of a compound of the invention to a patient is initiated, and as such denotes the time post dose);
- ETX022 can typically achieve at least 60% depression of serum protein level of a target protein, typically TTR, typically at about 7 to 21 days after day 0, in particular at about 14 days after day 0, and / or can typically maintain at least 80% depression of serum protein level of a target protein, typically TTR, over a period of up to at least about 84 days after day 0 (as hereinbefore described, “day 0” as referred to herein is the day when dosing of a compound of the invention to a patient is initiated, and as such denotes the time post dose);
- ETX024 can typically achieve at least 20% depression of serum protein level of a target protein, typically TTR, typically at about 7 to 21 days after day 0, in particular at about 14 days after day 0, and / or can typically maintain at least 60% depression of serum protein level of a target protein, typically TTR, over a period of up to at least about 84 days after day 0 (as hereinbefore described, “day 0” as referred to herein is the day when dosing of a compound of the invention to a patient is initiated, and as such denotes the time post dose);
- ETX026 can typically achieve at least 40% depression of serum protein level of a target protein, typically TTR, typically at about 7 to 21 days after day 0, in particular at about 14 days after day 0, and / or can typically maintain at least 70% depression of serum protein level of a target protein, typically TTR, over a period of up to at least about 84 days after day 0 (as hereinbefore described, “day 0” as referred to herein is the day when dosing of a compound of the invention to a patient is initiated, and as such denotes the time post dose).
- day 0 as referred to herein is the day when dosing of a compound of the invention to a patient is initiated, and as such denotes the time post dose).
- the depression of serum level is determined in non-human primates by delivering a single subcutaneous dose of 1 mg/kg of the relevant active agent, eg ETX0024, dissolved in saline (sterile 0.9% sodium chloride). Suitable methods are described herein. It will be appreciated that this is not limiting and other suitable methods with appropriate controls may be used.
- the relevant active agent eg ETX0024
- saline sterile 0.9% sodium chloride
- Kidney health was monitored by assessment of urea (blood urea nitrogen, BUN) and creatinine concentration throughout the study. Both blood urea concertation (BUN) and creatinine levels remained stable and within the expected range after a single 1 mg/kg dose of ETX024 (FIG 23 and 24).
- FIG. 25A depicts a tri-antennary GalNAc (A-acetylgalactosamine) unit.
- FIG. 25B depicts an alternative tri-antennary GalNAc according to one embodiment of the invention, showing variance in linking groups.
- FIG. 26A depicts tri-antennary GalNAc-conjugated siRNA according to the invention, showing variance in the linking groups.
- FIG. 26B depicts a genera of tri-antennary GalNAc-conjugated siRNAs according to one embodiment of the invention.
- FIG. 26C depicts a genera of bi-antennary GalNAc-conjugated siRNAs according to one embodiment of the invention, showing variance in the linking groups.
- FIG. 26D depicts a genera of bi-antennary GalNAc-conjugated siRNAs according to another embodiment of the invention, showing variance in the linking groups.
- FIG. 27A depicts another embodiment of the tri-antennary GalNAc-conjugated siRNA according to one embodiment of the invention.
- FIG. 27B depicts a variant shown in Fig. 27 A, having an alternative branching GalNAc conjugate.
- FIG. 27C depicts a genera of tri-antennary GalNAc-conjugated siRNAs according to one embodiment of the invention, showing variance in the linking groups.
- FIG. 27D depicts a genera of bi-antennary GalNAc-conjugated siRNAs according to one embodiment the invention, showing variance in the linking groups.
- the further aspect discloses forms of ASGP-R ligand-conjugated, chemically modified RNAi agents, and methods of making and uses of such conjugated molecules.
- the ASGP-R ligand comprises A-acetylgalactosamine (GalNAc).
- the invention provides an siRNA conjugated to tri-antennary or biantennary units of GalNAc of the following formula (I):
- n is 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4.
- the number of the ethylene-glycol units may vary independently from each other in the different branches.
- Other embodiments my contain only two branches, as depicted in Formulae (Il-a)
- n is chosen from 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4.
- the number of the ethylene-glycol units may vary independently from each other in the different branches.
- GalNAc branches can also be added, for example, 4-, 5-, 6-, 7-, 8-, 9- branched GalNAc units may be used.
- the branched GalNAc can be chemically modified by the addition of another targeting moiety, e.g., a lipids, cholesterol, a steroid, a bile acid, targeting (poly)peptide, including polypeptides and proteins, (e.g., RGD peptide, transferrin, polyglutamate, polyaspartate, glycosylated peptide, biotin, asialoglycoprotein insulin and EGF.
- another targeting moiety e.g., a lipids, cholesterol, a steroid, a bile acid
- targeting (poly)peptide including polypeptides and proteins, (e.g., RGD peptide, transferrin, polyglutamate, polyaspartate, glycosylated peptide, biotin, asialoglycoprotein insulin and EGF.
- the GalNAc units may be attached to the RNAi agent via a tether, such as the one shown in Formula (III*):
- m is chosen from 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 and p is chosen from 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, or 14, independently of m, and X is either CFb or O.
- Such an attachment of the GalNAc branched units via the specified tethers is preferably at a 3’ or a 5’ end of the sense strand of the RNAi agent.
- the attachment to the 3’ of RNAi agent is through C6 amino linker as shown in Formula (V*):
- This linker is the starting point of the synthesis as shown in Example 12.
- a bi-antennary form of ligand based on Formulae VI* and VII* can be used in the compositions of the invention.
- the GalNAc units may be attached to the RNAi agent via a tether, such as the one shown in Formula (III* -2):
- q is chosen from 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, or 8.
- Such an attachment of the GalNAc branched units via the specified tethers preferably at a 3 ’ or a 5’ end of the sense strand of the double stranded RNAi agent.
- the attachment to the 3’ of RNAi agent is as shown in Example 14.
- the transitional linker between the tether and the 3’ end of the oligo comprises the structure of the formula (V*-a; see also Fig. 27C) or another suitable linker may be used, for example, C6 amino linker shown in Formula (V*-b):
- Additional and/or alternative conjugation sites may include any non- terminal nucleotide, including sugar residues, phosphate groups, or nucleic acid bases.
- the conjugated oligomeric compound (referred herein as RNA interference compound (RNAi compound)) comprises two strands, each having sequence of from 8 to 55 linked nucleotide monomer subunits (including inverted abasic (ia) nucleotide(s)) in either the antisense strand or in the sense strand.
- the conjugated oligomeric compound strands comprise, for example, a sequence of 16 to 55, 53, 49, 40, 25, 24, 23, 21, 20, 19, 18, 17, or up to (about) 18-25, 18-23, 21-23 linked nucleotide monomer subunits.
- RNAi agent of the invention may have a hairpin structure, having a single strand of the combined lengths of both strands as described above.
- nucleotide as used throughout, may also refer to nucleosides (i.e., nucleotides without phosphate/phosphonothioate groups) where context so requires.)
- the double stranded RNAi agent is blunt-ended or has an overhang at one or both ends.
- the overhang is 1-6, 1-5, 1-4, 1-3, 2-4, 4, 3, 2 or 1 nucleotide(s) (at 3’ end or at 5’ end) of the antisense strand as well as 2-4, 3, or 2 or 1 nucleotide(s) (at 3’ end or at 5’ end) of the sense strand.
- the RNAi agent comprises 2 nucleotide overhang at the 3’ end of the antisense strand and 2 nucleotide overhang at 3 ’ end of the sense strand.
- the RNAi agents comprise 2 nucleotide overhang at the 3’ end of the antisense strand and are blunt-ended on the other end.
- the construct is blunt-ended on both ends.
- the RNAi agent comprises 4 nucleotide overhang in the 3’ end of the antisense strand and blunt-ended on the other end.
- the constructs are modified with a degradation protective moiety that prevents or inhibits nuclease cleavage by using a terminal cap, one or more inverted abasic nucleotides, one or more phosphorothioate linkages, one of more deoxynucleotides (e.g., D- ribonucleotide, D-2'-deoxyribonucleotide or another modified nucleotide), or a combination thereof.
- Such degradation protective moieties may be present at any one or all ends that are not conjugated to the ASGP-R ligand.
- the degradation protective moiety is chosen alone or as any combination from a group consisting of 1-4, 1-3, 1-2, or 1 phosphorothioate linkages, 1-4 1-3, 1-2, or 1 deoxynucleotides, and 1-4, 1-3, 1-2, or 1 inverted abasic nucleotides.
- the degradation protective moieties are configured as in one of the constructs 6.1, 6.2, 6.3, 7.1, 7.2, 7.3, 8.1, 8.2, 8.3, 9.1, 9.2, and 9.3, as shown in the Examples 6-15.
- Such exemplary protective moieties’ configurations can be used in conjunction with any RNAi agents of the invention.
- all or some riboses of the nucleotides in the sense and/or antisense strand (s) are modified. In certain embodiments, at least 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90% or more (e.g., 100%) of riboses in the RNAi agent are modified. In certain embodiments, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10 or more riboses are not modified.
- ribose modifications include 2’ substituent groups such as 2’-O- alkyl modifications, including 2’-O-methyl, and 2 ’-deoxyfluoro. Additional modifications are known in the art, including 2’-deoxy, LNA (e.g., 2'-O, 4'-C methylene bridge or 2'-O, 4'-C ethylene bridge), 2’-methoxythoxy (MOE), 2’-O-(CH 2 )OCH3, etc.
- 2’-deoxy LNA (e.g., 2'-O, 4'-C methylene bridge or 2'-O, 4'-C ethylene bridge), 2’-methoxythoxy (MOE), 2’-O-(CH 2 )OCH3, etc.
- a number of modifications provide a distinct pattern of modifications, for example, as shown in constructs in the Examples 6-15, or as described in US Patents Nos. 7,452,987; 7,528,188; 8,273,866; 9,150,606; and 10,266,825; all of which are incorporated by reference herein.
- the siRNA comprises one or more thermally destabilizing nucleotides, e.g., GNA, ENA, etc., for example, at positions 11 (preferred), 12, 13 of the antisense strand and/or positions 9 and 10 (preferred) of the sense strand. .
- thermally destabilizing nucleotides e.g., GNA, ENA, etc.
- nucleic acid bases could be modified, for example, at the C4 position as described in US Patent No. 10,119,136.
- the RNAi agents of the invention are directed against therapeutic targets, inhibition of which will result in prevention, alleviation, or treatment of a disease, including undesirable or pathological conditions.
- targets include: ApoC, ApoB, ALAS1, TTR, GO, C5 (see Examples), etc.
- targets are preferably expressed in the liver, however, they could also be expressed in other tissues or organs.
- targets are human, while the RNAi agent comprise an antisense strand fully or partially complementary to such a target.
- the RNAi agents may comprise two or more chemically linked RNAi agents directed against the same or different targets.
- Example 8 Inverted abasic chemistry with 5’-GalNAc with alternative modification patterns
- Example 9 Inverted abasic chemistry with 5’-GalNAc with alternative modification patterns [0447] Using standard synthesis techniques, the following constructs are synthesized in various versions, with tethers 1 and 2 according to the invention, and with various tri-antennary GalNAc units according to the invention, as described above or depicted in Figures 26A-27B. Same sequences as in Example 6 are shown for consistency.
- Tether 1 and Tether 2 are shown in Fig 26 and 27 respectively.
- Table 12 reflects benchmarking to be performed with various select constructs of the invention.
- each sample is lysed and analyzed forHAOl, C5, TTR and housekeeping gene(s) (such as GAPDH) mRNA concentrations by bDNA or RT-qPCR assay.
- mRNA concentrations data obtained are used for analysis to determine the silencing activity, uptake and IC50 for each of the GO1 siRNA-GalNAc, C5 siRNA-GalNAc, and TTR siRNA-GalNAc molecules.
- each of GO1 siRNA-GalNAc, C5 siRNA-GalNAc, and TTR siRNA-GalNAc analogues is compared to the in vivo pharmacodynamic activity of clinically validated of each GOlsiRNA-GalNAc, C5 siRNA- GalNAc, and TTR siRNA-GalNAc molecules following a single subcutaneous administration to male mice or cynomolgus monkeys.
- pharmacology of GO1 siRNA-GalNAc of each of analogues is evaluated following a single subcutaneous dose at 0.3 or 3 mg/kg as provided in Table 13 below.
- Blood samples to obtain serum samples and liver biopsy samples are obtained at various time points to determine the concentration of serum glycolate by LCMS and to determine the concentration of HAO 1 mRNA by RT-qPCR or bDNA assay.
- the animals from each group at each specified time point are sacrificed and blood (approximately 0.5 mL/animal) and liver (approximately 100 mg) are collected.
- Groups 1 through 9 blood (approximately 0.5 mL/animal) and liver (approximately 100 mg) are collected from 3 animals/time point/group at 24, 48, 96, 168, 336, 504, and 672 hours post-dosing.
- the sense strand of the oligonucleotide 101 is synthesized on solid support and coupled with the commercially available octyne amidite 102 to give the required oligonucleotide with the click chemistry precursor on the solid support.
- This after standard cleavage and deprotection provides the pure oligo nucleotide 103.
- the azide 104 is dissolved in DMSO (150 pL/mg) and this solution is added to 10 OD of oligo 103 in 100 pL of water. The reaction mixture is then incubated at room temperature overnight.
- the conjugated oligo 105 is desalted on a Glen Gel-PakTM to remove organics and the acetoxy protecting groups were removed by treating with methylamine followed by prep HPLC to give pure Oligo 106 which is annealed with an equimolar amount of sense strand to give the final duplex.
- the sense strand of the oligonucleotide 101 is synthesized on solid support and coupled with the commercially available amidite 108 to give the required oligonucleotide on the solid support.
- This after standard cleavage and deprotection provides the pure oligo nucleotide 109.
- the amine 109 is dissolved in water (15 pL/OD) and this solution is added to a solution of the acid 110 in DMSO (100 mL/mg) followed by 10 molar equivalents of EDC and 10 equivalents of HOBT and the reaction mixture is incubated at room temperature overnight.
- the conjugated oligo 111 is then desalted on a Glen Gel-PakTM to remove organics and the acetoxy protecting groups were removed by treating with methylamine followed by prep HPLC to give pure Oligo 112 which is annealed with an equimolar amount of sense strand to give the final duplex.
- oligo construct 119 For the synthesis of oligo construct 119 a similar approach is adapted where the triantennary GalNAc conjugate is loaded on to the solid support 118 (CPG) and the oligo synthesis is performed. After cleavage and deprotection and purification provides the pure oligo 119 which is annealed with antisense strand to give the required final duplex in a pure form.
- the 3’ conjugate is also synthesized analogous to the synthesis of 116 starting from amino linked oligo 113 and post synthetically conjugating the GalNAc carboxylic acid to give the conjugated oligo 119.
- oligo construct 119 For the synthesis of oligo construct 119 a similar approach is adapted where the tri- antennary GalNAc conjugate is loaded on to the solid support 118 (CPG) and the oligo synthesis is performed. After cleavage and deprotection and purification provided the pure oligo 119 which is annealed with antisense strand to give the required final duplex in a pure form.
- the 3’ conjugate is also synthesized analogous to the synthesis of 116 starting from amino linked oligo 113 and post synthetically conjugating the GalNAc carboxylic acid to give the conjugated oligo 119.
- Example 15 Post-synthetic conjugation approach
- the 3’ conjugate is also synthesized analogous to the synthesis of 116 starting from amino linked oligo 113 and post synthetically conjugating the GalNAc carboxylic acid to give the conjugated oligo 121 which is annealed with antisense strand to give the required final duplex in a pure form.
- a modified RNAi agent comprising an RNA interference compound (RNAi compound) conjugated via a tether to an ASGP-R ligand, wherein the tether comprises: wherein m is chosen from 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5, and p is chosen from 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, or 14, independently of m; and X is chosen from O and CH 2 .
- the modified RNAi agent of statement 1, wherein x is O.
- the modified RNAi agent of statement 1, wherein p 6.
- the modified RNAi agent of statement 6, wherein the branched GalNAc is selected from the group consisting of and wherein n is 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4.
- the modified RNAi agent of statement 7, wherein n l .
- the modified RNAi agent of statement 6, wherein the branched GalNAc comprises or a bi-antennary form thereof.
- the modified RNAi agent of statement 6, wherein the branched GalNAc comprises or a bi-antennary form thereof. or a bi-antennary form thereof.
- the modified RNAi agent of statement 1, wherein the tether is attached to the 5’ end of the sense strand.
- the modified RNAi agent of statement 11 wherein the tether is attached as shown in Formula IV*. wherein Z is P or S.
- the modified RNAi agent of statement 15 wherein the RNAi compound comprises modified riboses that are modified at the 2’ position. 17.
- RNAI compound contains one or more degradation protective moieties at any or all ends that are not conjugated to the ASGP-R ligand.
- the degradation protective moiety is chosen alone or as any combination from a group consisting of 1-4 phosphorothioate linkages, 1-4 deoxynucleotides, and 1-4 inverted abasic nucleotides.
- RNAi agent comprising an RNA interference compound (RNAi compound) conjugated via a tether to an ASGP-R ligand, wherein the tether comprises:
- q is chosen from 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, or 8.
- the modified RNAi agent of statement 21, wherein q l.
- the modified RNAi agent of statement 21, wherein the ASGP-R ligand comprises a branched GalNAc.
- the modified RNAi agent of statement 23, wherein the branched GalNAc is selected from the group consisting of Formula II* -a wherein n is 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4.
- the modified RNAi agent of statement 24, wherein n l .
- the modified RNAi agent of statement 23, wherein the branched GalNAc comprises or a bi-antennary form thereof.
- the modified RNAi agent of statement 23, wherein the branched GalNAc comprises or a bi-antennary form thereof.
- RNAi agent of statement 21 wherein the tether is attached to the 5’ end of the sense strand.
- the modified RNAi agent of statement 28 wherein the tether is attached as shown in Formula IV*. wherein Z is P or S.
- RNAi agent of statement 31 as shown in Figs. 27A, 27B, 27C, or 27D.
- the modified RNAi agent of statement 21, wherein the RNAi compound comprises modified riboses that are modified at the 2’ position.
- siRNA contains one or more degradation protective moieties at any or all ends that are not conjugated to the ASGP-R ligand.
- the modified RNAi agent of statement 35 wherein the degradation protective moiety is chosen alone or as any combination from a group consisting of 1-4 phosphorothioate linkages, 1-4 deoxynucleotides, and 1-4 inverted abasic nucleotides.
- the modified RNAi agent of statement 36 wherein the degradation protective moieties are chosen from the configuration present in one of the following constructs 6.1, 6.2, 6.3, 7. 1, 7.2, 7.3, 8,1, 8.2, 8.3, 9.1, 9.2, and 9.3.
- a method of preventing, alleviating, or treating a disease in a subject comprising administering, to the subject, the RNAi agent of statements 1 or 2 in a therapeutically amount effective to prevent, alleviate or treat the disease, thereby preventing, alleviating, or treating a disease.
- the method of statement 40 wherein the subject is human.
- the key refers to the sense and antisense sequence, whereas the clean sequence contains the underlying RNA nucleotide only.
Landscapes
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- Biochemistry (AREA)
- Molecular Biology (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Genetics & Genomics (AREA)
- Biotechnology (AREA)
- Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
- Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
- Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
- Epidemiology (AREA)
- Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
- Public Health (AREA)
- Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
- Crystallography & Structural Chemistry (AREA)
- Saccharide Compounds (AREA)
Abstract
The present invention provides novel conjugated oligonucleotide compounds, which are suitable for therapeutic use. Additionally, the present invention provides methods of making these compounds, as well as methods of using such compounds for the treatment of various diseases and conditions.
Description
CONJUGATED OLIGONUCLEOTIDE COMPOUNDS, METHODS OF MAKING AND USES THEREOF
FIELD
[0001] The present invention provides novel conjugated oligonucleotide compounds, which are suitable for therapeutic use. Additionally, the present invention provides methods of making these compounds, as well as methods of using such compounds for the treatment of various diseases and conditions.
BACKGROUND
[0002] Oligonucleotide compounds have important therapeutic applications in medicine. Oligonucleotides can be used to silence genes that are responsible for a particular disease. Genesilencing prevents formation of a protein by inhibiting translation. Importantly, gene-silencing agents are a promising alternative to traditional small, organic compounds that inhibit the function of the protein linked to the disease. siRNA, antisense RNA, and micro-RNA are oligonucleotides that prevent the formation of proteins by gene-silencing.
[0003] A number of modified siRNA compounds in particular have been developed in the last two decades for diagnostic and therapeutic purposes, including SiRNA/RNAi therapeutic agents for the treatment of various diseases including central-nervous-system diseases, inflammatory diseases, metabolic disorders, oncology, infectious diseases, and ocular diseases.
[0004] Efficient delivery of oligonucleotides to cells in vivo requires specific targeting and substantial protection from the extracellular environment, particularly serum proteins. One method of achieving specific targeting is to conjugate a ligand targeting moiety to the oligonucleotide agent. The ligand targeting moiety helps delivering the oligonucleotide to the required target site. For example, attaching a ligand targeting moiety comprising a terminal galactose or derivative thereof to an oligonucleotide aids targeting to hepatocytes via binding to the asialoglycoprotein receptor (ASGPR).
[0005] There exists a need for novel, ligand-conjugated oligonucleotides, and methods for their preparation.
SUMMARY
[0006] The present invention provides novel, ligand-conjugated oligonucleotide compounds, methods of making these compounds and uses thereof.
[0007] Provided herein is a compound comprising the following structure:
wherein: r and s are independently an integer selected from 1 to 16; and Z is an oligonucleotide moiety.
[0009] Provided herein is a compound of Formula (III):
[0011] Provided herein is a process of preparing a compound as described anywhere herein, which comprises reacting compounds of Formulae (X) and (XI):
wherein: r and s are independently an integer selected from 1 to 16; and
Z is an oligonucleotide moiety; and where appropriate carrying out deprotection of the ligand and / or annealing of a second strand for the oligonucleotide.
[0012] Provided herein is a compound of Formula (X):
wherein:
r is independently an integer selected from 1 to 16; and Z is an oligonucleotide moiety.
[0015] Provided herein is a compound of Formula (XI):
wherein: s is independently an integer selected from 1 to 16; and Z is an oligonucleotide moiety.
[0016] Provided herein is a compound of Formula (Xia):
[0018] Provided herein is use of a compound as described anywhere herein, for the preparation of a compound as described anywhere herein.
[0019] Provided herein is a compound obtained, or obtainable by a process as described anywhere herein.
[0020] Provided herein is a pharmaceutical composition comprising of a compound as described anywhere herein, together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, diluent or excipient.
[0021] Provided herein is a compound as described anywhere herein, for use in therapy.
BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
[0022] FIG. 1 shows analysis of hsC5 mRNA expression levels in a total of 45 human-derived cancer cell lysates and lysate of primary human hepatocytes (PHHs). mRNA expression levels are shown in relative light units [RLUs].
[0023] FIG. 2 shows analysis of hsHAOl mRNA expression levels in a total of 45 human- derived cancer cell lysates and lysate of primary human hepatocytes (PHHs). mRNA expression levels are shown in relative light units [RLUs],
[0024] FIG. 3 shows analysis of hsTTR mRNA expression levels in a total of 45 human-derived cancer cell lysates and lysate of primary human hepatocytes (PHHs). mRNA expression levels are shown in relative light units [RLUs],
[0025] FIGs. 4A-B shows the results from the dose-response analysis of hsTTR targeting GalNAc-siRNAs in HepG2 cells in Example 1.
[0026] FIGs. 5A-B shows the results from the dose-response analysis of hsC5 targeting GalNAc-siRNAs in HepG2 cells in Example 1.
[0027] FIG. 6 shows the analysis of hsTTR (top), hsC5 (middle) and hsHAOl (bottom) mRNA expression levels in all three batches of primary human hepatocytes BHuf 16087 (left), CHF2101 (middle) and CyHuf 19009 (right) each after Oh, 24h, 48h and 72h in culture. mRNA expression levels are shown in relative light units [RLUs],
[0028] FIG. 7 shows the analysis of hsGAPDH (top) and hsAHSAl (bottom) mRNA expression levels in all three batches of primary human hepatocytes BHuf 16087 (left), CHF2101 (center)
and CyHufl9009 (right) each after Oh, 24h, 48h and 72h in culture. mRNA expression levels are shown in relative light units [RLUs],
[0029] FIGs. 8A-B shows the results from the dose-response analysis of hsHAOl targeting GalNAc-siRNAs in PHHs in Example 1.
[0030] FIGs. 9A-B shows the results from the dose-response analysis of hsC5 targeting GalNAc-siRNAs in PHHs in Example 1.
[0031] FIGs. 10A-B shows the results from the dose-response analysis of hsTTR targeting GalNAc-siRNAs in PHHs in Example 1.
[0032] FIG. 11 Single dose mouse pharmacology of ETX006. HAO1 mRNA expression is shown relative to the saline control group. Each point represents the mean and standard deviation of 3 mice.
[0033] FIG. 12 Single dose mouse pharmacology of ETX006. Serum glycolate concentration is shown. Each point represents the mean and standard deviation of 3 mice, except for baseline glycolate concentration (day 0) which was derived from a group of 5 mice.
[0034] FIG. 13 Single dose mouse pharmacology of ETX015. C5 mRNA expression is shown relative to the saline control group. Each point represents the mean and standard deviation of 3 mice.
[0035] FIG. 14 Single dose mouse pharmacology of ETX0015. Serum C5 concentration is shown relative to the saline control group. Each point represents the mean and standard deviation of 3 mice.
[0036] FIG. 15 Single dose NHP pharmacology of ETX024. Serum TTR concentration is shown relative to day 1 of the study. Each point represents the mean and standard deviation of 3 animals.
[0037] FIG. 16. Single dose NHP pharmacology of ETX020. Serum TTR concentration is shown relative to day 1 of the study and also pre-dose. Each point represents the mean and standard deviation of 3 animals. Time points up to 84 days are shown.
[0038] FIG. 17 Single dose NHP pharmacology of ETX022. Serum TTR concentration is shown relative to day 1 of the study and also pre-dose. Each point represents the mean and standard deviation of 3 animals. Time points up to 84 days are shown.
[0039] FIG. 18a Single dose NHP pharmacology of ETX024. Serum TTR concentration is shown relative to day 1 of the study and also pre-dose. Each point represents the mean and standard deviation of 3 animals. Time points up to 84 days are shown.
[0040] FIG 18b Sustained suppression of TTR gene expression in the liver after a single 1 mg/kg dose of ETX024. TTR mRNA is shown relative to baseline levels measured pre-dose. Each point represents the mean and standard deviation of 3 animals. Time points up to 84 days are shown.
[0041] FIG 18c. Body weight of animals dosed with a single 1 mg/kg dose of ETX024. Each point represents the mean and standard deviation of 3 animals. Time points up to 84 days are shown.
[0042] FIG 18d ALT concentration in serum from animals treated with a single 1 mg/kg dose of ETX024. Each point represents the mean and standard deviation of 3 animals. The dotted lines show the range of values considered normal for this species (Park et al. 2016 Reference values of clinical pathology parameter in cynomolgus monkeys used in preclinical studies. Lab Anim Res 32:79-86.) Time points up to 84 days are shown.
[0043] FIG 18e AST concentration in serum from animals treated with a single 1 mg/kg dose of ETX024. Each point represents the mean and standard deviation of 3 animals. The dotted lines show the range of values considered normal for this species (Park et al. 2016 Reference values of clinical pathology parameter in cynomolgus monkeys used in preclinical studies. Lab Anim Res 32:79-86. Time points up to 84 days are shown.
[0044] FIG. 19 Single dose NHP pharmacology of ETX026. Serum TTR concentration is shown relative to day 1 of the study and also pre-dose. Each point represents the mean and standard deviation of 3 animals. Time points up to 84 days are shown.
[0045] FIG.20 Linker and ligand moiety for ETX006, 008, 0015, 0016, 0024 and 0026.
[0046] FIG. 21 Linker and ligand moiety for ETX002, 004, 0011, 0013, 0020 and 0022.
[0047] FIG 22. Total bilirubin concentration in serum from animals treated with a single 1 mg/kg dose of ETX024. Each point represents the mean and standard deviation of 3 animals. The shaded are shows the range of values considered normal at the facility used for the study. The dotted lines show values considered normal for this species (Park et al. 2016 Reference values of
clinical pathology parameter in cynomolgus monkeys used in preclinical studies. Lab Anim Res 32:79-86.)
[0048] FIG 23. Blood urea nitrogen (BUN) concentration from animals treated with a single 1 mg/kg dose of ETX024. Each point represents the mean and standard deviation of 3 animals. The shaded are shows the range of values considered normal at the facility used for the study. The dotted lines show values considered normal for this species (Park et al. 2016 Reference values of clinical pathology parameter in cynomolgus monkeys used in preclinical studies. Lab Anim Res 32:79-86.)
[0049] FIG 24 Creatinine (CREA) concentration from animals treated with a single 1 mg/kg dose of ETX024. Each point represents the mean and standard deviation of 3 animals. The shaded are shows the range of values considered normal at the facility used for the study. The dotted lines show values considered normal for this species (Park et al. 2016 Reference values of clinical pathology parameter in cynomolgus monkeys used in preclinical studies. Lab Anim Res 32:79-86.)
[0050] FIG 25-27 are described in more detail below.
[0051] FIG. 28 shows the detail of formulae disclosed herein.
[0052] Figure 29a shows the underlying nucleotide sequences for the sense (SS) and antisense (AS) strands of construct ETX002 as described herein. For ETX002 a galnac linker is attached to the 5’ end region of the sense strand in use (not depicted in Figure 29a). For ETX002 the galnac linker is attached and as shown in Figure 21. iaia as shown at the 3’ end region of the sense strand in Figure 29a represents (i) two abasic nucleotides provided as the penultimate and terminal nucleotides at the 3’ end region of the sense strand, (ii) wherein a 3 ’-3’ reversed linkage is provided between the antepenultimate nucleotide (namely A at position 21 of the sense strand, wherein position 1 is the terminal 5’ nucleotide of the sense strand, namely terminal G at the 5 ’end region of the sense strand) and the adjacent penultimate abasic residue of the sense strand, and (iii) the linkage between the terminal and penultimate abasic nucleotides is 5’-3’ when reading towards the 3’ end region comprising the terminal and penultimate abasic nucleotides.
For the sense strand of Figure 29a, when reading from position 1 of the sense strand (which is the terminal 5’ nucleotide of the sense strand, namely terminal G at the 5 ’end region of the sense strand), then: (i) the nucleotides at positions 1 to 6, 8, and 12 to 21 have sugars that are 2’ O-
methyl modified, (ii) the nucleotides at positions 7, and 9 to 11 have sugars that are 2’ F modified, (iii) the abasic nucleotides have sugars that have H at positions 1 and 2.
For the antisense strand of Figure 29a, when reading from position 1 of the antisense strand (which is the terminal 5’ nucleotide of the antisense strand, namely terminal U at the 5 ’end region of the antisense strand), then: (i) the nucleotides at positions 1, 3 to 5, 7, 10 to 13, 15, 17 to 23 have sugars that are 2’ O-methyl modified, (ii) the nucleotides at positions 2, 6, 8, 9, 14, 16 have sugars that are 2’ F modified.
Figure 29b shows the underlying nucleotide sequences for the sense (SS) and antisense (AS) strands of construct ETX006 as described herein. For ETX006 a galnac linker is attached to the 3’ end region of the sense strand in use (not depicted in Figure 29b). For ETX006 the galnac linker is attached and as shown in Figure 20. iaia as shown at the 5’ end region of the sense strand in Figure 29b represents (i) two abasic nucleotides provided as the penultimate and terminal nucleotides at the 5’ end region of the sense strand, (ii) wherein a 5’ -5’ reversed linkage is provided between the antepenultimate nucleotide (namely G at position 1 of the sense strand, not including the iaia motif at the 5’ end region of the sense strand in the nucleotide position numbering on the sense strand) and the adjacent penultimate abasic residue of the sense strand, and (iii) the linkage between the terminal and penultimate abasic nucleotides is 3’-5’ when reading towards the 5’ end region comprising the terminal and penultimate abasic nucleotides.
For the sense strand of Figure 29b, when reading from position 1 of the sense strand (which is the terminal 5’ nucleotide of the sense strand, namely terminal G at the 5 ’end region of the sense strand, not including the iaia motif at the 5’ end region of the sense strand in the nucleotide position numbering on the sense strand), then: (i) the nucleotides at positions 1 to 6, 8, and 12 to 21 have sugars that are 2’ O-methyl modified, (ii) the nucleotides at positions 7, and 9 to 11 have sugars that are 2’ F modified, (iii) the abasic nucleotides have sugars that have H at positions 1 and 2.
For the antisense strand of Figure 29b, when reading from position 1 of the antisense strand (which is the terminal 5’ nucleotide of the antisense strand, namely terminal U at the 5 ’end region of the antisense strand), then: (i) the nucleotides at positions 1, 3 to 5, 7, 10 to 13, 15, 17 to 23 have sugars that are 2’ O-methyl modified, (ii) the nucleotides at positions 2, 6, 8, 9, 14, 16 have sugars that are 2’ F modified.
[0053] Figure 30a shows the underlying nucleotide sequences for the sense (SS) and antisense (AS) strands of construct ETX011 as described herein. For ETX011 a galnac linker is attached to the 5’ end region of the sense strand in use (not depicted in Figure 30a). For ETX011 the galnac linker is attached and as shown in Figure 21. iaia as shown at the 3’ end region of the sense strand in Figure 30a represents (i) two abasic nucleotides provided as the penultimate and terminal nucleotides at the 3’ end region of the sense strand, (ii) wherein a 3 ’-3’ reversed linkage is provided between the antepenultimate nucleotide (namely A at position 21 of the sense strand, wherein position 1 is the terminal 5’ nucleotide of the sense strand, namely terminal A at the 5 ’end region of the sense strand) and the adjacent penultimate abasic residue of the sense strand, and (iii) the linkage between the terminal and penultimate abasic nucleotides is 5’-3’ when reading towards the 3’ end region comprising the terminal and penultimate abasic nucleotides.
For the sense strand of Figure 30a, when reading from position 1 of the sense strand (which is the terminal 5’ nucleotide of the sense strand, namely terminal A at the 5 ’end region of the sense strand), then: (i) the nucleotides at positions 1, 2, 4, 6, 8, 12, 14, 15, 17, 19 to 21 have sugars that are 2’ O-methyl modified, (ii) the nucleotides at positions 3, 5, 7, 9 to 11, 13, 16, 18 have sugars that are 2’ F modified, (iii) the abasic nucleotides have sugars that have H at positions 1 and 2.
For the antisense strand of Figure 30a, when reading from position 1 of the antisense strand (which is the terminal 5’ nucleotide of the antisense strand, namely terminal U at the 5 ’end region of the antisense strand), then: (i) the nucleotides at positions 1, 4, 6, 7, 9, 11 to 13, 15, 17, 19 to 23 have sugars that are 2’ O-methyl modified, (ii) the nucleotides at positions 2, 3, 5, 8, 10, 14, 16, 18 have sugars that are 2’ F modified, (iii) the penultimate and terminal T nucleotides at positions 24, 25 at the 3’ end region of the antisense strand have sugars that have H at position 2.
Figure 30b shows the underlying nucleotide sequences for the sense (SS) and antisense (AS) strands of construct ETX015 as described herein. For ETX015 a galnac linker is attached to the 3’ end region of the sense strand in use (not depicted in Figure 30b). For ETX015 the galnac linker is attached and as shown in Figure 20. iaia as shown at the 5’ end region of the sense strand in Figure 30b represents (i) two abasic nucleotides provided as the penultimate and terminal nucleotides at the 5’ end region of the sense strand, (ii) wherein a 5’ -5’ reversed linkage is provided between the antepenultimate nucleotide
(namely A at position 1 of the sense strand, not including the iaia motif at the 5’ end region of the sense strand in the nucleotide position numbering on the sense strand) and the adjacent penultimate abasic residue of the sense strand, and (iii) the linkage between the terminal and penultimate abasic nucleotides is 3’-5’ when reading towards the 5’ end region comprising the terminal and penultimate abasic nucleotides.
For the sense strand of Figure 30b, when reading from position 1 of the sense strand (which is the terminal 5’ nucleotide of the sense strand, namely terminal A at the 5 ’end region of the sense strand, not including the iaia motif at the 5’ end region of the sense strand in the nucleotide position numbering on the sense strand), then: (i) the nucleotides at positions 1, 2, 4, 6, 8, 12, 14, 15, 17, 19 to 21 have sugars that are 2’ O-methyl modified, (ii) the nucleotides at positions 3, 5, 7, 9 to 11, 13, 16, 18 have sugars that are 2’ F modified, (iii) the abasic nucleotides have sugars that have H at positions 1 and 2.
For the antisense strand of Figure 30b, when reading from position 1 of the antisense strand (which is the terminal 5’ nucleotide of the antisense strand, namely terminal U at the 5 ’end region of the antisense strand), then: (i) the nucleotides at positions 1, 4, 6, 7, 9, 11 to 13, 15, 17, 19 to 23 have sugars that are 2’ O-methyl modified, (ii) the nucleotides at positions 2, 3, 5, 8, 10, 14, 16, 18 have sugars that are 2’ F modified, (iii) the penultimate and terminal T nucleotides at positions 24, 25 at the 3’ end region of the antisense strand have sugars that have H at position 2.
[0054] Figure 31a shows the underlying nucleotide sequences for the sense (SS) and antisense (AS) strands of construct ETX020 as described herein. For ETX020 a galnac linker is attached to the 5’ end region of the sense strand in use (not depicted in Figure 31a). For ETX020 the galnac linker is attached and as shown in Figure 21. iaia as shown at the 3’ end region of the sense strand in Figure 31a represents (i) two abasic nucleotides provided as the penultimate and terminal nucleotides at the 3’ end region of the sense strand, (ii) wherein a 3 ’-3’ reversed linkage is provided between the antepenultimate nucleotide (namely A at position 21 of the sense strand, wherein position 1 is the terminal 5’ nucleotide of the sense strand, namely terminal U at the 5 ’end region of the sense strand) and the adjacent penultimate abasic residue of the sense strand, and (iii) the linkage between the terminal and penultimate abasic nucleotides is 5’-3’ when reading towards the 3’ end region comprising the terminal and penultimate abasic nucleotides.
For the sense strand of Figure 31a, when reading from position 1 of the sense strand (which is the terminal 5’ nucleotide of the sense strand, namely terminal U at the 5 ’end region of the sense strand), then: (i) the nucleotides at positions 1 to 6, 8, and 12 to 21 have sugars that are 2’ O- methyl modified, (ii) the nucleotides at positions 7, and 9 to 11 have sugars that are 2’ F modified, (iii) the abasic nucleotides have sugars that have H at positions 1 and 2.
For the antisense strand of Figure 31a, when reading from position 1 of the antisense strand (which is the terminal 5’ nucleotide of the antisense strand, namely terminal U at the 5 ’end region of the antisense strand), then: (i) the nucleotides at positions 1, 3 to 5, 7, 8, 10 to 13, 15, 17 to 23 have sugars that are 2’ O-methyl modified, (ii) the nucleotides at positions 2, 6, 9, 14, 16 have sugars that are 2’ F modified.
Figure 31b shows the underlying nucleotide sequences for the sense (SS) and antisense (AS) strands of construct ETX024 as described herein. For ETX024 a galnac linker is attached to the 3’ end region of the sense strand in use (not depicted in Figure 3 lb). For ETX024 the galnac linker is attached and as shown in Figure 20. iaia as shown at the 5’ end region of the sense strand in Figure 3 lb represents (i) two abasic nucleotides provided as the penultimate and terminal nucleotides at the 5’ end region of the sense strand, (ii) wherein a 5’ -5’ reversed linkage is provided between the antepenultimate nucleotide (namely U at position 1 of the sense strand, not including the iaia motif at the 5’ end region of the sense strand in the nucleotide position numbering on the sense strand) and the adjacent penultimate abasic residue of the sense strand, and (iii) the linkage between the terminal and penultimate abasic nucleotides is 3’-5’ when reading towards the 5’ end region comprising the terminal and penultimate abasic nucleotides.
For the sense strand of Figure 31b, when reading from position 1 of the sense strand (which is the terminal 5’ nucleotide of the sense strand, namely terminal U at the 5 ’end region of the sense strand, not including the iaia motif at the 5’ end region of the sense strand in the nucleotide position numbering on the sense strand), then: (i) the nucleotides at positions 1 to 6, 8, and 12 to 21 have sugars that are 2’ O-methyl modified, (ii) the nucleotides at positions 7, and 9 to 11 have sugars that are 2’ F modified, (iii) the abasic nucleotides have sugars that have H at positions 1 and 2.
For the antisense strand of Figure 3 lb, when reading from position 1 of the antisense strand (which is the terminal 5’ nucleotide of the antisense strand, namely terminal U at the 5 ’end region of the antisense strand), then: (i) the nucleotides at positions 1, 3 to 5, 7, 8, 10 to 13, 15,
17 to 23 have sugars that are 2’ O-methyl modified, (ii) the nucleotides at positions 2, 6, 9, 14, 16 have sugars that are 2’ F modified.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION
[0055] The present invention provides novel, ligand-conjugated oligonucleotide compounds, methods of making these compounds and uses thereof.
[0056] Compounds of the invention comprise an oligonucleotide moiety and/or a linker and/or a ligand moiety, or parts thereof, as disclosed herein. Preferably, compounds of the invention comprise an oligonucleotide moiety, a linker and a ligand moiety. These moieties may be covalently bonded together, such that the oligonucleotide moiety is covalently bonded to the ligand moiety via the linker.
[0057] It will be understood that compounds of the invention can combine any oligonucleotide moiety as described anywhere herein, and/or any linker as described anywhere herein, and/or any ligand moiety as described anywhere herein.
[0058] Exemplary compounds of the invention comprise the following general structure:
wherein: r and s are independently an integer selected from 1 to 16; and Z is an oligonucleotide moiety.
1. LIGAND MOIETY
[0059] Exemplary compounds of the invention comprise a ‘ligand moiety’, as depicted in Formula (I).
[0060] In some embodiments, the ligand moiety as depicted in Formula (I) comprises one or more ligands.
[0061] In some embodiments, the ligand moiety as depicted in Formula (I) comprises one or more carbohydrate ligands.
[0062] In some embodiments, the one or more carbohydrates can be a monosaccharide, disaccharide, tri saccharide, tetrasaccharide, oligosaccharide and / or polysaccharide.
[0063] In some embodiments, the one or more carbohydrates comprise one or more galactose moieties, one or more lactose moieties, one or more N-AcetylGalactosamine moieties, and / or one or more mannose moieties.
[0064] In some embodiments, the one or more carbohydrates comprise one or more N-Acetyl- Galactosamine moieties.
[0065] In some embodiments, the compounds as described anywhere herein comprise two or three N-AcetylGalactosamine moieties.
[0066] In some embodiments, the one or more ligands are attached in a linear configuration, or in a branched configuration, for example each configuration being respectively attached to a branch point in an overall linker.
[0067] Exemplary linear configuration, or branched configurations, of ligand moi eties can be depicted as follows, using the nomenclature as further explained in sections 2, 3 and 4 hereinafter.
[0068] Exemplary linear configuration:
wherein (a) and / or (b) can typically represent connecting bonds or groups, such as phosphate or phosphorothioate groups, and the dotted box encompasses the linker moiety.
[0069] Exemplary branched configuration:
wherein the dotted box encompasses the linker moiety.
[0070] In some embodiments, the one or more ligands are attached as a biantennary or triantennary branched configuration. Typically, a triantennary branched configuration can be preferred, such as an N-AcetylGalactosamine triantennary branched configuration.
2. LINKER
[0071] Exemplary compounds of the invention comprise a Tinker moiety’, as depicted in Formula (I), that is part of an overall Tinker’.
[0072] As will be further understood in the art, exemplary compounds of the invention comprise an overall linker that is located between the oligonucleotide moiety and the ligand moiety of these compounds. The overall linker, thereby ‘links’ the oligonucleotide moiety and the ligand moiety to each other.
[0073] The overall linker is often notionally envisaged as comprising one or more linker building blocks. For example, there is a linker portion that is depicted as the Tinker moiety’ as represented in Formula (I) positioned adjacent the ligand moiety and attaching the ligand moiety, typically via a branch point, directly or indirectly to the oligonucleotide moiety. The linker moiety as depicted in Formula (I) can also often be referred to as the ‘ligand arm or arms’ of the overall linker. There can also, but not always, be a further linker portion between the oligonucleotide moiety and the branch point, that is often referred to as the ‘tether moiety’ of the overall linker, ‘tethering’ the oligonucleotide moiety to the remainder of the conjugated compound. Such ‘ligand arms’ and / or Tinker moieties’ and / or ‘tether moieties’ can be envisaged by reference to the linear and / or branched configurations as set out above.
[0074] As can be seen from the claims, and the reminder of the patent specification, the scope of the present invention extends to linear or branched configurations, and with no limitation as to the number of individual ligands that might be present. Furthermore, the addressee will also be aware that there are many structures that could be used as the linker moiety, based on the state of the art and the expertise of an oligonucleotide chemist.
[0075] The remainder of the overall linker (other than the linker moiety) as set out in the claims, and the remainder of the patent specification, is shown by its chemical constituents in Formula (I), which the inventors consider to be particularly unique to the current invention. In more general terms, however, these chemical constituents could be described as a ‘tether moiety’ as hereinbefore described, wherein the ‘tether moiety’ is that portion of the overall linker which comprises the group of atoms between Z, namely the oligonucleotide moiety, and the linker moiety as depicted in Formula (I).
2.1 Tether moiety
[0076] In relation to Formula (I), the ‘tether moiety’ comprises the group of atoms between Z, namely the oligonucleotide moiety, and the linker moiety.
[0077] In some embodiments, s is an integer selected from 4 to 12. In some embodiments, s is 6.
[0078] In some embodiments, r is an integer selected from 4 to 14. In some embodiments, r is 6. In some embodiments, r is 12.
[0079] In some embodiments, r is 12 and s is 6.
[0080] Thus, in some embodiments, exemplary compounds of the invention comprise the following structure:
Formula (II)
In some embodiments, r is 6 and s is 6.
[0081] Thus, in some embodiments, exemplary compounds of the invention comprise the following structure:
2.2 Linker moiety
[0082] In relation to Formula (I), the ‘linker moiety’ as depicted in Formula (I) comprises the group of atoms located between the tether moiety as described anywhere herein, and the ligand moiety as described anywhere herein.
[0083] In some embodiments, the moiety:
as depicted in Formula (I) as described anywhere herein is any of Formulae (IV), (V) or (VI), preferably Formula (IV):
wherein:
Ai is hydrogen, or a suitable hydroxy protecting group; a is an integer of 2 or 3; and b is an integer of 2 to 5; or
wherein:
Ai is hydrogen, or a suitable hydroxy protecting group; a is an integer of 2 or 3; and c and d are independently integers of 1 to 6; or
wherein:
Ai is hydrogen, or a suitable hydroxy protecting group; a is an integer of 2 or 3; and e is an integer of 2 to 10.
Ai is hydrogen, or a suitable hydroxy protecting group; a is 3; and b is an integer of 3.
[0085] In some embodiments, the moiety:
as depicted in Formula (I) as described anywhere herein is Formula (VII):
wherein:
Ai is hydrogen; a is an integer of 2 or 3.
[0086] In some embodiments, a = 2. In some embodiments, a = 3. In some embodiments, b = 3.
3. EXEMPLARY COMPOUNDS
[0087] Compounds of the invention combine any oligonucleotide moiety as described anywhere herein, any linker moiety as described anywhere herein, and/or any ligand moiety as described anywhere herein, or parts thereof.
[0089] In some embodiments, the compound comprises Formula (IX):
3.1 Intermediate Compounds
[0090] Compounds of the invention also include intermediate compounds produced or used during the production processes of the invention as described anywhere herein, for the production of compounds as described anywhere herein.
Formula (X) wherein: r is independently an integer selected from 1 to 16; and Z is an oligonucleotide moiety.
[0094] In some embodiments, the compound comprises Formula (XI):
wherein: s is independently an integer selected from 1 to 16; and Z is an oligonucleotide moiety.
Formula (Xlb)
4. PRODUCTION PROCESSES
[0097] The invention further provides a process of preparing a compound as described anywhere herein. The invention further provides a process of preparing a composition as described anywhere herein.
[0098] In some embodiments, the process comprises reacting compounds of Formulae (X) and (XI):
Z is an oligonucleotide moiety; and where appropriate carrying out deprotection of the ligand and / or annealing of a second strand for the oligonucleotide.
[0099] In some embodiments, Formula (X) is Formula (Xa):
and compound of Formula (XI) is Formula (Xia):
wherein the oligonucleotide comprises an RNA duplex comprising first and second strands, wherein the first strand is at least partially complementary to an RNA sequence of a target gene, and the second strand is at least partially complementary to said first strand, and wherein each of the first and second strands have 5’ and 3’ ends, and wherein said RNA duplex is attached at the 5’ end of its second strand to the adjacent phosphate.
[00100] In some embodiments, Formula (X) is Formula (Xb):
and compound of Formula (XI) is Formula (Xia):
wherein the oligonucleotide comprises an RNA duplex comprising first and second strands, wherein the first strand is at least partially complementary to an RNA sequence of a target gene, and the second strand is at least partially complementary to said first strand, and wherein each of the first and second strands have 5’ and 3’ ends, and wherein said RNA duplex is attached at the 3’ end of its second strand to the adjacent phosphate.
[00101] In some embodiments, Formula (Xia) is Formula (Xlb):
5. USES
[00102] The invention relates to use of the compounds and compositions as described anywhere herein.
[00103] The present invention also relates to uses of a compound as described anywhere herein, for the preparation of another compound as described anywhere herein.
[00104] The present invention also relates to a compound obtained, or obtainable by a process as described anywhere herein.
[00105] Thus, the present invention relates to a pharmaceutical composition comprising of a compound as described anywhere herein, together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, diluent or excipient.
[00106] The present invention also relates to a compound or pharmaceutical composition as described anywhere herein, for use in therapy.
[00107] Suitable dosages, formulations, administration routes, compositions, dosage forms, combinations with other therapeutic agents, pro-drug formulations are also encompassed by the present invention.
[00108] The compounds of the invention may be utilized as research reagents for, for example, diagnostics, therapeutics and prophylaxis.
[00109] In therapy, compounds of the invention may be used to specifically modulate the synthesis of a target protein in a cell. This can be achieved by degrading, silencing or inhibiting the mRNA of said target protein, thereby preventing the formation of said protein. Alternatively, compounds of the invention may be used to modulate a non-coding DNA or RNA molecule exerting a regulatory effect on mechanisms within a cell in cells and experimental animals thereby facilitating functional analysis of the target or an appraisal of its usefulness as a target for therapeutic intervention.
[00110] In preferred embodiments, target protein is in a target cell that comprises asialoglycoprotein receptors (ASPGR) on the surface, such as liver cells, in particular hepatocytes.
[00111] Thus, compounds of the invention may be used as a therapy in an animal or a human, suspected of having a disease or disorder, which can be alleviated or treated by modulating a DNA or RNA encoding a mammalian target polypeptide in said animal or human.
[00112] In preferred embodiments the target nucleic acid is a gene, a messenger RNA (mRNA) or micro RNA (miRNA).
[00113] Further provided are methods of treating a mammal, such as treating a human, suspected of having or being prone to a disease or condition, by administering a therapeutically
or prophylactically effective amount of one or more of the compounds or compositions of the invention.
[00114] The invention also provides for the use of the compound or conjugate of the invention as described for the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment of a disorder or for a method of the treatment of as a disorder affected by the modulation of a target nucleic acid.
[00115] The invention also provides for a method for treating a disorder, said method comprising administering a compound according to the invention and/or a pharmaceutical composition according to the invention to a patient in need thereof.
[00116] Examples of disorders to be treated are liver diseases such as hepatitis (including viral hepatitis, such as HBV or HCV), hepatic steatosis, atherosclerosis, hyperlipidemia, hypercholesterolemia, familiar hypercholesterolemia e.g. gain of function mutations in Apolipoprotein B, HDL/LDL cholesterol imbalance, dyslipidemias, e.g., familial hyperlipidemia (FCHL), acquired hyperlipidemia, statin-resistant hypercholesterolemia, coronary artery disease (CAD), and coronary heart disease (CHD), cirrhosis and cancer.
6. DEFINITIONS
[00117] Unless defined otherwise, all terms of art, notations and other technical and scientific terms or terminology used herein are intended to have the same meaning as is commonly understood by one of ordinary skill in the art to which the claimed subject matter pertains. In some cases, terms with commonly understood meanings are defined herein for clarity and/or for ready reference, and the inclusion of such definitions herein should not necessarily be construed to represent a substantial difference over what is generally understood in the art.
[0100] It is to be understood that this invention is not limited to particular compositions or biological systems, which can, of course, vary. It is also to be understood that the terminology used herein is for the purpose of describing particular embodiments only, and is not intended to be limiting. As used in this specification and the appended claims, the singular forms “a,” “an,” and “the” include plural referents unless the content clearly dictates otherwise.
[0101] The term “about” as used herein refers to the usual error range for the respective value readily known to the skilled person in this technical field. Reference to “about” a value or parameter herein includes (and describes) embodiments that are directed to that value or parameter per se.
[0102] It is understood that aspects and embodiments of the invention described herein include “comprising,” “consisting,” and “consisting essentially of aspects and embodiments.
[0103] As used herein, the term “and/or” refers to any one of the items, any combination of the items, or all of the items with which the term is associated. For instance, the phrase “A, B, and/or C” is intended to encompass each of the following embodiments: A, B, and C; A, B, or C; A or B; A or C; B or C; A and B; A and C; B and C; A and B or C; B and A or C; C and A or B; A (alone); B (alone); and C (alone).
[0104] The term "complementary" means that two sequences are complementary when the sequence of one can bind to the sequence of the other in an anti-parallel sense wherein the 3'- end of each sequence binds to the 5'-end of the other sequence and each A, T(U), G, and C of one sequence is then aligned with a T(U), A, C, and G, respectively, of the other sequence.
Oligonucleotides
[0105] The present invention provides nucleic acids such as inhibitory RNA molecules (which may be referred to as iRNA), and compositions containing the same which can affect expression of a target gene. The gene may be within a cell, e.g. a cell within a subject, such
as a human. The nucleic acids can be used to prevent and/or treat medical conditions associated with the expression of a target gene.
[0106] Inhibitory RNA (iRNA) is the preferred nucleic acid herein.
[0107] The invention provides nucleic acids such as an RNA, for inhibiting expression of a target gene in a cell, comprising at least one duplex region that comprises at least a portion of a first strand and at least a portion of a second strand that is at least partially complementary to the first strand, wherein said first strand is at least partially complementary to at least a portion of RNA transcribed from said target gene to be inhibited, wherein the second strand comprises one or more abasic nucleotides in a terminal region of the second strand, and wherein said abasic nucleotide(s) is / are connected to an adjacent nucleotide through a reversed internucleotide linkage.
[0108] The invention in particular includes double stranded RNA molecules (dsRNA) which includes two RNA strands that are complementary and hybridize to form a duplex structure under conditions in which the dsRNA will be used. One strand of a dsRNA (the antisense strand) includes a region of complementarity that is substantially complementary, and generally fully complementary, to a target sequence. The target sequence can be derived from the sequence of an mRNA formed during the expression of a gene of interest. The other strand (the sense strand) includes a region that is complementary to the antisense strand, such that the two strands hybridize and form a duplex structure when combined under suitable conditions. Complementary sequences of a dsRNA can also be self- complementary regions of a single nucleic acid molecule.
[0109] The “first strand”, also called the antisense strand or guide strand herein and which can be used interchangeably herein, refers to the nucleic acid strand, e.g. the strand of an iRNA, e.g. a dsRNA, which includes a region that is substantially complementary to a target sequence, e.g. to an mRNA. As used herein, the term "region of complementarity" refers to the region on the antisense strand that is substantially complementary to a sequence, for example a target sequence. Where the region of complementarity is not fully complementary to the target sequence, the mismatches can be in the internal or terminal regions of the
molecule. In some embodiments, a double stranded nucleic acid e.g. RNAi agent of the invention includes a nucleotide mismatch in the antisense strand.
[0110] In the context of molecule comprising a nucleic acid provided with a ligand moiety, optionally also with a linker moiety, the nucleic acid of the invention may be referred to as an oligonucleotide moiety.
[oni] In some embodiments, a double stranded nucleic acid e.g. RNAi agent of the invention includes a nucleotide mismatch in the sense strand. In some embodiments, the nucleotide mismatch is, for example, within 5, 4, 3, 2, or 1 nucleotides from the 3 '-end of the nucleic acid e.g. iRNA.
[0112] In another embodiment, the nucleotide mismatch is, for example, in the 3'- terminal nucleotide of the nucleic acid e.g. iRNA.
[0113] The “second strand” (also called the sense strand or passenger strand herein, and which can be used interchangeably herein), refers to the strand of a nucleic acid e.g. iRNA that includes a region that is substantially complementary to a region of the antisense strand as that term is defined herein.
[0114] A "target sequence" (which may also be called a target RNA or a target mRNA) refers to a contiguous portion of the nucleotide sequence of an mRNA molecule formed during the transcription of a gene, including mRNA that is a product of RNA processing of a primary transcription product.
[0115] The target sequence may be from about 10-35 nucleotides in length, e.g., about 15-30 nucleotides in length. For example, the target sequence can be from about 15-30 nucleotides, 15-29, 15-28, 15-27, 15-26, 15-25, 15-24, 15-23, 15-22, 15-21, 15-20, 15-19, 15-18, 15-17, 18-30, 18-29, 18- 28, 18-27, 18-26, 18-25, 18-24, 18-23, 18-22, 18-21, 18-20, 19-30, 19-29,
19-28, 19-27, 19-26, 19-25, 19-24, 19-23, 19-22, 19-21, 19-20, 20-30, 20-29, 20-28, 20-27,
20-26, 20-25, 20-24, 20-23, 20-22, 20- 21, 21-30, 21-29, 21-28, 21-27, 21-26, 21-25, 21-24,
21-23, or 21-22 nucleotides in length. Ranges and lengths intermediate to the above recited ranges and lengths are also contemplated to be part of the invention.
[0116] The term "ribonucleotide" or "nucleotide" can also refer to a modified nucleotide, as further detailed below.
[0117] A nucleic acid can be a DNA or an RNA, and can comprise modified nucleotides. RNA is a preferred nucleic acid.
[0118] The terms "iRNA", "RNAi agent," and "iRNA agent," "RNA interference agent" as used interchangeably herein, refer to an agent that contains RNA, and which mediates the targeted cleavage of an RNA transcript via an RNA-induced silencing complex (RISC) pathway. iRNA directs the sequence-specific degradation of mRNA through RNA interference (RNAi).
[0119] A double stranded RNA is referred to herein as a "double stranded RNAi agent," "double stranded RNA (dsRNA) molecule," "dsRNA agent," or "dsRNA", which refers to a complex of ribonucleic acid molecules, having a duplex structure comprising two anti-parallel and substantially complementary nucleic acid strands, referred to as having "sense" and "antisense" orientations with respect to a target RNA.
[0120] The majority of nucleotides of each strand of the nucleic acid, e.g. a dsRNA molecule, are preferably ribonucleotides, but in that case each or both strands can also include one or more non-ribonucleotides, e.g., a deoxyribonucleotide or a modified nucleotide. In addition, as used in this specification, an "iRNA" may include ribonucleotides with chemical modifications.
[0121] The term "modified nucleotide" refers to a nucleotide having, independently, a modified sugar moiety, a modified internucleotide linkage, or modified nucleobase, or any combination thereof. Thus, the term modified nucleotide encompasses substitutions, additions or removal of, e.g., a functional group or atom, to internucleoside linkages, sugar moieties, or nucleobases. Any such modifications, as used in a siRNA type molecule, are encompassed by "iRNA" or "RNAi agent" for the purposes of this specification and claims.
[0122] The duplex region of a nucleic acid of the invention e.g. a dsRNA may range from about 9 to 40 base pairs in length such as 9 to 36 base pairs in length, e.g., about 15- 30 base pairs in length, for example, about 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26,
27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, or 36 base pairs in length, such as about 15-30, 15-29, 15-
28, 15-27, 15-26, 15-25, 15-24, 15-23, 15-22, 15-21, 15-20, 15-19, 15-18, 15-17, 18-30, 18-
29, 18-28, 18- 27, 18-26, 18-25, 18-24, 18-23, 18-22, 18-21, 18-20, 19-30, 19-29, 19-28, 19- 27, 19-26, 19-25, 19-24, 19-23, 19-22, 19-21, 19-20, 20-30, 20-29, 20-28, 20-27, 20-26, 20- 25, 20-24,20-23, 20-22, 20-21, 21- 30, 21-29, 21-28, 21-27, 21-26, 21-25, 21-24, 21-23, or 21-22 base pairs in length.
[0123] The two strands forming the duplex structure may be different portions of one larger molecule, or they may be separate molecules e.g. RNA molecules.
[0124] The term "nucleotide overhang" refers to at least one unpaired nucleotide that extends from the duplex structure of a double stranded nucleic acid. A ds nucleic acid can comprise an overhang of at least one nucleotide; alternatively the overhang can comprise at least two nucleotides, at least three nucleotides, at least four nucleotides, at least five nucleotides or more. A nucleotide overhang can comprise or consist of a nucleotide/nucleoside analog, including a deoxynucleotide/nucleoside. The overhang(s) can be on the sense strand, the antisense strand, or any combination thereof. Furthermore, the nucleotide(s) of an overhang can be present on the 5'-end, 3'-end, or both ends of either an antisense or sense strand.
[0125] In certain embodiments, the antisense strand has a 1-10 nucleotide, e.g., 0-3, 1-3, 2-4, 2-
5, 4-10, 5-10, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, or 10 nucleotide, overhang at the 3'-end or the 5'-end.
[0126] "Blunt" or "blunt end" means that there are no unpaired nucleotides at that end of the double stranded nucleic acid, i.e., no nucleotide overhang. The nucleic acids of the invention include those with no nucleotide overhang at one end or with no nucleotide overhangs at either end.
[0127] Unless otherwise indicated, the term "complementary," when used to describe a first nucleotide sequence in relation to a second nucleotide sequence, refers to the ability of an oligonucleotide or polynucleotide comprising the first nucleotide sequence to hybridize and form a duplex structure under certain conditions with an oligonucleotide or polynucleotide comprising the second nucleotide sequence, as will be understood by the skilled person. Such conditions can, for example, be stringent conditions, where stringent conditions can include: 400 mM NaCl, 40 mM PIPES pH 6.4, 1 mM EDTA, 50°C or 70°C for 12-16 hours followed by washing (see, e.g., "Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual, Sambrook, et al. (1989) Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press).
[0128] Complementary sequences within nucleic acid e.g. a dsRNA, as described herein, include base-pairing of the oligonucleotide or polynucleotide comprising a first nucleotide sequence to an oligonucleotide or polynucleotide comprising a second nucleotide sequence over the entire length of one or both nucleotide sequences. Such sequences can be referred to as "fully complementary" with respect to each other herein. However, where a first sequence is referred to as "substantially complementary" with respect to a second sequence herein, the two sequences can be fully complementary, or they can form one or more mismatched base pairs, such as 2, 4, or 5 mismatched base pairs, but preferably not more than 5 , while retaining the ability to hybridize under the conditions most relevant to their ultimate application, e.g. , inhibition of gene expression via a RISC pathway. Overhangs shall not be regarded as mismatches with regard to the determination of complementarity. For example, a nucleic acid e.g. dsRNA comprising one oligonucleotide 17 nucleotides in length and another oligonucleotide 19 nucleotides in length, wherein the longer oligonucleotide comprises a sequence of 17 nucleotides that is fully complementary to the shorter oligonucleotide, can yet be referred to as "fully complementary" .
[0129] "Complementary" sequences, as used herein, can also include, or be formed entirely from, non- Watson-Crick base pairs or base pairs formed from non-natural and modified nucleotides, in so far as the above requirements with respect to their ability to hybridize are fulfilled. Such non- Watson- Crick base pairs include, but are not limited to, G:U Wobble or Hoogstein base pairing.
[0130] The terms "complementary," "fully complementary" and "substantially complementary" herein can be used with respect to the base matching between the sense strand and the antisense strand of a nucleic acid eg dsRNA, or between the antisense strand of a double stranded nucleic acid e.g. RNAi agent and a target sequence.
[0131] As used herein, a nucleic acid or polynucleotide that is "substantially complementary” to at least part of a messenger RNA (mRNA) refers to a polynucleotide that is substantially complementary to a contiguous portion of the mRNA of interest (e.g. , an mRNA encoding a gene). For example, a polynucleotide is complementary to at least a part of an mRNA of a gene of interest if the sequence is substantially complementary to a non- interrupted portion of an mRNA encoding that gene.
[0132] Accordingly, in some preferred embodiments, the sense strand polynucleotides and the antisense polynucleotides disclosed herein are fully complementary to the target gene sequence.
[0133] In other embodiments, the antisense polynucleotides disclosed herein are substantially complementary to a target RNA sequence and comprise a contiguous nucleotide sequence which is at least about 80% complementary over its entire length to the equivalent region of the target RNA sequence, such as at least about 85%, 86%, 87%, 88%, 89%, about 90%, 91 %, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, or 99% complementary or 100% complementary.
[0134] In some embodiments, a nucleic acid e.g. an iRNA of the invention includes a sense strand that is substantially complementary to an antisense polynucleotide which, in turn, is
complementary to a target gene sequence and comprises a contiguous nucleotide sequence which is at least about 80% complementary over its entire length to the equivalent region of the nucleotide sequence of the antisense strand, such as about 85%, 86%, 87%, 88%, 89%, 90%, 91 %, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, or 99% complementary, or 100% complementary.
[0135] In some embodiments, a nucleic acid e.g. an iRNA of the invention includes an antisense strand that is substantially complementary to the target sequence and comprises a contiguous nucleotide sequence which is at least 80% complementary over its entire length to the target sequence such as about 85%, 86%, 87%, 88%, 89%, 90%, 91 %, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, or 99% complementary, or 100% complementary.
[0136] As used herein, a "subject" is an animal, such as a mammal, including a primate (such as a human, a non-human primate, e.g., a monkey, and a chimpanzee), or a non-primate or a bird that expresses the target gene, either endogenously or heterologously, when the target gene sequence has sufficient complementarity to the nucleic acid e.g. iRNA agent to promote target knockdown. In certain preferred embodiments, the subject is a human.
[0137] The terms "treating" or "treatment" refer to a beneficial or desired result including, but not limited to, alleviation or amelioration of one or more symptoms associated with gene expression. "Treatment" can also mean prolonging survival as compared to expected survival in the absence of treatment. Treatment can include prevention of development of comorbidities, e.g. , reduced liver damage in a subject with a hepatic infection.
[0138] "Therapeutically effective amount," as used herein, is intended to include the amount of a nucleic acid e.g. an iRNA that, when administered to a patient for treating a subject having disease, is sufficient to effect treatment of the disease (e.g. , by diminishing, ameliorating or maintaining the existing disease or one or more symptoms of disease or its related comorbidities).
[0139] The phrase "pharmaceutically acceptable" is employed herein to refer to compounds, materials, compositions, or dosage forms which are suitable for use in contact with the tissues of human subjects and animal subjects without excessive toxicity, irritation, allergic response, or other problem or complication, commensurate with a reasonable benefit/risk ratio.
[0140] The phrase "pharmaceutically-acceptable carrier" as used herein means a pharmaceutically- acceptable material, composition, or vehicle, such as a liquid or solid filler, diluent, excipient, manufacturing aid or solvent encapsulating material, involved in carrying or transporting the subject compound from one organ, or portion of the body, to another organ, or portion of the body. Each carrier must be "acceptable" in the sense of being compatible with the other ingredients of the formulation and not injurious to the subject being treated.
[0141] Where a value or range of values of a parameter are recited, it is intended that values and ranges intermediate to the recited values are also intended to be part of this invention.
[0142] The articles "a" and "an" are used herein to refer to one or to more than one (i.e. to at least one) of the grammatical object of the article.
[0143] The term "including" is used herein to mean, and is used interchangeably with, the phrase "including but not limited to".
[0144] The term "or" is used herein to mean, and is used interchangeably with, the term "and/or," unless context clearly indicates otherwise. For example, "sense strand or antisense strand" is understood as "sense strand or antisense strand or sense strand and antisense strand."
[0145] The term "about" is used herein to mean within the typical ranges of tolerances in the art. For example, "about" can be understood as about 2 standard deviations from the mean. In certain embodiments, about means +10%. In certain embodiments, about means +5%. When
about is present before a series of numbers or a range, it is understood that "about" can modify each of the numbers in the series or range.
[0146] The term "at least" prior to a number or series of numbers is understood to include the number adjacent to the term "at least", and all subsequent numbers or integers that could logically be included, as clear from context. For example, the number of nucleotides in a nucleic acid molecule must be an integer. For example, "at least 18 nucleotides of a 21 nucleotide nucleic acid molecule" means that 18, 19, 20, or 21 nucleotides have the indicated property. When at least is present before a series of numbers or a range, it is understood that "at least" can modify each of the numbers in the series or range.
[0147] As used herein, "no more than" or "less than" is understood as the value adjacent to the phrase and logical lower values or integers, as logical from context, to zero. For example, a duplex with an overhang of "no more than 2 nucleotides" has a 2, 1, or 0 nucleotide overhang. When "no more than" is present before a series of numbers or a range, it is understood that "no more than" can modify each of the numbers in the series or range.
[0148] The terminal region of a strand is the last 5 nucleotides from the 5’ or the 3’ end.
[0149] Various embodiments of the invention can be combined as determined appropriate by one of skill in the art.
Abasic nucleotides
[0150] There are 1, e.g. 2, e.g. 3, e.g. 4 or more abasic nucleotides present in the nucleic acid. Abasic nucleotides are modified nucleotides because they lack the base normally seen at position 1 of the sugar moiety. Typically, there will be a hydrogen at position 1 of the sugar moiety of the abasic nucleotides present in a nucleic acid according to the present invention.
[0151] The abasic nucleotides are in the terminal region of the second strand, preferably located within the terminal 5 nucleotides of the end of the strand. The terminal region may be the terminal 5 nucleotides, which includes abasic nucleotides.
[0152] The second strand may comprise, as preferred features (which are all specifically contemplated in combination unless mutually exclusive):
2, or more than 2, abasic nucleotides in a terminal region of the second strand; and / or
2, or more than 2, abasic nucleotides in either the 5’ or 3’ terminal region of the second strand; and / or
2, or more than 2, abasic nucleotides in either the 5’ or 3’ terminal region of the second strand, wherein the abasic nucleotides are present in an overhang as herein described; and/or
2, or more than 2, consecutive abasic nucleotides in a terminal region of the second strand, wherein preferably one such abasic nucleotide is a terminal nucleotide; and / or
2, or more than 2, consecutive abasic nucleotides in either the 5’ or 3’ terminal region of the second strand, wherein preferably one such abasic nucleotide is a terminal nucleotide in either the 5’ or 3’ terminal region of the second strand; and / or a reversed internucleotide linkage connects at least one abasic nucleotide to an adjacent basic nucleotide in a terminal region of the second strand; and / or
a reversed internucleotide linkage connects at least one abasic nucleotide to an adjacent basic nucleotide in either the 5’ or 3’ terminal region of the second strand; and /or an abasic nucleotide as the penultimate nucleotide which is connected via the reversed linkage to the nucleotide which is not the terminal nucleotide (called the antepenultimate nucleotide herein); and/or abasic nucleotides as the 2 terminal nucleotides connected via a 5 ’-3’ linkage when reading the strand in the direction towards the terminus comprising the terminal nucleotides; abasic nucleotides as the 2 terminal nucleotides connected via a 3 ’-5’ linkage when reading the strand in the direction towards the terminus comprising the terminal nucleotides; abasic nucleotides as the terminal 2 positions, wherein the penultimate nucleotide is connected via the reversed linkage to the antepenultimate nucleotide, and wherein the reversed linkage is a 5-5’ reversed linkage or a 3’-3’ reversed linkage; abasic nucleotides as the terminal 2 positions, wherein the penultimate nucleotide is connected via the reversed linkage to the antepenultimate nucleotide, and wherein either
1.
2. (1) the reversed linkage is a 5-5’ reversed linkage and the linkage between the terminal and penultimate abasic nucleotides is 3 ’ 5 ’ when reading towards the terminus comprising the terminal and penultimate abasic nucleotides; or
3. (2) the reversed linkage is a 3-3’ reversed linkage and the linkage between the terminal and penultimate abasic nucleotides is 5’3’ when reading towards the terminus comprising the terminal and penultimate abasic nucleotides.
[0153] Preferably there is an abasic nucleotide at the terminus of the second strand.
[0154] Preferably there are 2 or at least 2 abasic nucleotides in the terminal region of the second strand, preferably at the terminal and penultimate positions.
[0155] Preferably 2 or more abasic nucleotides are consecutive, for example all abasic nucleotides may be consecutive. For example, the terminal 1 or terminal 2 or terminal 3 or terminal 4 nucelotides may be abasic nucleotides.
[0156] An abasic nucleotide may also be linked to an adjacent nucleotide through a 5 ’-3’ phosphodiester linkage or reversed linkage unless there is only 1 abasic nucleotide at the terminus, in which case it will have a reversed linkage to the adjacent nucleotide.
[0157] A reversed linkage (which may also be referred to as an inverted linkage, which is also seen in the art), comprises either a 5’-5’ , a 3’3’, a 3’-2’ or a 2’-3’ phosphodiester linkage between the adjacent sugar moi eties of the nucleotides.
[0158] Abasic nucleotides which are not terminal will have 2 phosphodiester bonds, one with each adjacent nucleotide, and these may be a reversed linkage or may be a 5 ’-3 phosphodiester bond or may be one of each.
[0159] A preferred embodiment comprises 2 abasic nucleotides at the terminal and penultimate positions of the second strand, and wherein the reversed internucleotide linkage is located between the penultimate (abasic) nucleotide and the antepenultimate nucleotide.
[0160] Preferably there are 2 abasic nucleotides at the terminal and penultimate positions of the second strand and the penultimate nucleotide is linked to the antepenultimate nucleotide through a reversed internucleotide linkage and is linked to the terminal nucleotide through a 5 ’-3’ or 3 ’-5’ phosphodiester linkage (reading in the direction of the terminus of the molecule).
[0161] Different preferred features are as follows:
The reversed internucleotide linkage is a 3’3 reversed linkage. The reversed internucleotide linkage is at a terminal region which is distal to the 5’ terminal phosphate of the second strand.
The reversed intemucleotide linkage is a 5’5 reversed linkage. The reversed internucleotide linkage is at a terminal region which is distal to the 3’ terminal hydroxide of the second strand.
Examples of the structures are as follows (where the specific RNA nucleotides shown are not limiting and could be any RNA nucleotide):
A A 3 ’-3’ reversed bond (and also showing the 5 ’-3 direction of the last phosphodiester bond between the two abasic molecules reading towards the terminus of the molecule)
B Illustrating a 5’-5’ reversed bond (and also showing the 3’-5’ direction of the last phosphodiester bond between the two abasic molecules reading towards the terminus of the molecule)
[0162] The abasic nucleotide or abasic nucleotides present in the nucleic acid are provided in the presence of a reversed intemucleotide linkage or linkages, namely a 5 ’-5’ or a 3 ’-3’ reversed internucleotide linkage. A reversed linkage occurs as a result of a change of orientation of an adjacent nucleotide sugar, such that the sugar will have a 3’ - 5’ orientation as opposed to the conventional 5’ - 3’ orientation (with reference to the numbering of ring atoms on the nucleotide sugars). The abasic nucleotide or nucleotides as present in the nucleic acids of the invention preferably include such inverted nucleotide sugars.
[0163] In the case of a terminal nucleotide having an inverted orientation, then this will result in an “inverted” end configuration for the overall nucleic acid. Whilst certain structures drawn and referenced herein are represented using conventional 5’ - 3’ direction (with reference to the numbering of ring atoms on the nucleotide sugars), it will be appreciated that the presence of a terminal nucleotide having a change of orientation and a proximal 3 ’-3’ reversed linkage, will result in a nucleic acid having an overall 5’- 5’ end structure (i.e. the conventional 3’ end
nucleotide becomes a 5’ end nucleotide). Alternatively, it will be appreciated that the presence of a terminal nucleotide having a change of orientation and a proximal 5 ’-5’ reversed linkage will result in a nucleic acid with an overall 3’ - 3’ end structure.
[0164] The proximal 3’ -3’ or 5’ -5’ reversed linkage as herein described, may comprise the reversed linkage being directly adjacent / attached to a terminal nucleotide having an inverted orientation, such as a single terminal nucleotide having an inverted orientation. Alternatively, the proximal 3’ -3’ or 5’ -5’ reversed linkage as herein described, may comprise the reversed linkage being adjacent 2, or more than 2, nucleotides having an inverted orientation, such as 2, or more than 2, terminal region nucleotides having an inverted orientation, such as the terminal and penultimate nucleotides. In this way, the reversed linkage may be attached to a penultimate nucleotide having an inverted orientation. While a skilled addressee will appreciate that inverted orientations as described above can result in nucleic acid molecules having overall 3’ - 3’ or 5’- 5’ end structures as described herein, it will also be appreciated that with the presence of one or more additional reversed linkages and / or nucleotides having an inverted orientation, then the overall nucleic acid may have 3’ - 5’ end structures corresponding to the conventionally positioned 5’ / 3’ ends.
[0165] In one aspect the nucleic acid may have a 3 ’-3’ reversed linkage, and the terminal sugar moiety may comprise a 5’ OH rather than a 5’ phosphate group at the 5’ position of that terminal sugar.
[0166] A skilled person would therefore clearly understand that 5’- 5’, 3 ’-3’ and 3’ - 5’ (reading in the direction of that terminus) end variants of the more conventional 5’- 3’ structures (with reference to the numbering of ring atoms on the end nucleotide sugars) drawn herein are included in the scope of the disclosure, where a reversed linkage or linkages is / are present.
[0167] In the situation of eg a reversed internucleotide linkage and / or one or more nucleotides having an inverted orientation creating an inverted end, and where the relative position of a linkage (eg to a linker) or the location of an internal feature (such as a modified nucleotide) is defined relative to the 5’ or 3’ end of the nucleic acid, then the 5’ or 3’ end is the conventional
5’ or 3’ end which would have existed had a reversed linkage not been in place, and wherein the conventional 5’ or 3’ end is determined by consideration of the directionality of the majority of the internal nucleotide linkages and / or nucleotide orientation within the nucleic acid. It is possible to tell from these internal bonds and / or nucleotide orientation which ends of the nucleic acid would constitute the conventional 5’ and 3’ ends (with reference to the numbering of ring atoms on the end nucleotide sugars) of the molecule absent the reversed linkage.
[0168] For example, in the structure shown below there are abasic residues in the first 2 positions located at the “5”’ end. Where the terminal nucleotide has an inverted orientation then the “5”’ end indicated in the diagram below, which is the conventional 5’ end, can in fact comprise a 3’ OH in view of the inverted nucleotide at the terminal position.
Nevertheless the majority of the molecule will comprise conventional internucleotide linkages that run from the 3’ OH of the sugar to the 5’ phosphate of the next sugar, when reading in the standard 5’ [PO4] to 3’ [OH] direction of a nucleic acid molecule (with reference to the numbering of ring atoms on the nucleotide sugars), which can be used to determine the conventional 5’ and 3’ ends that would be found absent the inverted end configuration.
A 5’ A-A-Me-Me-Me-Me-Me-Me-F-Me-F-F-F-Me-Me-Me-Me-Me-Me-Me-Me-Me-Me 3’
[0169] The reversed bond is preferably located at the end of the nucleic acid eg RNA which is distal to a ligand moiety, such as a GalNAc containing portion, of the molecule.
[0170] GalNAc-siRNA constructs with a 5 ’-GalNAc on the sense strand can have a reversed linkage on the opposite end of the sense strand.
[0171] GalNAc-siRNA constructs with a 3 ’-GalNAc on the sense strand can have a reversed linkage on the opposite end of the sense strand.
Nucleic acid lengths
[0172] In one aspect the i) the first strand of the nucleic acid has a length in the range of 15 to 30 nucleotides, preferably 19 to 25 nucleotides, more preferably 23 or 25; and / or ii) the second strand of the nucleic acid has a length in the range of 15 to 30 nucleotides, preferably 19 to 25 nucleotides, more preferably 23.
[0173] Generally, the duplex structure of the nucleic acid e.g. an iRNA is about 15 to 30 base pairs in length, e.g., 15-29, 15-28, 15-27, 15-26, 15-25, 15-24, 15-23, 15-22, 15-21, 15-20, 15-19, 15-18, 15-17, 18-30, 18-29, 18-28, 18-27, 18-26, 18-25, 18-24, 18-23, 18-22, 18-21, 18-20, 19-30, 19-29, 19-28, 19-27, 19-26, 19-25, 19-24, 19- 23, 19-22, 19-21, 19-20, 20-30,
20-29, 20-28, 20-27, 20-26, 20-25, 20-24,20-23, 20-22, 20-21, 21-30, 21-29, 21-28, 21-27,
21-26, 21-25, 21-24, 21-23, or 21-22 base pairs in length. Ranges and lengths intermediate to the above recited ranges and lengths are also contemplated to be part of the invention.
[0174] Similarly, the region of complementarity of an antisense sequence to a target sequence and/or the region of complementarity of an antisense sequence to a sense sequence is about 15 to 30 nucleotides in length, e.g., 15-29, 15-28, 15-27, 15-26, 15-25, 15-24, 15-23, 15-22, 15-21, 15-20, 15-19, 15-18, 15-17, 18-30, 18-29, 18-28, 18-27, 18-26, 18-25, 18-24, 18-23,
18-22, 18-21, 18-20, 19-30, 19-29, 19-28, 19-27, 19-26, 19-25, 19-24, 19-23, 19-22, 19-21,
19-20, 20-30, 20-29, 20-28, 20-27, 20-26, 20-25, 20- 24,20-23, 20-22, 20-21, 21-30, 21-29,
21-28, 21-27, 21-26, 21-25, 21-24, 21-23, or 21-22 nucleotides in length. Ranges and lengths intermediate to the above recited ranges and lengths are also contemplated to be part of the invention.
[0175] In certain preferred embodiments, the region of complementarity of an antisense sequence to a target sequence and/or the region of complementarity of an antisense sequence to a sense sequence is at least 17 nucleotides in length. For example, the region of complementarity between the antisense strand and the target is 19 to 21 nucleotides in length, for example, the region of complementarity is 21 nucleotides in length.
[0176] In preferred embodiments, each strand is no more than 30 nucleotides in length.
[0177] A nucleic acid e.g. a dsRNA as described herein can further include one or more singlestranded nucleotide overhangs e.g., 1-4, 2-4, 1-3, 2-3, 1, 2, 3, or 4 nucleotides. A nucleotide overhang can comprise or consist of a nucleotide/nucleoside analog, including a deoxynucleotide/nucleoside. The overhang(s) can be on the sense strand, the antisense strand, or any combination thereof. Furthermore, the nucleotide(s) of an overhang can be present on the 5'-end, 3'- end, or both ends of an antisense or sense strand of a nucleic acid e.g. a dsRNA.
[0178] In certain preferred embodiments, at least one strand comprises a 3' overhang of at least 1 nucleotide, e.g. , at least one strand comprises a 3' overhang of at least 2 nucleotides. The overhang is suitably on the antisense/ guide strand and/or the sense / passenger strand.
Nucleic acid Modifications
[0179] In certain embodiments, the nucleic acid e.g. an RNA of the invention e.g., a dsRNA, does not comprise further modifications (beyond the required abasic modifications), e.g., chemical modifications or conjugations known in the art and described herein.
[0180] In other preferred embodiments, the nucleic acid e.g. RNA of the invention, e.g., a dsRNA, is further chemically modified (beyond the abasic modifications) to enhance stability or other beneficial characteristics.
[0181] In certain embodiments of the invention, substantially all of the nucleotides are modified.
[0182] The nucleic acids featured in the invention can be synthesized or modified by methods well established in the art, such as those described in "Current protocols in nucleic acid chemistry," Beaucage, S.L. et al. (Edrs.), John Wiley & Sons, Inc., New York, NY, USA, which is hereby incorporated herein by reference.
[0183] Modifications include, for example, end modifications, e.g., 5'-end modifications (phosphorylation, conjugation, inverted linkages) or 3 '-end modifications (conjugation, DNA nucleotides within an RNA, or RNA nucleotides within a DNA, inverted linkages, etc.); base modifications, e.g., replacement with stabilizing bases, destabilizing bases, or bases that base pair with an expanded repertoire of partners, conjugated bases; sugar modifications (e.g. , at the 2'-position or 4'- position) or replacement of the sugar; or backbone modifications, including modification or replacement of the phosphodiester linkages.
[0184] Specific examples of nucleic acids such as iRNA compounds useful in the embodiments described herein include, but are not limited to RNAs containing modified backbones or no natural intemucleoside linkages. Nucleic acids such as RNAs having modified backbones include, among others, those that do not have a phosphorus atom in the backbone. For the purposes of this specification, and as sometimes referenced in the art, modified nucleic acids e.g. RNAs that do not have a phosphorus atom in their intemucleoside backbone can also be considered to be oligonucleosides. In some embodiments, a modified nucleic acid e.g. an iRNA will have a phosphorus atom in its intemucleoside backbone.
[0185] Modified nucleic acid e.g. RNA backbones include, for example, phosphorothioates, chiral phosphorothioates, phosphorodithioates, phosphotriesters, aminoalkylphosphotriesters, methyl and other alkyl phosphonates including 3 '-alkylene phosphonates and chiral phosphonates, phosphinates, phosphoramidates including 3 '-amino phosphoramidate and aminoalkylphosphoramidates, thionophosphoramidates, thionoalkylphosphonates, thionoalkylphosphotriesters, and boranophosphates having normal 3'-5' linkages, 2'-5'-linked analogs of these, and those having inverted polarity wherein the adjacent pairs of nucleoside units are linked 5'-3' or 5'-2'. Various salts, mixed salts and free acid forms are also included.
[0186] Modified nucleic acids e.g. RNAs can also contain one or more substituted sugar moieties. The nucleic acids e.g. iRNAs, e.g., dsRNAs, featured herein can include one of the following at the 2'-position: OH; F; 0-, S-, or N-alkyl; 0-, S-, or N-alkenyl; 0-, S- or N- alkynyl; or O-alkyl-O-alkyl, wherein the alkyl, alkenyl and alkynyl can be substituted or unsubstituted. 2’ O- methyl and 2’ -F are preferred modifications.
[0187] In certain preferred embodiments, the nucleic acid comprises at least one modified nucleotide.
[0188] The nucleic acid of the invention may comprise one or more modified nucleotides on the first strand and/or the second strand.
[0189] In some embodiments, substantially all of the nucleotides of the sense strand and all of the nucleotides of the antisense strand comprise a modification.
[0190] In some embodiments, all of the nucleotides of the sense strand and substantially all of the nucleotides of the antisense strand comprise a modification.
[0191] In some embodiments, all of the nucleotides of the sense strand and all of the nucleotides of the antisense strand comprise a modification.
[0192] In one embodiment, at least one of the modified nucleotides is selected from the group consisting of a deoxy- nucleotide, a 3 '-terminal deoxy-thymine (dT) nucleotide, a 2'-0-methyl modified nucleotide (also called herein 2’-Me, where Me is a methoxy) , a 2'-fluoro modified nucleotide, a 2'-deoxy- modified nucleotide, a locked nucleotide, an unlocked nucleotide, a conformationally restricted nucleotide, a constrained ethyl nucleotide, an abasic nucleotide, a 2' -amino- modified nucleotide, a 2'- O-allyl- modified nucleotide, 2' -C-alkyl- modified nucleotide, 2'-hydroxly-modified nucleotide, a 2'- methoxyethyl modified nucleotide, a 2'-0- alkyl-modified nucleotide, a morpholino nucleotide, a phosphoramidate, a non-natural base comprising nucleotide, a tetrahydropyran modified nucleotide, a 1 ,5-anhydrohexitol modified nucleotide, a cyclohexenyl modified nucleotide, a nucleotide comprising a phosphorothioate group, a nucleotide comprising a methylphosphonate group, a nucleotide comprising a 5 '- phosphate, and a nucleotide comprising a 5 '-phosphate mimic. In another embodiment, the modified nucleotides comprise a short sequence of 3 '-terminal deoxy -thymine nucleotides (dT).
[0193] Modifications on the nucleotides may preferably be selected from the group including, but not limited to, LNA, HNA, CeNA, 2 -methoxyethyl, 2'-0-alkyl, 2 -0-allyl, 2'-C- allyl, 2'- fluoro, 2'-deoxy, 2'- hydroxyl, and combinations thereof. In another embodiment, the modifications on the nucleotides are 2 -0-methyl (“2-Me”) or 2'-fluoro modifications.
[0194] One preferred modification is a modification at the 2’ -OH group of the ribose sugar, optionally selected from 2'-Me or 2’-F modifications.
[0195] Preferred nucleic acid comprise one or more nucleotides on the first strand and / or the second strand which are modified, to form modified nucleotides, as follows:
[0196] A nucleic acid wherein the modification is a modification at the 2’ -OH group of the ribose sugar, optionally selected from 2'-Me or 2’-F modifications.
[0197] A nucleic acid wherein the first strand comprises a 2’-F at any of position 14, position 2, position 6, or any combination thereof, counting from position 1 of said first strand.
[0198] A nucleic acid wherein the second strand comprises a 2’-F modification at position 7 and / or 9, and / or 11, and/or 13 , counting from position 1 of said second strand.
[0199] A nucleic acid wherein the second strand comprises a 2’-F modification at position 7 and 9 and 11 counting from position 1 of said second strand.
[0200] A nucleic acid wherein the first and second strand each comprise 2'-Me and 2’-F modifications.
[0201] A nucleic acid wherein the nucleic acid comprises at least one thermally destabilizing modification, suitably at one or more of positions 1 to 9 of the first strand, and / or at one or more of positions on the second strand aligned with positions 1 to 9 of the first strand, wherein the destabilizing modification is selected from a modified unlocked nucleic acid
(IMUNA) and a glycol nucleic acid (GNA), preferably a glycol nucleic acid. The nucleic acid may be a double stranded molecule, preferably double stranded RNA, which has a melting temperature in the range of about 40 to 80°C. The nucleic acid may comprise at least one thermally destabilizing modification at position 7 of the first strand.
[0202] A nucleic acid wherein the nucleic acid comprises 3 or more 2’-F modifications at positions 7 to 13 of the second strand, such as 4, 5, 6 or 7 2’-F modifications at positions 7 to 13 of the second strand, counting from position 1 of said second strand.
[0203] A nucleic acid wherein said second strand comprises at least 3, such as 4, 5 or 6, 2’-Me modifications at positions 1 to 6 of the second strand, counting from position 1 of said second strand.
[0204] A nucleic acid wherein said first strand comprises at least 5 2’-Me consecutive modifications at the 3’ terminal region, preferably including the terminal nucleotide at the 3’ terminal region, or at least within 1 or 2 nucleotides from the terminal nucleotide at the 3’ terminal region.
[0205] A nucleic acid wherein said first strand comprises 7 2’-Me consecutive modifications at the 3’ terminal region, preferably including the terminal nucleotide at the 3’ terminal region.
[0206] Preferred modification patterns include:
[0207] A nucleic acid wherein the second strand includes the following modification pattern:
NA - (N)3-5 - NB wherein (above and below) N represents a nucleotide with a first modification;
NA represents a nucleotide with a second modification different to the first modification of N;
NB represents a nucleotide with a third modification different to the first modification of N, but either the same or different to the second modification of NA; and wherein said pattern has a 5’ to 3’ directionality along the second strand.
[0208] A nucleic acid wherein the second strand includes the following modification pattern:
NA - (N)3 - NB
[0209] A nucleic acid wherein the second strand includes the following modification pattern:
NA - (N)5 - NB
[0210] A nucleic acid wherein the second strand includes the following modification pattern:
Me - (F)3 - Me.
[0211] A nucleic acid wherein the second strand includes the following modification pattern:
Me - (F)5 - Me.
[0212] A nucleic acid wherein the second strand includes the following modification pattern:
Nc - NA - (N)3-5 - NB - ND wherein Nc and ND, which may be the same or different, respectively denote a plurality of 5’ and 3’ terminal region chemically modified nucleotides, wherein at least Nc comprises at least two differently modified nucleotides.
[0213] A nucleic acid wherein ND comprises at least two differently modified nucleotides, or a plurality of nucleotides each having the same modification, preferably 2’ -Me consecutive modifications.
[0214] A nucleic acid wherein the second strand includes the following modification pattern:
5’ A-A-Me-Me-Me-Me-Me-Me-F-Me-F-F-F-Me-Me-Me-Me-Me-Me-Me-Me-Me-Me 3 ’ where A represents an abasic modification.
[0215] A nucleic acid wherein the second strand includes the following modification pattern:
5 ’ A- A-Me-Me-F -Me-F -Me-F -Me-F -F -F -Me-F -Me-Me-F -Me-F -Me-Me-Me 3 ’ where A represents an abasic modification.
[0216] A nucleic acid wherein the second strand includes the following modification pattern:
5 ’ Me-Me-Me-Me-Me-Me-F -Me-F -F -F -Me-Me-Me-Me-Me-Me-Me-Me-Me-Me- A- A 3 ’ where A represents an abasic modification.
[0217] A nucleic acid wherein the second strand includes the following modification pattern:
5’ Me-Me-F -Me-F -Me-F -Me-F -F-F -Me-F -Me-Me-F -Me-F -Me-Me-Me- A- A 3’ where A represents an abasic modification.
[0218] A nucleic acid wherein the first strand includes the following modification pattern:
MA - (M)3-5 - MB wherein M represents a nucleotide with a first modification and wherein typically (M)3-s are substantially aligned with (N)3-5 in said second strand;
MA represents a nucleotide with a second modification different to the first modification of M;
MB represents a nucleotide with a third modification different to the first modification of M, but either the same or different to the second modification of MA.
[0219] A nucleic acid, wherein the first strand includes the following modification pattern:
MA-(M)3-MB
[0220] A nucleic acid, wherein the first strand includes the following modification pattern:
MA-(M)4-MB
[0221] A nucleic acid, wherein the first strand includes the following modification pattern:
MA-(M)5-MB
[0222] A nucleic acid wherein the first strand includes the following modification pattern:
F-(Me)3-F.
[0223] A nucleic acid wherein the first strand includes the following modification pattern:
F-(Me)4-F.
[0224] A nucleic acid, wherein the first strand includes the following modification pattern:
F-(Me)s-F.
[0225] A nucleic acid, wherein the first strand includes the following modification pattern:
Mc - MA - (M)3-5 - MB - MD wherein Mc and MD, which may be the same or different, respectively denote a plurality of 5’ and 3’ terminal region chemically modified nucleotides each comprising at least two differently modified nucleotides.
[0226] A nucleic acid wherein the first strand includes the following modification pattern:
3 ’ Me-Me-Me-Me-Me-Me-Me-F -Me-F -Me-Me-Me-Me-F -F -Me-F -Me-Me-Me-F -Me 5 ’ .
[0227] A nucleic acid wherein the first strand includes the following modification pattern:
3 ’ H-H-Me-Me-Me-Me-Me-F -Me-F -Me-F -Me-Me-Me-F -Me-F -Me-Me-F -Me-F -F -Me 5 ’ .
[0228] A nucleic acid wherein the first strand includes the following modification pattern:
3 ’ Me-Me-Me-Me-Me-Me-Me-F -Me-F -Me-Me-Me-Me-F -Me-Me-F -Me-Me-Me-F -Me 5 ’ .
[0229] Position 1 of the first or the second strand is the nucleotide which is the closest to the end of the nucleic acid (ignoring any abasic nucleotides) and that is joined to an adjacent nucleotide (at Position 2) via a 3’ to 5’ internal bond, with reference to the bonds between the sugar moieties of the backbone, and reading in a direction away from that end of the molecule.
[0230] It can therefore be seen that “position 1 of the sense strand” is the 5’ most nucleotide (not including abasic nucleotides) at the conventional 5’ end of the sense strand. Typically, the nucleotide at this position 1 of the sense strand will be equivalent to the 5’ nucleotide of the selected target nucleic acid sequence, and more generally the sense strand will have equivalent nucleotides to those of the target nucleic acid sequence starting from this position 1 of the sense strand, whilst also allowing for acceptable mismatches between the sequences.
[0231] As used herein, “position 1 of the antisense strand” is the 5’ most nucleotide (not including abasic nucleotides) at the conventional 5’ end of the antisense strand. As hereinbefore described, there will be a region of complementarity between the sense and antisense strands, and in this way the antisense strand will also have a region of complementarity to the target nucleic acid sequence as referred to above.
[0232] In certain embodiments, the nucleic acid e.g. RNAi agent further comprises at least one phosphorothioate or methylphosphonate intemucleotide linkage. For example the phosphorothioate or methylphosphonate intemucleotide linkage can be at the 3 '-terminus or in the terminal region of one strand, i.e. , the sense strand or the antisense strand; or at the ends of both strands, the sense strand and the antisense strand.
[0233] In certain embodiments, the phosphorothioate or methylphosphonate intemucleotide linkage is at the 5 'terminus or in the terminal region of one strand, i.e. , the sense strand or the antisense strand; or at the ends of both strands, the sense strand and the antisense strand.
[0234] In certain embodiments, a phosphorothioate or a methylphosphonate intemucleotide linkage is at both the 5'- and 3 '-terminus or in the terminal region of one strand, i.e. , the sense strand or the antisense strand; or at the ends of both strands, the sense strand and the antisense strand.
[0235] Any nucleic acid may comprise one or more phosphorothioate (PS) modifications within the nucleic acid, such as at least two PS intemucleotide bonds at the ends of a strand.
[0236] At least one of the oligoribonucleotide strands preferably comprises at least two consecutive phosphorothioate modifications in the last 3 nucleotides of the oligonucleotide.
[0237] The invention therefore also relates to: A nucleic acid disclosed herein which comprises phosphorothioate intemucleotide linkages respectively between at least two or three consecutive positions, such as in a 5’ and/or 3’ terminal region and/or near terminal region of the second strand, whereby said near terminal region is preferably adjacent said terminal region wherein said one or more abasic nucleotides of said second strand is / are located.
[0238] A nucleic acid disclosed herein which comprises phosphorothioate intemucleotide linkages respectively between at least two or three consecutive positions in a 5’ and / or 3’ terminal region of the first strand, whereby preferably the terminal position at the 5’ and / or
3’ terminal region of said first strand is attached to its adjacent position by a phosphorothioate internucleotide linkage.
[0239] The nucleic acid strand may be an RNA comprising a phosphorothioate intemucleotide linkage between the three nucleotides contiguous with 2 terminally located abasic nucleotides.
[0240] A preferred nucleic acid is a double stranded RNA comprising 2 adjacent abasic nucleotides at the 5’ terminus of the second strand and a ligand moiety comprising one or more GalNAc ligand moi eties at the opposite 3’ end of the second strand. Further preferred, the same nucleic acid may also comprise a phosphorothioate bond between nucelotides at positions 3-4 and 4-5 of the second strand, reading from the position 1 of the second strand. Further preferred, the same nucleic acid may also comprise a 2’ F modification at positions 7, 9 and 11 of the second strand.
Conjugation
[0241] Another modification of the nucleic acid e.g. RNA e.g. an iRNA of the invention involves linking the nucleic acid e.g. the iRNA to one or more ligand moieties e.g. to enhance the activity, cellular distribution, or cellular uptake of the nucleic acid e.g. iRNA e.g. , into a cell.
[0242] In some embodiments, the ligand moiety described can be attached to a nucleic acid e.g. an iRNA oligonucleotide, via a linker that can be cleavable or non-cleavable. The term "linker" or "linking group" means an organic moiety that connects two parts of a compound, e.g., covalently attaches two parts of a compound.
[0243] The ligand can be attached to the 3' or 5’ end of the sense strand.
[0244] The ligand is preferably conjugated to 3’ end of the sense strand of the nucleic acid e.g. an RNAi agent.
[0245] The invention therefore relates in a further aspect to a conjugate for inhibiting expression of a target gene in a cell, said conjugate comprising a nucleic acid portion and one or more ligand moieties, said nucleic acid portion comprising a nucleic acid as disclosed herein.
[0246] In one aspect the second strand of the nucleic acid is conjugated directly or indirectly (e.g. via a linker) to the one or more ligand moiety(s), wherein said ligand moiety is typically present at a terminal region of the second strand, preferably at the 3’ terminal region thereof.
[0247] In certain embodiments, the ligand moiety comprises a GalNAc or GalNAc derivative attached to the nucleic acid eg dsRNA through a linker.
[0248] Therefore the invention relates to a conjugate wherein the ligand moiety comprises i) one or more GalNAc ligands; and / or ii) one or more GalNAc ligand derivatives; and / or iii) one or more GalNAc ligands conjugated to said nucleic acid through a linker.
[0249] Said GalNAc ligand may be conjugated directly or indirectly to the 5’ or 3’ terminal region of the second strand of the nucleic acid, preferably at the 3’ terminal region thereof.
[0250] GalNAc ligands are well known in the art and described in, inter alia, EP3775207A1.
[0251] Exemplary compounds of the present invention comprise an oligonucleotide moiety, depicted as ‘Z’ in Formula (I).
Zi, Z2, Z3, Z4 are independently at each occurrence oxygen or sulfur; and one the bonds between P and Z2, and P and Z3 is a single bond and the other bond is a double bond.
[0253] In some embodiments, the oligonucleotide is an RNA compound capable of modulating expression of a target gene. In some embodiments, the oligonucleotide is an RNA compound capable of inhibiting expression of a target gene.
[0254] In some embodiments, the RNA compound comprises an RNA duplex comprising first and second strands, wherein the first strand is at least partially complementary to an RNA sequence of a target gene, and the second strand is at least partially complementary to said first strand, and wherein each of the first and second strands have 5’ and 3’ ends.
[0255] In some embodiments, the first strand is at least 80% complementary to an RNA sequence of a target gene, such as at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 91%, at least 92% at least 93%, at least 94%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, at least 99%complementary, such as 100% complementary over the length of the first strand.
[0256] In some embodiments, the RNA compound is attached at the 5’ end of its second strand to the adjacent phosphate.
[0257] In some embodiments, the RNA compound is attached at the 3’ end of its second strand to the adjacent phosphate.
[0258] It will be understood that where the RNA compound is attached at the 5 ’end of the second strand, the phosphate group connecting the oligonucleotide to the linker moiety (i.e. the ‘P’ connected to Zi, Z2, Z3 and Z4) is the naturally occurring phosphate group from the 5’ terminal ribose of the oligonucleotide.
[0259] It will be understood that where the RNA compound is attached at the 3 ’end of the second strand, the phosphate group connecting the oligonucleotide to the linker moiety (i.e. the ‘P’ connected to Zi, Z2, Z3 and Z4) is engineered on to the 3’ terminal ribose of the oligonucleotide, to substitute the naturally occurring hydroxy group at the 3’ position.
[0260] In some embodiments, the oligonucleotide comprises an RNA duplex which further comprises one or more riboses modified at the 2’ position. In some embodiments, the RNA duplex comprises a plurality of riboses modified at the 2’ position. In some embodiments, the modifications are selected from 2’-O-methyl, 2’-deoxy-fluoro, and 2’-deoxy.
[0261] In some embodiments, the oligonucleotide further comprises one or more degradation protective moieties at one or more ends. In some embodiments, said one or more degradation protective moieties are not present at the end of the oligonucleotide strand that carries the ligand moieties. In some embodiments, said one or more degradation protective moieties are not present at the end of the oligonucleotide strand that is adjacent the remainder of the compound as shown in Formula (I), (VII), (IX), (X) or (XI). In some embodiments, said one or more degradation protective moieties is selected from phosphorothioate intemucleotide linkages, phosphorodithioate intemucleotide linkages and inverted abasic nucleotides, wherein said inverted abasic nucleotides are present at the distal end of the strand that carries the ligand moieties.
Vector and cell
[0262] In one aspect, the invention provides a cell containing a nucleic acid, such as inhibitory RNA [ RNAi] as described herein.
[0263] In one aspect, the invention provides a cell comprising a vector as described herein.
Pharmaceutically acceptable compositions
[0264] In one aspect, the invention provides a pharmaceutical composition for inhibiting expression of a target gene, the composition comprising a nucleic acid as disclosed herein.
[0265] The pharmaceutically acceptable composition may comprise an excipient and or carrier.
[0266] Some examples of materials which can serve as pharmaceutically-acceptable carriers include: (1) sugars, such as lactose, glucose and sucrose; (2) starches, such as com starch and potato starch; (3) cellulose, and its derivatives, such as sodium carboxymethyl cellulose, ethyl cellulose and cellulose acetate; (4) powdered tragacanth; (5) malt; (6) gelatin; (7) lubricating agents, such as magnesium stearate, sodium lauryl sulfate and talc; (8) excipients, such as cocoa butter and suppository waxes; (9) oils, such as peanut oil, cottonseed oil, safflower oil, sesame oil, olive oil, com oil and soybean oil; (10) glycols, such as propylene glycol; (11) polyols, such as glycerin, sorbitol, mannitol and polyethylene glycol; (12) esters, such as ethyl oleate and ethyl laurate; (13) agar; (14) buffering agents, such as magnesium hydroxide and aluminum hydroxide; (15) alginic acid; (16) pyrogen- free water; (17) isotonic saline; (18) Ringer's solution; (19) ethyl alcohol; (20) pH buffered solutions; (21) polyesters, polycarbonates and/or poly anhydrides; (22) bulking agents, such as polypeptides and amino acids (23) serum component, such as serum albumin, HDL and LDL; and (22) other non-toxic compatible substances employed in pharmaceutical formulations.
[0267] Typical pharmaceutical carriers include, but are not limited to, binding agents (e.g., pregelatinized maize starch, polyvinylpyrrolidone or hydroxypropyl methylcellulose, etc.); fillers (e.g. , lactose and other sugars, microcrystalline cellulose, pectin, gelatin, calcium
sulfate, ethyl cellulose, polyacrylates or calcium hydrogen phosphate, etc.); lubricants (e.g. , magnesium stearate, talc, silica, colloidal silicon dioxide, stearic acid, metallic stearates, hydrogenated vegetable oils, com starch, polyethylene glycols, sodium benzoate, sodium acetate, etc.); disintegrants (e.g. , starch, sodium starch glycolate, etc.); and wetting agents (e.g., sodium lauryl sulphate, etc).
[0268] Pharmaceutically acceptable organic or inorganic excipients suitable for non-parenteral administration which do not deleteriously react with nucleic acids can also be used to formulate the compositions of the present invention. Suitable pharmaceutically acceptable excipients include, but are not limited to, water, salt solutions, alcohols, polyethylene glycols, gelatin, lactose, amylose, magnesium stearate, talc, silicic acid, viscous paraffin, hydroxymethylcellulose, polyvinylpyrrolidone, and the like.
[0269] Formulations for topical administration of nucleic acids can include sterile and non- sterile aqueous solutions, non-aqueous solutions in common solvents such as alcohols, or solutions of the nucleic acids in liquid or solid oil bases. The solutions can also contain buffers, diluents and other suitable additives. Pharmaceutically acceptable organic or inorganic excipients suitable for non- parenteral administration which do not deleteriously react with nucleic acids can be used.
[0270] In one embodiment, the nucleic acid or composition is administered in an unbuffered solution. In certain embodiments, the unbuffered solution is saline or water. In other embodiments, the nucleic acid e.g. RNAi agent is administered in a buffered solution. In such embodiments, the buffer solution can comprise acetate, citrate, prolamine, carbonate, or phosphate, or any combination thereof. For example, the buffer solution can be phosphate buffered saline (PBS).
Dosages
[0271] The pharmaceutical compositions of the invention may be administered in dosages sufficient to inhibit expression of a gene. In general, a suitable dose of a nucleic acid e.g. an
iRNA of the invention will be in the range of about 0.001 to about 200.0 milligrams per kilogram body weight of the recipient per day, generally in the range of about 1 to 50 mg per kilogram body weight per day. Typically, a suitable dose of a nucleic acid e.g. an iRNA of the invention will be in the range of about 0.1 mg/kg to about 5.0 mg/kg, e.g., about 0.3 mg/kg and about 3.0 mg/kg.
[0272] A repeat-dose regimen may include administration of a therapeutic amount of a nucleic acid e.g. iRNA on a regular basis, such as every other day or once a year. In certain embodiments, the nucleic acid e.g. iRNA is administered about once per month to about once per quarter (i.e., about once every three months).
[0273] In various embodiments, the nucleic acid e.g. RNAi agent is administered at a dose of about 0.01 mg/kg to about 10 mg/kg or about 0.5 mg/kg to about 50 mg/kg. In some embodiments, the nucleic acid e.g. RNAi agent is administered at a dose of about 10 mg/kg to about 30 mg/kg. In certain embodiments, the nucleic acid e.g. RNAi agent is administered at a dose selected from about 0.5 mg/kg 1 mg/kg, 1.5 mg/kg, 3 mg/kg, 5 mg/kg, 10 mg/kg, and 30 mg/kg. In certain embodiments, the nucleic acid e.g. RNAi agent is administered about once per week, once per month, once every other two months, or once a quarter (i.e., once every three months) at a dose of about 0.1 mg/kg to about 5.0 mg/kg. In certain embodiments, the nucleic acid e.g. RNAi agent is administered to the subject once a week. In certain embodiments, the nucleic acid e.g. RNAi agent is administered to the subject once a month. In certain embodiments, the nucleic acid e.g. RNAi agent is administered once per quarter (i.e. , every three months).
[0274] After an initial treatment regimen, the treatments can be administered on a less frequent basis. For example, after administration weekly or biweekly for three months, administration can be repeated once per month, for six months, or a year; or longer.
[0275] The pharmaceutical composition can be administered once daily, or administered as two, three, or more sub-doses at appropriate intervals throughout the day or even using continuous infusion or delivery through a controlled release formulation. In that case, the nucleic acid e.g.
iRNA contained in each sub-dose must be correspondingly smaller in order to achieve the total daily dosage. The dosage unit can also be compounded for delivery over several days, e.g. , using a conventional sustained release formulation which provides sustained release of the nucleic acid e.g. iRNA over a several day period. Sustained release formulations are well known in the art and are particularly useful for delivery of agents at a particular site, such as could be used with the agents of the present invention. In this embodiment, the dosage unit contains a corresponding multiple of the daily dose.
[0276] In other embodiments, a single dose of the pharmaceutical compositions can be long lasting, such that subsequent doses are administered at not more than 3, 4, or 5 day intervals, or at not more than 1, 2, 3, or 4 week intervals. In some embodiments of the invention, a single dose of the pharmaceutical compositions of the invention is administered once per week. In other embodiments of the invention, a single dose of the pharmaceutical compositions of the invention is administered bimonthly. In certain embodiments, the iRNA is administered about once per month to about once per quarter (i.e. , about once every three months), or even every 6 months or 12 months.
[0277] Estimates of effective dosages and in vivo half-lives for the individual nucleic acid e.g. iRNAs encompassed by the invention can be made using conventional methodologies or on the basis of in vivo testing using an appropriate animal model, as known in the art.
[0278] The pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention can be administered in a number of ways depending upon whether local or systemic treatment is desired and upon the area to be treated. Administration can be topical {e.g. , by a transdermal patch), pulmonary, e.g. , by inhalation or insufflation of powders or aerosols, including by nebulizer; intratracheal, intranasal, epidermal and transdermal, oral or parenteral. Parenteral administration includes intravenous, intraarterial, subcutaneous, intraperitoneal, or intramuscular injection or infusion; subdermal, e.g. , via an implanted device; or intracranial, e.g. , by intraparenchymal, intrathecal or intraventricular administration. In certain preferred embodiments, the compositions are administered by intravenous infusion or injection. In certain embodiments, the compositions are administered by subcutaneous injection.
[0279] In one embodiment, the nucleic acid e.g. RNAi agent is administered to the subject subcutaneously.
[0280] The nucleic acid e.g. iRNA can be delivered in a manner to target a particular tissue {e.g. in particular liver cells).
Methods for inhibiting gene expression
[0281] The present invention also provides methods of inhibiting expression of a gene in a cell. The methods include contacting a cell with an nucleic acid of the invention e.g. RNAi agent, such as double stranded RNAi agent, in an amount effective to inhibit expression of the gene in the cell, thereby inhibiting expression of the gene in the cell.
[0282] Contacting of a cell with the nucleic acid e.g. an iRNA, such as a double stranded RNAi agent, may be done in vitro or in vivo. Contacting a cell in vivo with nucleic acid e.g. iRNA includes contacting a cell or group of cells within a subject, e.g., a human subject, with the nucleic acid e.g. iRNA. Combinations of in vitro and in vivo methods of contacting a cell are also possible. Contacting a cell may be direct or indirect, as discussed above. Furthermore, contacting a cell may be accomplished via a targeting ligand moiety, including any ligand moiety described herein or known in the art. In preferred embodiments, the targeting ligand moiety is a carbohydrate moiety, e.g. a GalNAc3 ligand, or any other ligand moiety that directs the RNAi agent to a site of interest.
[0283] The term "inhibiting," as used herein, is used interchangeably with "reducing," "silencing," "downregulating", "suppressing", and other similar terms, and includes any level of inhibition.
[0284] In some embodiments of the methods of the invention, expression of a gene is inhibited by at least 30%, 35%, 40%, 45%, 50%, 55%, 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, or 95%, or to below the level of detection of the assay. In certain embodiments, the methods
include a clinically relevant inhibition of expression of a target gene e.g. as demonstrated by a clinically relevant outcome after treatment of a subject with an agent to reduce the expression of the gene
[0285] Inhibition of the expression of a gene may be manifested by a reduction of the amount of mRNA of the target gene of interest in comparison to a suitable control.
[0286] In other embodiments, inhibition of the expression of a gene may be assessed in terms of a reduction of a parameter that is functionally linked to gene expression, e.g , protein expression or signalling pathways.
Methods of Treating or Preventing Diseases associated with gene expression
[0287] The present invention also provides methods of using nucleic acid e.g. an iRNA of the invention or a composition containing nucleic acid e.g. an iRNA of the invention to reduce or inhibit gene expression in a cell. The methods include contacting the cell with a nucleic acid e.g. dsRNA of the invention and maintaining the cell for a time sufficient to obtain degradation of the mRNA transcript of a gene, thereby inhibiting expression of the gene in the cell. Reduction in gene expression can be assessed by any methods known in the art.
[0288] In the methods of the invention the cell may be contacted in vitro or in vivo, i.e., the cell may be within a subject.
[0289] A cell suitable for treatment using the methods of the invention may be any cell that expresses a gene of interest associated with disease.
[0290] The in vivo methods of the invention may include administering to a subject a composition containing a nucleic acid of the invention e.g. an iRNA, where the nucleic acid
e.g. iRNA includes a nucleotide sequence that is complementary to at least a part of an RNA transcript of the gene of the mammal to be treated.
[0291] The present invention further provides methods of treatment of a subject in need thereof. The treatment methods of the invention include administering a nucleic acid such as an iRNA of the invention to a subject, e.g., a subject that would benefit from a reduction or inhibition of the expression of a gene, in a therapeutically effective amount e.g. a nucleic acid such as an iRNA targeting a gene or a pharmaceutical composition comprising the nucleic acid targeting a gene.
[0292] An nucleic acid e.g. iRNA of the invention may be administered as a "free” nucleic acid or “free iRNA, administered in the absence of a pharmaceutical composition. The naked nucleic acid may be in a suitable buffer solution. The buffer solution may comprise acetate, citrate, prolamine, carbonate, or phosphate, or any combination thereof. In one embodiment, the buffer solution is phosphate buffered saline (PBS). The pH and osmolarity of the buffer solution can be adjusted such that it is suitable for administering to a subject.
[0293] Alternatively, a nucleic acid e.g. iRNA of the invention may be administered as a pharmaceutical composition, such as a dsRNA liposomal formulation.
[0294] In one embodiment, the method includes administering a composition featured herein such that expression of the target gene is decreased, such as for about 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 12, 16, 18, 24 hours, 28, 32, or about 36 hours. In one embodiment, expression of the target gene is decreased for an extended duration, e.g., at least about two, three, four days or more, e.g. , about one week, two weeks, three weeks, or four weeks or longer, e.g., about 1 month, 2 months, or 3 months.
[0295] Subjects can be administered a therapeutic amount of nucleic acid e.g. iRNA, such as about 0.01 mg/kg to about 200 mg/kg.
[0296] The nucleic acid e.g. iRNA can be administered by intravenous infusion over a period of time, on a regular basis. In certain embodiments, after an initial treatment regimen, the treatments can be administered on a less frequent basis. Administration of the iRNA can reduce gene product levels of a target gene , e.g., in a cell or tissue of the patient by at least about 20%, 25%, 30%, 35%, 40%, 45%, 50%, 55%, 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, or 95%, or below the level of detection of the assay method used. In certain embodiments, administration results in clinical stabilization or preferably clinically relevant reduction of at least one sign or symptom of a gene- associated disorder.
[0297] Alternatively, the nucleic acid e.g. iRNA can be administered subcutaneously, i.e. , by subcutaneous injection. One or more injections may be used to deliver the desired daily dose of nucleic acid e.g. iRNA to a subject. The injections may be repeated over a period of time. The administration may be repeated on a regular basis. In certain embodiments, after an initial treatment regimen, the treatments can be administered on a less frequent basis. A repeat-dose regimen may include administration of a therapeutic amount of nucleic acid on a regular basis, such as every other day or to once a year. In certain embodiments, the nucleic acid is administered about once per month to about once per quarter (i.e. , about once every three months).
EXAMPLES
[0298] The invention will be more fully understood by reference to the following examples. They should not, however, be construed as limiting the scope of the invention. It is understood that the examples and embodiments described herein are for illustrative purposes only and that various modifications or changes in light thereof will be suggested to persons skilled in the art and are to be included within the spirit and purview of this application and scope of the appended claims.
Example 1
[0299] The following constructs are used in following Examples:
Table 1:
hsTTR ETX024 (invabasic)(invabasic)usgsggauUfuCfAfUfguaaccaaga(NHC6)(ET-GalNAc- usCfsuugGfuuAfcaugAfaAfucccasusc
n Table 1 the components in brackets having the following nomenclature (NHC6), (NH2C12) and (ET-GalNAc-T2CO) are descriptors of elements o he linkers, and the complete corresponding linker structures are shown in Fig 20 and Fig 21 herein. This correspondence of abbreviation to actual linke tructure similarly applies to all other references of the above abbreviations herein. eference to (invabasic)(invabasic) refers to a polynucleotide in which the terminal 2 sugar moieties are abasic and in an inverted configuration, wit he bond between the penultimate sugar moiety and the antepenultimate sugar being a reversed bond (a 5-5 or a 3-3 bond). able 1A
bbreviations: HSA1 Activator of heat shock protein ATPasel SGR1 Asialoglycoprotein Receptor 1 SO Antisense oligonucleotide DNA branched DNA p base-pair 5 complement C5 one. concentration trl. control V coefficient of variation G, dC, dA, dT DNA residues Fluoro CS fetal calf serum
alNAc N-Acetylgalactosamine APDH Glyceraldehyde 3 -phosphate dehydrogenase , C, A, U RNA residues , c, a, u 2’-O-Methyl modified residues f, Cf, Af, Uf 2’ -Fluoro modified residues hour A01 Hydroxyacid Oxidase 1 PLC High performance liquid chromatography s Homo sapiens C50 concentration of an inhibitor where the response is reduced by 50%D identifier D knockdown F2000 Lipofectamine2000 molar f Macaca fascicularis in minute V mean value .a. or N/A not applicable EAA non-essential amino acid t nucleotide C Quality control G2.0 QuantiGene 2.0
LU relative light unit NAi RNA interference T room temperature Phosphorothioate backbone modificationAR structure-activity relationship D standard deviation iRNA small interfering RNA TR Transthyretin
Example 1
Summary
[0301] GalNAc-siRNAs targeting either hsHAOl, hsC5 or hsTTR mRNA were synthesized and QC-ed. The entire set of siRNAs (except siRNAs targeting HAO1) was first studied in a doseresponse setup in HepG2 cells by transfection using RNAiMAX, followed by a dose-response analysis in a gymnotic free uptake setup in primary human hepatocytes.
[0302] Direct incubation of primary human hepatocytes with GalNAc-siRNAs targeting hsHAOl, hsC5 or hsTTR mRNA resulted in dose-dependent on-target mRNA silencing to varying degrees.
- Aim of study
[0303] The aim of this set of experiments was to analyze the in vitro activity of different GalNAc-ligands in the context of siRNAs targeting three different on-targets, namely hsHAOl, hsC5 or hsTTR mRNA.
[0304] Work packages of this study included (i) assay development to design, synthesize and test bDNA probe sets specific for each and every individual on-target of interest, (ii) to identify a cell line suitable for subsequent screening experiments, (iii) dose-response analysis of potentially all siRNAs (by transfection) in one or more human cancer cell lines, and (iv) dose-response analysis of siRNAs in primary human hepatocytes in a gymnotic, free uptake setting. In both settings, IC50 values and maximal inhibition values should be calculated followed by ranking of the siRNA study set according to their potency.
Material and Methods
Oligonucleotide synthesis
[0305] Standard solid-phase synthesis methods were used to chemically synthesize siRNAs of interest (see Table 1) as well as controls (see Table 2).
Cell culture and in-vitro transfection experiments
[0306] Cell culture, transfection and QuantiGene2.0 branched DNA assay are described below, and siRNA sequences are listed in Tables 12 and 13. HepG2 cells were supplied by American Tissue Culture Collection (ATCC) (HB-8065, Lot #: 63176294) and cultured in ATCC- formulated Eagle's Minimum Essential Medium supplemented to contain 10 % fetal calf serum (FCS). Primary human hepatocytes (PHHs) were sourced from Primacyt (Schwerin, Germany) (Lot#: CyHufl9009HEc). Cells are derived from a malignant glioblastoma tumor by explant technique. All cells used in this study were cultured at 37°C in an atmosphere with 5% CO2 in a humidified incubator.
[0307] For transfection of HepG2 cells with hsC5 or hsTTR targeting siRNAs (and controls), cells were seeded at a density of 20.000 cells/well in regular 96-well tissue culture plates. Transfection of cells with siRNAs was carried out using the commercially available transfection reagent RNAiMAX (Invitrogen/Life Technologies) according to the manufacturer’s instructions. 10 point dose-response experiments of 20 candidates (1 lx hsC5, 9x hsTTR) were done in HepG2 cells with final siRNA concentrations of 24, 6, 1.5, 0.4, 0.1, 0.03, 0.008, 0.002, 0.0005 and 0.0001 nM, respectively.
[0308] Dose response analysis in PHHs was done by direct incubation of cells in a gymnotic, free uptake setting starting with 1.5pM highest final siRNA concentration, followed by 500nM and from there on going serially down in twofold dilution steps.
[0309] Control wells were transfected into HepG2 cells or directly incubated with primary human hepatocytes at the highest test siRNA concentrations studied on the corresponding plate. All control siRNAs included in the different project phases next to mock treatment of cells are summarized and listed in Table 2. For each siRNA and control, at least four wells were transfected/directly incubated in parallel, and individual data points were collected from each well.
[0310] After 24h of incubation with siRNA post-transfection, media was removed and HepG2 cells were lysed in Lysis Mixture (1 volume of lysis buffer plus 2 volumes of nuclease-free water) and then incubated at 53°C for at least 45 minutes. In the case of PHHs, plating media
was removed 5h post treatment of cells followed by addition of 50pl of complete maintenance medium per well. Media was exchanged in that way every 24h up to a total incubation period of 72h. At either 4h or 72h time point, cell culture supernatant was removed followed by addition of 200pl of Lysis Mixture supplemented with 1 : 1000 v/v of Proteinase K.
[0311] The branched DNA (bDNA) assay was performed according to manufacturer’ s instructions. Luminescence was read using a 1420 Luminescence Counter (WALLAC VICTOR Light, Perkin Elmer, Rodgau-Jugesheim, Germany) following 30 minutes incubation in the presence of substrate in the dark. For each well, the on-target mRNA levels were normalized to the hsGAPDH mRNA levels. The activity of any siRNA was expressed as percent on-target mRNA concentration (normalized to hsGAPDH mRNA) in treated cells, relative to the mean on-target mRNA concentration (normalized to hsGAPDH mRNA) across control wells.
Assay Development
[0312] QuantiGene2.0 branched DNA (bDNA) probe sets were designed and synthesised specific for Homo sapiens GAPDH, AHSA1, hsHAOl, hsC5 and hsTTR. bDNA probe sets were initially tested by bDNA analysis according to manufacturer’s instructions, with evaluation of levels of mRNAs of interest in two different lysate amounts, namely lOpl and 50pl, of the following human and monkey cancer cell lines next to primary human hepatocytes: SJSA-1, TF1, NCI-H1650, Y-79, Kasumi-1, EAhy926, Caki-1, Colo205, RPTEC, A253, HeLaS3, Hep3B, BxPC3, DU145, THP-1, NCI-H460, IGR37, LS174T, Be(2)-C, SW 1573, NCLH358, TC71, 22Rvl, BT474, HeLa, KBwt, Panc-1, U87MG, A172, C42, HepG2, LNCaP, PC3, SupTl l, A549, HCT116, HuH7, MCF7, SH-SY5Y, HUVEC, C33A, HEK293, HT29, MOLM 13 and SK-MEL-2. Wells containing only bDNA probe set without the addition of cell lysate were used to monitor technical background and noise signal.
Results
Identification of suitable cell types for screening of GalNAc-siRNAs
[0313] Fig. 1 to Fig. 3 show mRNA expression data for the three on-targets of interest, namely hsC5, hsHAOl and hsTTR, in lysates of a diverse set of human cancer cell lines plus primary
human hepatocytes. Cell numbers per lysate volume are identical with each cell line tested, this is necessary to allow comparisons of expression levels amongst different cell types. Fig. 1 shows hsC5 mRNA expression data for all cell types tested.
[0314] The identical type of cells were also screened for expression of hsHAOl mRNA, results are shown in bar diagrams as part of Fig. 2.
[0315] Lastly, suitable cell types were identified which would allow for screening of GalNAc- siRNAs targeting hsTTR, respective data are part of Fig. 3.
[0316] In summary, mRNA expression levels for all three on-targets of interest are high enough in primary human hepatocytes (PHHs). Further, HepG2 cells could be used to screen GalNAc-siRNAs targeting hsC5 and hsTTR mRNAs, in contrast, no cancer cell line could be identified which would be suitable to test siRNAs specific for hsHAOl mRNA.
Dose-response analysis of hsTTR targeting GalNAc-siRNAs in HepG2 cells
[0317] Following transfection optimization, HepG2 cells were transfected with the entire set of hsTTR targeting GalNAc-siRNAs (see Table 1) in a dose-response setup using RNAiMAX. The highest final siRNA test concentration was 24nM, going down in nine fourfold dilution steps. The experiment ended at 4h and 24h post transfection of HepG2 cells. Table 3 lists activity data for all hsTTR targeting GalNAC-siRNAs studied.
Table 3: Target, incubation time, external ID, IC20/IC50/IC80 values and maximal inhibition of hsTTR targeting siRNAs in HepG2 cells. The listing is ordered according to external ID, with 4h of incubation listed on top and 24h of incubation on the bottom.
[0318] Results for the 24h incubation are also shown in Figures 4A-B
[0319] In general, transfection of HepG2 cells with hsTTR targeting siRNAs results in on-target mRNA silencing spanning in general the entire activity range from 0% silencing to maximal inhibition. Data generated 24h post transfection are more robust with lower standard variations, as compared to data generated only 4h post transfection. Further, the extent of on- target knockdown generally increases over time from 4h up to 24h of incubation. hsTTR GalNAc-siRNAs have been identified that silence the on-target mRNA >95% with IC50 values in the low double-digit pM range.
Dose-response analysis of hsC5 targeting GalNAc-siRNAs in HepG2 cells
[0320] The second target of interest, hsC5 mRNA, was tested in an identical dose-response setup (with minimally different final siRNA test concentrations, however) by transfection of HepG2 cells using RNAiMAX with GalNAc-siRNAs sharing identical linger/position/GalNAc-ligand variations as with hsTTR siRNAs, but sequences specific for the on-target hsC5 mRNA.
Table 4: Target, incubation time, external ID, IC20/IC50/IC80 values and maximal inhibition of hsC5 targeting siRNAs in HepG2 cells. The listing is ordered according to external ID, with 4h of incubation listed on top and 24h of incubation on the bottom.
[0321] Results for the 24h incubation are also shown in Figures 5A-B
[0322] There is dose-dependent on-target hsC5 mRNA silencing upon transfection of HepG2 cells with the GalNAc-siRNA set specific for hsC5. Some knockdown can already be detected at 4h post-transfection of cells, an even higher on-target silencing is observed after a longer incubation period, namely 24h. hsC5 GalNAc-siRNAs have been identified that silence the on-target mRNA almost 90% with IC50 values in the low single-digit pM range.
Identification of a primary human hepatocyte batch suitable for testing of all GalNAc-siRNAs [0323] The dose-response analysis of the two GalNAc-siRNA sets in human cancer cell line
HepG2 should demonstrate (and ensure) that all new GalNAc-/linker/position/cap variants are indeed substrates for efficient binding to AGO2 and loading into RISC, and in addition, able to function in RNAi-mediated cleavage of target mRNA. However, in order to test whether the targeting GalNAc-ligand derivatives allow for efficient uptake into hepatocytes, doseresponse analysis experiments should be done in primary human hepatocytes by gymnotic, free uptake setup. Hepatocytes do exclusively express the Asialoglycoprotein receptor (ASGR1) to high levels, and this receptor generally is used by the liver to remove target glycoproteins from circulation. It is common knowledge by now, that certain types of oligonucleotides, e.g. siRNAs or ASOs, conjugated to GalNAc-ligands are recognized by this high turnover receptor and efficiently taken up into the cytoplasm via clathrin-coated vesicles and trafficking to endosomal compartments. Endosomal escape is thought to be the ratelimiting step for oligonucleotide delivery.
[0324] An intermediate assay development experiment was done in which different batches of primary human hepatocytes were tested for their expression levels of relevant genes of interest, namely hsC5, hsTTR, hsHAOl, hsGAPDH and hsAHSAl. Primacyt (Schwerin, Germany) provided three vials of different primary human hepatocyte batches for testing, namely BHufl6087, CHF2101 and CyHuf 19009. The cells were seeded on collagen-coated 96-well tissue culture plates, followed by incubation of cells for Oh, 24h, 48h and 72h before cell lysis and bDNA analysis to monitor mRNA levels of interest. Fig. 6 shows the absolute mRNA expression data for all three on-targets of interest - hsTTR, hsC5 and hsHAOl - in the primary human hepatocyte batches BHufl6087, CHF2101 and CyHuf 19009. mRNA expression levels of hsGAPDH and hsAHSAl are shown in Figure 7.
[0325] In Figure 6 and 7 the left hand column of each data set triplet is BHufL6087, the middle column is CHF2101 and the right hand column is CyHuf 19009.
[0326] Overall, the mRNA expression of all three on-targets of interest in the primary human hepatocyte batches BHuf 16087 and CyHuf 19009 are high enough after 72h to continue with the bDNA assay. Due to the total amount of vials available for further experiments, we continued the experiments with the batch CyHuf 19009.
Dose-response analysis of hsHAOl targeting GalNAc-siRNAs in PHHs
[0327] Following the identification of a suitable batch (CyHuf 19009) of primary human hepatocytes (PHHs), a gymnotic, free uptake analysis was performed of hsHAOl targeting GalNAc-siRNAs, listed in Table 1. The highest tested final siRNA concentration was 1.5pM, followed by 500nM, going down in eight two-fold serial dilution steps to the lowest final siRNA concentration of 1.95nM. The experiments ended at 4h and 72h post direct incubation of PHH cells. Table 5 lists activity data for all hsHAOl targeting GalNAc-siRNAs studied. All control siRNAs included in this experiment are summarized and listed in Table 2.
Table 5: Target, incubation time, external ID, IC20/IC50/IC80 values and maximal inhibition of hsHAOl targeting GalNAc-siRNAs in primary human hepatocytes (PHHs). The listing is organized according to external ID, with 4h and 72h incubation listed on top and bottom, respectively.
[0328] Results for the 72h incubation are also shown in Figures 8A-B.
[0329] Gymnotic, free uptake of GalNAc-siRNAs targeting hsHAOl did not lead to significant on-target silencing within 4h, however after 72h incubation on-target silencing was visible in a range of 35.5 to 58.1% maximal inhibition.
Dose-response analysis of hsC5 targeting GalNAc-siRNAs in PHHs
[0330] The second target of interest, hsC5 mRNA, was tested in an identical dose-response setup by gymnotic, free uptake in PHHs with GalNAc-siRNAs sharing identical linker/position/GalNAc-ligand variations as with hsTTR and hsHAOl tested in the assays before, but sequences specific for the on-target hsC5 mRNA. Sequences for the GalNAc- siRNAs targeting hsC5 and all sequences and information about control siRNAs are listed in Table 1 and Table 2, respectively. The experiment ended after 4h and 72h direct incubation of PHHs. Table 6 lists activity data for all hsC5 targeting GalNAc-siRNAs studied.
Table 6: Target, incubation time, external ID, IC20/IC50/IC80 values and maximal inhibition of hsC5 targeting GalNAc-siRNAs in PHHs. The listing is organized according to external ID, with 4h and 72h incubation listed on top and bottom, respectively.
[0331] Results for the 72h incubation are also shown in Figures 9A-B.
[0332] No significant on-target silencing of GalNAc-siRNAs is visible after 4h incubation. Data generated after an incubation period of 72h showed a more robust on-target silencing of up to 65.5% maximal inhibition.
Dose-response analysis of hsTTR targeting GalNAc-siRNAs in PHHs
[0333] The last target of interest, hsTTR mRNA, was again tested in a gymnotic, free uptake in PHHs in an identical dose-response setup as for the targets hsHAOl and hsC5, with the only difference being that specific siRNA sequences for the on-target hsTTR mRNA was used (see Table 1).
[0334] The experiment ended after 72h of direct incubation of PHHs. Table 7 lists activity data for all hsTTR targeting GalNAc-siRNAs studied.
Table 7: Target, incubation time, external ID, IC20/IC50/IC80 values and maximal inhibition of hsTTR targeting GalNAc-siRNAs in primary human hepatocytes (PHHs). The listing is organized according to external ID.
[0335] Results are also shown in Figures 10A-B.
[0336] Gymnotic, free uptake of GalNAc-siRNAs targeting hsTTR did lead to significant on- target silencing within 72h, ranging between 46 to 82.5% maximal inhibition.
Conclusions and Discussion
[0337] The scope of this study was to analyze the in vitro activity of GalNAc-ligands according to the present invention when used in the context of siRNAs targeting three different on- targets, namely hsHAOl, hsC5 and hsTTR mRNA. siRNA sets specific for each target were composed of siRNAs with different linker/cap/modification/GalNAc-ligand chemistries in the context of two different antisense strands each.
[0338] For all targets, GalNAc-siRNAs from Table 1 were identified that showed a high overall potency and low IC50 value.
Example 2
Routes of Synthesis i) Synthesis of the conjugate building blocks TriGalNAc
[0339] Thin layer chromatography (TLC) was performed on silica-coated aluminium plates with fluorescence indicator 254 nm from Macherey -Nagel. Compounds were visualized under UV light (254 nm), or after spraying with the 5% H2SO4 in methanol (MeOH) or ninhydrin reagent according to Stahl (from Sigma-Aldrich), followed by heating. Flash chromatography was performed with a Biotage Isolera One flash chromatography instrument equipped with a dual variable UV wavelength detector (200-400 nm) using Biotage Sfar Silica 10, 25, 50 or 100 g columns (Uppsala, Sweden).
[0340] All moisture-sensitive reactions were carried out under anhydrous conditions using dry glassware, anhydrous solvents and argon atmosphere. All commercially available reagents were purchased from Sigma- Aldrich and solvents from Carl Roth GmbH + Co. KG. D- Galactosamine pentaacetate was purchased from AK scientific.
[0341] HPLC/ESI-MS was performed on a Dionex UltiMate 3000 RS UHPLC system and Thermo Scientific MSQ Plus Mass spectrometer using an Acquity UPLC Protein BEH C4 column from Waters (300A, 1.7 pm, 2.1 x 100 mm) at 60 °C. The solvent system consisted of solvent A with H2O containing 0.1% formic acid and solvent B with acetonitrile (ACN) containing 0.1% formic acid. A gradient from 5-100% of B over 15 min with a flow rate of 0.4 mL/min was employed. Detector and conditions: Corona ultra-charged aerosol detection (from esa). Nebulizer Temp.: 25 °C. N2 pressure: 35.1 psi. Filter: Corona.
[0342] ’H and 13C NMR spectra were recorded at room temperature on a Varian spectrometer at 500 MHz (*HNMR) and 125 MHz (13C NMR). Chemical shifts are given in ppm referenced to the solvent residual peak (CDCh - 1 H NMR: 6 at 7.26 ppm and 13C NMR 6 at 77.2 ppm; DMSO-t/e - ’H NMR: 6 at 2.50 ppm and 13C NMR 6 at 39.5 ppm). Coupling constants are given in Hertz. Signal splitting patterns are described as singlet (s), doublet (d), triplet (t) or multiplet (m).
ii) Synthesis route for the conjugate building block TriGalNAc
[0343] Preparation of compound 2: D-Galactosamine pentaacetate (3.00 g, 7.71 mmol, 1.0 eq.) was dissolved in anhydrous dichloromethane (DCM) (30 mL) under argon and trimethyl silyl trifluoromethanesulfonate (TMSOTf, 4.28 g, 19.27 mmol, 2.5 eq.) was added. The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 3 h. The reaction mixture was diluted with DCM (50 mL) and washed with cold saturated aq. NaHCO3 (100 mL) and water (100 mL). The organic layer was separated, dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated to afford the title compound as yellow oil, which was purified by flash chromatography (gradient elution: 0-10% MeOH in DCM in 10 CV). The product was obtained as colourless oil (2.5 g, 98%, rf= 0.45 (2% MeOH in DCM)).
[0344] Preparation of compound 4: Compound 2 (2.30 g, 6.98 mmol, 1.0 eq.) and azido-PEG3- OH (1.83 g, 10.5 mmol, 1.5 eq.) were dissolved in anhydrous DCM (40 mL) under argon and molecular sieves 3 A (5 g) was added to the solution. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 h. TMSOTf (0.77 g, 3.49 mmol, 0.5 eq.) was then added to the mixture and the reaction was stirred overnight. The molecular sieves were filtered, the filtrate was diluted with DCM (100 mL) and washed with cold saturated aq. NaHCOs (100 mL) and water (100 mL). The organic layer was separated, dried over Na2SO4 and the solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The crude material was purified by flash chromatography (gradient elution: 0-3% MeOH in DCM in 10 CV) to afford the title product as light yellow oil (3.10 g, 88%, rf
= 0.25 (2% MeOH in DCM)). MS: calculated for C20H32N4O11, 504.21. Found 505.4. ’H NMR (500 MHz, CDCh) 5 6.21-6.14 (m, 1H), 5.30 (dd, J= 3.4, 1.1 Hz, 1H), 5.04 (dd, J= 11.2, 3.4 Hz,lH), 4.76 (d, J= 8.6 Hz, 1H), 4.23-4.08 (m, 3H), 3.91-3.80 (m, 3H), 3.74-3.59 (m, 9H), 3.49-3.41 (m, 2H), 2.14 (s, 3H), 2.02 (s, 3H), 1.97 (d, J= 4.2 Hz, 6H). 13C NMR (125 MHz, CDCh) 5 170.6 (C), 170.5 (C), 170.4 (C), 170.3 (C), 102.1 (CH), 71.6 (CH), 70.8 (CH), 70.6 (CH), 70.5 (CH), 70.3 (CH2), 69.7 (CH2), 68.5 (CH2), 66.6 (CH2), 61.5 (CH2), 23.1 (CH3), 20.7 (3xCH3).
[0345] Preparation of compound 5: Compound 4 (1.00 g, 1.98 mmol, 1.0 eq.) was dissolved in a mixture of ethyl acetate (EtOAc) and MeOH (30 mL 1 : 1 v/v) and Pd/C (100 mg) was added. The reaction mixture was degassed using vacuum/argon cycles (3x) and hydrogenated under balloon pressure overnight. The reaction mixture was filtered through celite and washed with EtOAc (30 mL). The solvent was removed under reduced pressure to afford the title compound as colourless oil (0.95 g, quantitative yield, rf = 0.25 (10% MeOH in DCM)). The compound was used without further purification. MS: calculated for C2oH34N20n, 478.2. Found 479.4.
[0346] Preparation of compound 7: Tris{[2-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)ethoxy]methyl}-methylamine 6 (3.37 g, 6.67 mmol, 1.0 eq.) was dissolved in a mixture of DCM/water (40 mL 1 : 1 v/v) and Na2CCh (0.18 g, 1.7 mmol, 0.25 eq.) was added while stirring vigorously. Benzyl chloroformate (2.94 mL, 20.7 mmol, 3.10 eq.) was added dropwise to the previous mixture and the reaction was stirred at room temperature for 24 h. The reaction mixture was diluted with CH2CI2 (100 mL) and washed with water (100 mL). The organic layer was separated and dried over Na2SO4. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the resulting crude material was purified by flash chromatography (gradient elution: 0-10% EtOAc in cyclohexane in 12 CV) to afford the title compound as pale yellowish oil (3.9 g, 91%, rf = 0.56 (10% EtOAc in cyclohexane)). MS: calculated for C33H53NO11, 639.3. Found 640.9. TH NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-tL) 5 7.38-7.26 (m, 5H), 4.97 (s, 2H), 3.54 (t, 6H), 3.50 (s, 6H), 2.38 (t, 6H), 1.39 (s, 27H). 13C NMR (125 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 170.3 (3xC), 154.5 (C), 137.1 (C), 128.2 (2xCH), 127.7 (CH), 127.6 (2xCH), 79.7 (3xC), 68.4 (3xCH2), 66.8 (3xCH2), 64.9 (C), 58.7 (CH2), 35.8 (3XCH2), 27.7 (9xCH3).
[0347] Preparation of compound 8: Cbz-NH-tris-Boc-ester 7 (0.20 g, 0.39 mmol, 1.0 eq.) was dissolved in CH2CI2 (1 mL) under argon, trifluoroacetic acid (TFA, 1 mL) was added and the reaction was stirred at room temperature for 1 h. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure, the residue was co-evaporated 3 times with toluene (5 mL) and dried under high vacuum to get the compound as its TFA salt (0.183 g, 98%). The compound was used without further purification. MS: calculated for C21H29NO11, 471.6. Found 472.4.
[0348] Preparation of compound 9: CbzNH-tris-COOH 8 (0.72 g, 1.49 mmol, 1.0 eq.) and GalNAc-PEG3-NH2 5 (3.56 g, 7.44 mmol, 5.0 eq.) were dissolved in A( A -di methyl form am ide (DMF) (25 mL). Then A,A,A',A'-tetramethyl-O-(lH-benzotriazol-l-yl)uronium hexafluorophosphate (HBTU) (2.78 g, 7.44 mmol, 5.0 eq.), 1 -hydroxybenzotriazole hydrate (HOBt) (1.05 g, 7.44 mmol, 5.0 eq.) and A,A-diisopropylethylamine (DIPEA) (2.07 mL, 11.9 mmol, 8.0 eq.) were added to the solution and the reaction was stirred for 72 h. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure, the residue was dissolved in DCM (100 mL) and washed with saturated aq. NaHCO3 (100 mL). The organic layer was dried over Na2SO4, the solvent evaporated and the crude material was purified by flash chromatography (gradient elution: 0-5% MeOH in DCM in 14 CV). The product was obtained as pale yellowish oil (1.2 g, 43%, rf = 0.20 (5% MeOH in DCM)). MS: calculated for C81H125N7O41, 1852.9. Found 1854.7. ’H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 7.90-7.80 (m, 10H), 7.65-7.62 (m, 4H), 7.47-7.43 (m, 3H), 7.38-7.32 (m, 8H), 5.24-5.22 (m, 3H), 5.02-4.97 (m, 4H), 4.60-4.57 (m, 3 H), 4.07- 3.90 (m 10H), 3.67-3.36 (m, 70H), 3.23-3.07 (m, 25H), 2.18 (s, 10H), 2.00 (s, 13H), 1.89 (s, 11H), 1.80-1.78 (m, 17H). 13C NMR (125 MHz, DMSO-tA) 5 170.1 (C), 169.8 (C), 169.7 (C), 169.4 (C), 169.2 (C), 169.1 (C), 142.7 (C), 126.3 (CH), 123.9 (CH), 118.7 (CH), 109.7 (CH), 100.8 (CH), 70.5 (CH), 69.8 (CH), 69.6 (CH), 69.5 (CH), 69.3 (CH2), 69.0 (CH2), 68.2 (CH2), 67.2 (CH2), 66.7 (CH2), 61.4 (CH2), 22.6 (CH2), 22.4 (3xCH3), 20.7 (9xCH3).
[0349] Preparation of compound 10: Triantennary GalNAc compound 9 (0.27 g, 0.14 mmol, 1.0 eq.) was dissolved in MeOH (15 mL), 3 drops of acetic acid (AcOH) and Pd/C (30 mg) was added. The reaction mixture was degassed using vacuum/argon cycles (3x) and hydrogenated under balloon pressure overnight. The completion of the reaction was followed by mass spectrometry and the resulting mixture was filtered through a thin pad of celite. The solvent was evaporated and the residue obtained was dried under high vacuum and used for the next step without further purification. The product was obtained as pale yellowish oil (0.24 g, quantitative yield). MS: calculated for C73H119N7O39, 1718.8. Found 1719.3.
[0350] Preparation of compound 14: Triantennary GalNAc compound 10 (0.45 g, 0.26 mmol, 1.0 eq.), HBTU (0.19 g, 0.53 mmol, 2.0 eq.) and DIPEA (0.23 mL, 1.3 mmol, 5.0 eq.) were dissolved in DCM (10 mL) under argon. To this mixture, it was added dropwise a solution of compound 13 (0.14 g, 0.53 mmol, 2.0 eq.) in DCM (5 mL). The reaction was stirred at room temperature overnight. The solvent was removed and the residue was dissolved in EtOAc (50 mL), washed with water (50 mL) and dried over Na2SO4. The solvent was evaporated and the crude material was purified by flash chromatography (gradient elution: 0-5% MeOH in DCM in 20 CV). The product was obtained as white fluffy solid (0.25 g, 48%, rf = 0.4 (10% MeOH in DCM)). MS: calculated for C88H137N7O42, 1965.1. Found 1965.6.
[0351] Preparation of TriGalNAc (15): Triantennary GalNAc compound 14 (0.31 g, 0.15 mmol, 1.0 eq.) was dissolved in EtOAc (15 mL) and Pd/C (40 mg) was added. The reaction mixture was degassed by using vacuum/argon cycles (3x) and hydrogenated under balloon pressure overnight. The completion of the reaction was monitored by mass spectrometry and the resulting mixture was filtered through a thin pad of celite. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the resulting residue was dried under high vacuum over night. The residue was used for conjugations to oligonucleotides without further purification (0.28 g, quantitative yield). MS: calculated for C81H131N7O42, 1874.9. Found 1875.3. iii) Oligonucleotide Synthesis
Af, Cf Gf, Uf: 2 ’-F RN A nucleotides a, c, g, u: 2 ’-O-Me RNA nucleotides dT : DNA nucleotides s: Phosphorothioate invabasic: 1, 2-dideoxyribose
NH2-DEG: Aminoethoxyethyl linker
NH2C12: Aminododecyl linker
NH2C6: Aminohexyl linker
[0352] Oligonucleotides were synthesized on solid phase according to the phosphoramidite approach. Depending on the scale either a Mermade 12 (BioAutomation Corporation) or an AKTA Oligopilot (GE Healthcare) was used.
[0353] Syntheses were performed on commercially available solid supports made of controlled pore glass either loaded with invabasic (CPG, 480 A, with a loading of 86 pmol/g; LGC Biosearch cat. # BCG-1047-B) or 2’-F A (CPG, 520 A, with a loading of 90 pmol/g; LGC Biosearch cat. # BCG-1039-B) or NH2C6 (CPG, 520 A, with a loading of 85 pmol/g LGC Biosearch cat. # BCG-1397-B) or GalNAc (CPG, 500 A, with a loading of 57 pmol/g;
Primetech) or 2’-O-Methyl C (CPG, 500 A, with a loading of 84 pmol/g LGC Biosearch cat.
# BCG-10-B) or 2’-O-Methyl A (CPG, 497 A, with a loading of 85 pmol/g, LGC Biosearch, Cat. # BCG-1029-B) or dT (CPG, 497 A, with a loading of 87 pmol/g LGC Biosearch, cat. # BCG-1055-B).
2’-O-Me, 2’-F RNA phosphoramidites and ancillary reagents were purchased from SAFC Proligo (Hamburg, Germany).
2'-O-Methyl phosphoramidites include: 5'-(4,4'-dimethoxytrityl)-A-benzoyl-adenosine T-O- methyl-3'- [(2-cyanoethyl)-(A,A-diisopropyl)]-phosphoramidite, 5'-(4,4'-dimethoxytrityl)-A- benzoyl-cytidine 2'-O-methyl-3'- [(2-cyanoethyl)-(A,A-diisopropyl)]-phosphoramidite, 5'-(4,4'- dimethoxytrityl)-A-dimethylformamidine-guanosine 2'-O-methyl-3'-[(2-cyanoethyl)-(A,A- diisopropyl)]-phosphoramidite, 5'-(4,4'-dimethoxytrityl)-uridine 2'-O-methyl-3'-[(2-cyanoethyl)- (A,A-diisopropyl)]-phosphoramidite.
2’-F phosphoramidites include: 5'-dimethoxytrityl-A-benzoyl-deoxyadenosine 2'-fluoro-3'-[(2- cyanoethyl)-(A,A-diisopropyl)]-phosphoramidite, 5'-dimethoxytrityl-A-acetyl-deoxycytidine 2'- fluoro-3'-[(2-cyanoethyl)-(A,A-diisopropyl)]-phosphoramidite, 5'-dimethoxytrityl-A-isobutyryl- deoxyguanosine 2'-fluoro-3'- [(2-cyanoethyl)-(A,A-diisopropyl)]-phosphoramidite and 5'- dimethoxytrityl-deoxyuridine 2'-fluoro-3'-[(2-cyanoethyl)-(A,A-diisopropyl)]-phosphoramidite.
[0354] In order to introduce the required amino linkers at the 5 '-end of the oligonucleotides the 2-[2-(4-Monomethoxytrityl)aminoethoxy]ethyl-(2-cyanoethyl)-M A-diisopropyl)- phosphoramidite (Glen Research Cat. # 1905) and the 12-(trifluoroacetylamino)dodecyl-[(2- cyanoethyl)-(A,A-diisopropyl)]-phosphoramidite (ChemGenes Cat. # CLP-1575) were employed. The invabasic modification was introduced using 5-O-dimethoxytrityl-l,2- dideoxyribose-3-[(2-cyanoethyl)-(A,A-diisopropyl)]-phosphoramidite (ChemGenes Cat. # ANP-1422).
[0355] All building blocks were dissolved in anhydrous acetonitrile (100 mM (Mermadel2) or 200 mM (AKTA Oligopilot)) containing molecular sieves (3 A) except 2’ -(9-methyl -uridine phosphoramidite which was dissolved in 50% anhydrous DCM in anhydrous acetonitrile. Iodine (50 mM in pyridine/H2O 9:1 v/v) was used as oxidizing reagent. 5-Ethyl thiotetrazole (ETT, 500 mM in acetonitrile) was used as activator solution. Thiolation for introduction of
phosphorthioate linkages was carried out using 100 mM xanthane hydride (TCI, Cat. # 6846- 35-1) in acetonitrile/pyridine 4:6 v/v.
[0356] Coupling times were 5.4 minutes except when stated otherwise. 5' amino modifications were incorporated into the sequence employing a double coupling step with a coupling time of 11 minutes per each coupling (total coupling time 22 min). The oxidizer contact time was set to 1.2 min and thiolation time was 5.2 min.
[0357] Sequences were synthesized with removal of the final DMT group, with exception of the MMT group from the NH2DEG sequences.
[0358] At the end of the synthesis, the oligonucleotides were cleaved from the solid support using a 1 : 1 volume solution of 28-30% ammonium hydroxide (Sigma-Aldrich, Cat. #221228) and 40% aqueous methylamine (Sigma- Aldrich, Cat. #8220911000) for 16 hours at 6°C. The solid support was then filtered off, the filter was thoroughly washed with H2O and the volume of the combined solution was reduced by evaporation under reduced pressure. The pH of the resulting solution was adjusted to pH 7 with 10% AcOH (Sigma- Aldrich, Cat. # A6283).
[0359] The crude materials were purified either by reversed phase (RP) HPLC or anion exchange (AEX) HPLC.
[0360] RP HPLC purification was performed using a XBridge C18 Prep 19 x 50 mm column (Waters) on an AKTA Pure instrument (GE Healthcare). Buffer A was 100 mM tri ethylammonium acetate (TEAAc, Biosolve) pH 7 and buffer B contained 95% acetonitrile in buffer A. A flow rate of 10 mL/min and a temperature of 60°C were employed. UV traces at 280 nm were recorded. A gradient of 0% B to 100% B within 120 column volumes was employed. Appropriate fractions were pooled and precipitated in the freezer with 3 M sodium acetate (NaOAc) (Sigma- Aldrich), pH 5.2 and 85% ethanol (VWR). Pellets were isolated by centrifugation, redissolved in water (50 mL), treated with 5 M NaCl (5 mL) and desalted by Size exclusion HPLC on an Akta Pure instrument using a 50 x 165mm ECO column (YMC, Dinslaken, Germany) filled with Sephadex G25-Fine resin (GE Healthcare).
[0361] AEX HPLC purification was performed using a TSK gel SuperQ-5PW 20 x 200 mm (BISCHOFF Chromatography) on an AKTA Pure instrument (GE Healthcare). Buffer A was 20 mM sodium phosphate (Sigma- Aldrich) pH 7.8 and buffer B was the same as buffer A with the addition of 1.4 M sodium bromide (Sigma-Aldrich). A flow rate of 10 mL/min and a temperature of 60°C were employed. UV traces at 280 nm were recorded. A gradient of 10% B to 100% B within 27 column volumes was employed. Appropriate fractions were pooled and precipitated in the freezer with 3 M NaOAc, pH 5.2 and 85% ethanol. Pellets were isolated by centrifugation, redissolved in water (50 mL), treated with 5 M NaCl (5 mL) and desalted by size exclusion chromatography.
[0362] The MMT group was removed with 25% acetic acid in water. Once the reaction was complete the solution was neutralized and the samples were desalted by size exclusion chromatography.
[0363] Single strands were analyzed by analytical LC-MS on a 2.1 x 50 mm XBridge Cl 8 column (Waters) on a Dionex Ultimate 3000 (Thermo Fisher Scientific) HPLC system combined either with a LCQ Deca XP-plus Q-ESI-TOF mass spectrometer (Thermo Finnigan) or with a Compact ESLQq-TOF mass spectrometer (Bruker Daltonics). Buffer A was 16.3 mM triethylamine, 100 mM l,l,l,3,3,3-hexafluoro-2-propanol (HFIP) and 1% MeOH in H2O and buffer B contained buffer A in 95% MeOH. A flow rate of 250 pL/min and a temperature of 60°C were employed. UV traces at 260 and 280 nm were recorded. A gradient of 1-40% B within 0.5 min followed by 40 to 100% B within 13 min was employed. Methanol (LC-MS grade), water (LC-MS grade), l,l,l,3,3,3-hexafluoro-2-propanol (puriss. p.a.) and triethylamine (puriss. p.a.) were purchased from Sigma-Aldrich. iv) TriGalNAc tether 2 (GalNAc-T2) conjugation at 5’-end or 3’-end 5’-GalNAc-T2 conjugates
[0364] Preparation of TriGalNAc tether 2 NHS ester: To a solution of carboxylic acid tether 2 (compound 15, 227 mg, 121 pmol) in DMF (2.1 mL), N-hydroxysuccinimide (NHS) (15.3 mg, 133 pmol) and N,N'-diisopropylcarbodiimide (DIC) (19.7 pL, 127 pmol) were added. The solution was stirred at room temperature for 18 h and used without purification for the subsequent conjugation reactions.
[0365] General procedure for triGalNAc tether 2 conjugation: Amine-modified single strand was dissolved at 700 OD/mL in 50 mM carbonate/bicarbonate buffer pH 9.6/DMSO 4:6 (v/v) and to this solution was added one molar equivalent of Tether 2 NHS ester (57 mM) solution in DMF. The reaction was carried out at room temperature and after 1 h another molar equivalent of the NHS ester solution was added. The reaction was allowed to proceed for one more hour and reaction progress was monitored by LCMS. At least two molar equivalent excess of the NHS ester reagent relative to the amino modified oligonucleotide were needed to achieve quantitative consumption of the starting material. The reaction mixture was diluted
15-fold with water, filtered once through 1.2 pm filter from Sartorius and then purified by reserve phase (RP HPLC) on an Akta Pure (GE Healthcare) instrument.
[0366] The purification was performed using a XB ridge Cl 8 Prep 19 x 50 mm column from Waters. Buffer A was 100 mM TEEAc pH 7 and buffer B contained 95% acetonitrile in buffer A. A flow rate of 10 mL/min and a temperature of 60°C were employed. UV traces at 280 nm were recorded. A gradient of 0-100% B within 60 column volumes was employed.
[0367] Fractions containing full-length conjugated oligonucleotides were pooled together, precipitated in the freezer with 3 M NaOAc, pH 5.2 and 85% ethanol and then dissolved at 1000 OD/mL in water. The O-acetates were removed with 20% ammonium hydroxide in water until completion (monitored by LC-MS).
[0368] The conjugates were desalted by size exclusion chromatography using Sephadex G25 Fine resin (GE Healthcare) on an Akta Pure (GE Healthcare) instrument to yield the conjugated oligonucleotides in an isolated yield of 60-80%.
Table 9:
[0369] The conjugates were characterized by HPLC-MS analysis with a 2.1 x 50 mm XBridge C18 column (Waters) on a Dionex Ultimate 3000 (Thermo Fisher Scientific) HPLC system equipped with a Compact ESI-Qq-TOF mass spectrometer (Bruker Daltonics). Buffer A was 16.3 mM triethylamine, 100 mM HFIP in 1% MeOH in H2O and buffer B contained 95% MeOH in buffer A. A flow rate of 250 μL/min and a temperature of 60°C were employed. UV traces at 260 and 280 nm were recorded. A gradient of 1-100% B within 31 min was employed. v) Duplex Annealing
[0370] To generate the desired siRNA duplex, the two complementary strands were annealed by combining equimolar aqueous solutions of both strands. The mixtures were placed into a water bath at 70°C for 5 minutes and subsequently allowed to cool to ambient temperature within 2 h. The duplexes were lyophilized for 2 days and stored at -20°C.
[0371] The duplexes were analyzed by analytical SEC HPLC on Superdex™ 75 Increase 5/150 GL column 5 x 153-158 mm (Cytiva) on a Dionex Ultimate 3000 (Thermo Fisher Scientific) HPLC system. Mobile phase consisted of lx PBS containing 10% acetonitrile. An isocratic gradient was run in 10 min at a flow rate of 1.5 mL/min at room temperature. UV traces at 260 and 280 nm were recorded. Water (LC-MS grade) was purchased from Sigma-Aldrich and Phosphate-buffered saline (PBS; lOx, pH 7.4) was purchased from GIBCO (Thermo Fisher Scientific).
[0372] GalNAc conjugates prepared are compiled in the table below. These were directed against 3 different target genes. siRNA coding along with the corresponding single strands, sequence information as well as purity for the duplexes is captured.
[0373] The following schemes further set out the routes of synthesis:
[0374] The present invention is not intended to be limited in scope to the particular disclosed embodiments, which are provided, for example, to illustrate various aspects of the invention.
Various modifications to the compositions and methods described will become apparent from the description and teachings herein. Such variations may be practiced without departing from the true scope and spirit of the disclosure and are intended to fall within the scope of the present disclosure.
Example 3
Mouse data for GalNAc-siRNA constructs ETX006, ETX015
ETX006 (Targeting HAO1 mRNA) T2a inverted abasic
[0375] An in vivo mouse pharmacology study was performed showing knockdown of HAO 1 mRNA in liver tissue and a concomitant increase in serum glycolate levels following a single subcutaneous dose of up to 3 mg/kg GalNAc conjugated modified siRNA ETX006.
[0376] Male C57BL/6 mice with an age of about 8 weeks were randomly assigned into groups of 21 mice. On day 0 of the study, the animals received a single subcutaneous dose of 0.3 or 3 mg/kg GalNAc-siRNA dissolved in saline (sterile 0.9% sodium chloride) or saline only as control. At day 1, day 2, day 4, day 7, day 14, day 21, and day 28 of the study, 3 mice from each group were euthanised and serum and liver samples taken.
[0377] Serum was taken from a group of 5 untreated mice at day 0 to provide a baseline measurement of glycolate concentration.
[0378] Serum was stored at -80°C until further analysis. Liver sample (approximately 50 mg) were treated with RNAlater and stored overnight at 4°C, before being stored at -80°C.
[0379] Liver samples were analysed using quantitative real-time PCR for HAO1 mRNA (Thermo assay ID Mm00439249_ml) and the housekeeping gene GAPDH mRNA (Thermo assay ID Mm999999l 5_g l ). The delta delta Ct method was used to calculated changes in HAO1 expression normalised to GAPDH and relative to the saline control group.
[0380] A single 3 mg/kg dose of ETX006 inhibited HAO1 mRNA expression by than 80% after 7 days (FIG 18). The suppression of HAO 1 expression was durable and continued until the end of the study, with ETX006 maintaining greater than 60% inhibition of HAO 1 mRNA at day 28. A single dose of 0.3 mg/kg also inhibited HA01 expression when compared with the saline control group, with HAO1 expression levels reaching normal levels only at day 28 of the study.
[0381] Suppression of HAO1 mRNA expression is expected to cause an increase in serum glycolate levels. Serum glycolate concentration was measured using LC-MS/MS (FIG 19). A single 3 mg/kg dose of ETX006 caused a significant increase in serum glycolate concentration, reaching peak levels 14 days after dosing and remaining higher than baseline levels (day 0) and the saline control group until the end of the study at day 28. A single 0.3 mg/kg dose of ETX006 showed a smaller and more transient increase in serum glycolate concentration above the level seen in a baseline and saline control groups, demonstrating that a very small dose can also affect the concentration of a metabolic biomarker in serum.
[0382] FIG 11. Single dose mouse pharmacology of ETX006. HA01 mRNA expression is shown relative to the saline control group. Each point represents the mean and standard deviation of 3 mice.
[0383] FIG 12. Single dose mouse pharmacology of ETX006. Serum glycolate concentration is shown. Each point represents the mean and standard deviation of 3 mice, except for baseline glycolate concentration (day 0) which was derived from a group of 5 mice.
ETX015 (Targeting C5 mRNA) T2a inverted abasic
[0384] An in vivo mouse pharmacology study was performed showing knockdown of C5 mRNA in liver tissue and the resulting decrease in serum C5 protein concentration following a single subcutaneous dose of up to 3 mg/kg GalNAc conjugated modified siRNA ETX015.
[0385] Male C57BL/6 mice with an age of about 8 weeks were randomly assigned into groups of 21 mice. On day 0 of the study, the animals received a single subcutaneous dose of 0.3, 1, or 3 mg/kg GalNAc-siRNA dissolved in saline (sterile 0.9% sodium chloride) or saline only as control. At day 1, day 2, day 4, day 7, day 14, day 21, and day 28 of the study, 3 mice from each group were euthanised and serum and liver samples taken.
[0386] Serum was stored at -80°C until further analysis. Liver sample (approximately 50 mg) were treated with RNAlater and stored overnight at 4°C, before being stored at -80°C.
[0387] Liver samples were analysed using quantitative real-time PCR for C5 mRNA (Thermo assay ID Mm00439275_ml) and the housekeeping gene GAPDH mRNA (Thermo assay ID Mm99999915_g l ). The delta delta Ct method was used to calculated changes in C5 expression normalised to GAPDH and relative to the saline control group.
[0388] ETX015 inhibited C5 mRNA expression in a dose-dependent manner (PIG 22) with the 3 mg/kg dose achieving greater than 85% reduction of C5 mRNA. The suppression of C5 expression was durable, with the 3 mg/kg dose of each molecule showing clear knockdown of C5 mRNA until the end of the study at day 28. Mice dosed with 3 mg/kg ETX015 still exhibited less than 50% of normal liver C5 mRNA levels 28 days after dosing.
[0389] For C5 protein level analysis, serum samples were measured using a commercially available C5 ELISA kit (Abeam ab264609). Serum C5 levels were calculated relative to the saline group means at matching timepoints.
[0390] Serum protein data support the mRNA analysis (FIG 23). ETX015 caused a dose-dependent decrease in serum C5 protein concentration. The 3 mg/kg and 1 mg/kg doses of ETX015 achieved greater than 90% reduction of serum C5 protein levels. The highest dose exhibited durable suppression of C5 protein expression, with a greater than 70% reduction of C5 at day 28 of the study compared to saline control.
[0391] FIG 13. Single dose mouse pharmacology of ETX015. C5 mRNA expression is shown relative to the saline control group. Each point represents the mean and standard deviation of 3 mice.
[0392] FIG 14. Single dose mouse pharmacology of ETX0014. Serum C5 concentration is shown relative to the saline control group. Each point represents the mean and standard deviation of 3 mice.
Example 4
NHP data for GalNAc-siRNA construct ETX024
[0393] ETX024 pharmacology was evaluated in non-human primate (NHP) by quantifying serum transthyretin (TTR) protein levels. A single subcutaneous dose of 1 mg/kg GalNAc conjugated modified siRNA ETX024 demonstrated durable suppression of TTR protein expression.
[0394] Male cynomolgus monkeys (3-5 years old, 2-3 kg) were assigned into groups of 3 animals.
Animals were acclimatised for 2 weeks, and blood taken 14 days prior to dosing to provide baseline TTR concentration. A liver biopsy was performed 18 or 38 days prior to dosing to provide baseline mRNA levels. On day 0 of the study, the animals received a single subcutaneous dose of 1 mg/kg GalNAc-siRNA ETX024 dissolved in saline (sterile 0.9% sodium chloride). At day 3, day 14, day 28, day 42, day 56, day 70 and day 84 of the study, a liver biopsy
was taken and RNA extracted for measurement of TTR mRNA. At day 1, day 3, day 7, day 14, day 28, day 42, day 56, 70 and day 84 of the study, a blood sample was taken for measurement of serum TTR concentration and clinical blood chemistry analysis.
[0395] Suppression of TTR mRNA expression is expected to cause a decrease in serum TTR protein levels. Serum TTR protein concentration was measured by a commercially available ELISA kit (Abeam ab231920). TTR concentration as a fraction of day 1 was calculated for each individual animal and this was plotted as mean and standard deviation for the group of 3 animals (FIG 15).
[0396] A single 1 mg/kg dose of ETX024 caused a rapid and significant reduction in serum TTR concentration, reaching nadir 28 days after dosing and remaining suppressed until day 70.
[0397] Data was further obtained with ETX024 until day 84. Identical experiments were carried out using ETX020, 022 and 026. Data is provided for 84 days in Figures 16, 17 18a and 19 (ETX020, 022, 024 and 026 respectively).
[0398] TTR mRNA was measured by real-time quantitative PCR using a TaqMan Gene expression kit TTR (Thermo, assay ID Mf02799963_ml). GAPDH expression was also measured (Thermo, assay ID Mf04392546_g l ) to provide a reference. Relative TTR expression for each animal was calculated normalised to GAPDH and relative to pre-dose levels by the DDCt method. A single 1 mg/kg dose of ETX024 caused a rapid and significant reduction in liver TTR mRNA, reaching nadir 14 days after dosing and remaining suppressed until day 84 (FIG 18b).
[0399] Animal body weight was measured once a week during the study. No fluctuations or decrease in body weight was associated with dosing ETX024 and animals continued to gain weight throughout the study (FIG 18c).
[0400] Serum was analysed within 2 hours using an automatic biochemical analyser. A significant increase in ALT (alanine transaminase) and AST (aspartate transaminase) are commonly used to demonstrate liver toxicity. No increase in ALT (FIG 18d) or ALT (FIG 18e) was associated with dosing of ETX024.
[0401] In preferred aspects, compounds of the invention are able to depress serum protein level of a target protein to a value below the initial (starting) concentration at day 0, over a period of up to
at least about 14 days after day 0, up to at least about 21 days after day 0, up to at least about 28 days after day 0, up to at least about 35 days after day 0, up to at least about 42 days after day 0, up to at least about 49 days after day 0, up to at least about 56 days after day 0, up to at least about 63 days after day 0, up to at least about 70 days after day 0, up to at least about 77 days after day 0, or up to at least about 84 days after day 0, hereinafter referred to as the “dose duration”. “Day 0” as referred to herein is the day when dosing of a compound of the invention to a patient is initiated, in other words the start of the dose duration or the time post dose.
[0402] In preferred aspects, compounds of the invention are able to depress serum protein level of a target protein to a value of at least about 90% or below of the initial (starting) concentration at day 0, such as at least about 85% or below, at least about 80% or below, at least about 75% or below, at least about 70% or below, at least about 65% or below, at least about 60% or below, at least about 55% or below, at least about 50% or below, at least about 45% or below, at least about 40% or below, at least about 35% or below, at least about 30% or below, at least about 25% or below, at least about 20% or below, at least about 15% or below, at least about 10% or below, at least about 5% or below, of the initial (starting) concentration at day 0. Typically such depression of serum protein can be maintained over a period of up to at least about 14 days after day 0, up to at least about 21 days after day 0, up to at least about 28 days after day 0, up to at least about 35 days after day 0, up to at least about 42 days after day 0, up to at least about 49 days after day 0, up to at least about 56 days after day 0, up to at least about 63 days after day 0, up to at least about 70 days after day 0, up to at least about 77 days after day 0, or up to at least about 84 days after day 0. More preferably, at a period of up to at least about 84 days after day 0, the serum protein can be depressed to a value of at least about 90% or below of the initial (starting) concentration at day 0, such as at least about 85% or below, at least about 80% or below, at least about 75% or below, at least about 70% or below, at least about 65% or below, at least about 60% or below, at least about 55% or below, at least about 50% or below, at least about 45% or below, at least about 40% or below, of the initial (starting) concentration at day 0.
[0403] In preferred aspects, compounds of the invention are able to achieve a maximum depression of serum protein level of a target protein to a value of at least about 50% or below of the initial (starting) concentration at day 0, such as at least about 45% or below, at least about 40% or below, at least about 35% or below, at least about 30% or below, at least about 25% or below, at least about 20% or below, at least about 15% or below, at least about 10% or below, at least
about 5% or below, of the initial (starting) concentration at day 0. Typically such maximum depression of serum protein occurs at about day 14 after day 0, at about day 21 after day 0, at about day 28 after day 0, at about day 35 after day 0, or at about day 42 after day 0. More typically, such maximum depression of serum protein occurs at about day 14 after day 0, at about day 21 after day 0, or at about day 28 after day 0.
[0404] Specific compounds of the invention can typically achieve a maximum % depression of serum protein level of a target protein and / or a % depression over a period of up to at least about 84 days as follows:
[0405] ETX020 can typically achieve at least 30% depression of serum protein level of a target protein, typically TTR, typically at about 7 to 21 days after day 0, in particular at about 14 days after day 0, and / or can typically maintain at least 80% depression of serum protein level of a target protein, typically TTR, over a period of up to at least about 84 days after day 0 (as hereinbefore described, “day 0” as referred to herein is the day when dosing of a compound of the invention to a patient is initiated, and as such denotes the time post dose);
[0406] ETX022 can typically achieve at least 60% depression of serum protein level of a target protein, typically TTR, typically at about 7 to 21 days after day 0, in particular at about 14 days after day 0, and / or can typically maintain at least 80% depression of serum protein level of a target protein, typically TTR, over a period of up to at least about 84 days after day 0 (as hereinbefore described, “day 0” as referred to herein is the day when dosing of a compound of the invention to a patient is initiated, and as such denotes the time post dose);
[0407] ETX024 can typically achieve at least 20% depression of serum protein level of a target protein, typically TTR, typically at about 7 to 21 days after day 0, in particular at about 14 days after day 0, and / or can typically maintain at least 60% depression of serum protein level of a target protein, typically TTR, over a period of up to at least about 84 days after day 0 (as hereinbefore described, “day 0” as referred to herein is the day when dosing of a compound of the invention to a patient is initiated, and as such denotes the time post dose);
[0408] ETX026 can typically achieve at least 40% depression of serum protein level of a target protein, typically TTR, typically at about 7 to 21 days after day 0, in particular at about 14 days after day 0, and / or can typically maintain at least 70% depression of serum protein level of a target protein, typically TTR, over a period of up to at least about 84 days after day 0 (as
hereinbefore described, “day 0” as referred to herein is the day when dosing of a compound of the invention to a patient is initiated, and as such denotes the time post dose). Suitably the depression of serum level is determined in non-human primates by delivering a single subcutaneous dose of 1 mg/kg of the relevant active agent, eg ETX0024, dissolved in saline (sterile 0.9% sodium chloride). Suitable methods are described herein. It will be appreciated that this is not limiting and other suitable methods with appropriate controls may be used.
[0409] Example 5 ETX024 (Targeting TTR mRNA) T2a inverted abasic
[0410] Total bilirubin levels remained stable throughout the study (FIG 22)
[0411] Kidney health was monitored by assessment of urea (blood urea nitrogen, BUN) and creatinine concentration throughout the study. Both blood urea concertation (BUN) and creatinine levels remained stable and within the expected range after a single 1 mg/kg dose of ETX024 (FIG 23 and 24).
[0412] The present invention is not intended to be limited in scope to the particular disclosed embodiments, which are provided, for example, to illustrate various aspects of the invention. Various modifications to the compositions and methods described will become apparent from the description and teachings herein. Such variations may be practiced without departing from the true scope and spirit of the disclosure and are intended to fall within the scope of the present disclosure.
[0413] A further aspect of the invention is described below, with non-limiting examples described in the following Figures 25-27 and Examples 6-15. The compounds described below are suitable for use in any of the aspects and embodiments disclosed above, for example in respect of the uses, nucleic acid lengths, DEFINITIONS, pharmaceutically acceptable compositions, dosing, methods for inhibiting gene expression, and methods of treating or preventing diseases associated with gene expression, unless otherwise immediately apparent from the disclosure.
[0414] FIG. 25A depicts a tri-antennary GalNAc (A-acetylgalactosamine) unit.
[0415] FIG. 25B depicts an alternative tri-antennary GalNAc according to one embodiment of the invention, showing variance in linking groups.
[0416] FIG. 26A depicts tri-antennary GalNAc-conjugated siRNA according to the invention, showing variance in the linking groups.
[0417] FIG. 26B depicts a genera of tri-antennary GalNAc-conjugated siRNAs according to one embodiment of the invention.
[0418] FIG. 26C depicts a genera of bi-antennary GalNAc-conjugated siRNAs according to one embodiment of the invention, showing variance in the linking groups.
[0419] FIG. 26D depicts a genera of bi-antennary GalNAc-conjugated siRNAs according to another embodiment of the invention, showing variance in the linking groups.
[0420] FIG. 27A depicts another embodiment of the tri-antennary GalNAc-conjugated siRNA according to one embodiment of the invention.
[0421] FIG. 27B depicts a variant shown in Fig. 27 A, having an alternative branching GalNAc conjugate.
[0422] FIG. 27C depicts a genera of tri-antennary GalNAc-conjugated siRNAs according to one embodiment of the invention, showing variance in the linking groups.
[0423] FIG. 27D depicts a genera of bi-antennary GalNAc-conjugated siRNAs according to one embodiment the invention, showing variance in the linking groups.
[0424] The further aspect discloses forms of ASGP-R ligand-conjugated, chemically modified RNAi agents, and methods of making and uses of such conjugated molecules.
[0425] In certain embodiments, the ASGP-R ligand comprises A-acetylgalactosamine (GalNAc). In certain embodiments, the invention provides an siRNA conjugated to tri-antennary or biantennary units of GalNAc of the following formula (I):
Formula I*
In Formula I*, n is 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4. In some embodiments, the number of the ethylene-glycol units may vary independently from each other in the different branches. For example, the middle branch may have n=4, while the side branches may have n=3, etc. Other embodiments my contain only two branches, as depicted in Formulae (Il-a)
In Formulae II* and II* -a, n is chosen from 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4. In some embodiments, the number of the ethylene-glycol units may vary independently from each other in the different branches. For example, the one branch may have n=4 or 3, while the other branche(s) may have n=3 or 2, etc.
[0426] Additional GalNAc branches can also be added, for example, 4-, 5-, 6-, 7-, 8-, 9- branched GalNAc units may be used.
[0427] In related embodiments, the branched GalNAc can be chemically modified by the addition of another targeting moiety, e.g., a lipids, cholesterol, a steroid, a bile acid, targeting (poly)peptide, including polypeptides and proteins, (e.g., RGD peptide, transferrin, polyglutamate, polyaspartate, glycosylated peptide, biotin, asialoglycoprotein insulin and EGF.
Option 1. In further embodiments, the GalNAc units may be attached to the RNAi agent via a tether, such as the one shown in Formula (III*):
In Formula III*, m is chosen from 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5, and p is chosen from 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, or 14, independently of m, and X is either CFb or O.
[0428] In yet further embodiments, the tether can attach to the oligo via phosphate (Z=O) or a phosphorothioate group (Z=S), as shown in formula (IV*):
[0429] Such an attachment of the GalNAc branched units via the specified tethers is preferably at a 3’ or a 5’ end of the sense strand of the RNAi agent. In one embodiment, the attachment to the 3’ of RNAi agent is through C6 amino linker as shown in Formula (V*):
This linker is the starting point of the synthesis as shown in Example 12.
The same linkers and tethers as described above can be used with alternative branched GalNAc structures as shown in Formulas VI* and VII*:
Similarly to Formula II*-a, a bi-antennary form of ligand based on Formulae VI* and VII* can be used in the compositions of the invention.
Option 2. In further embodiments, the GalNAc units may be attached to the RNAi agent via a tether, such as the one shown in Formula (III* -2):
In Formula III*-2, q is chosen from 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, or 8.
[0430] In yet further embodiments, the tether can attach to the oligo via phosphate (Z=O) or a phosphorothioate group (Z=S), as shown in formula (IV*):
[0431] Such an attachment of the GalNAc branched units via the specified tethers preferably at a 3 ’ or a 5’ end of the sense strand of the double stranded RNAi agent. In one embodiment, the attachment to the 3’ of RNAi agent is as shown in Example 14. In one embodiment when the GalNAc tether is at attached to the 3’ site, the transitional linker between the tether and the 3’ end of the oligo comprises the structure of the formula (V*-a; see also Fig. 27C) or another suitable linker may be used, for example, C6 amino linker shown in Formula (V*-b):
[0432] Additional and/or alternative conjugation sites may include any non- terminal nucleotide, including sugar residues, phosphate groups, or nucleic acid bases.
[0433] The same linkers and tether can be used with alternative branched GalNAc structures as shown in Formulas VI*-2 and VII*-2:
Characteristics ofRNAi agents of the invention and their chemical modifications
[0434] In certain embodiments, the conjugated oligomeric compound (referred herein as RNA interference compound (RNAi compound)) comprises two strands, each having sequence of from 8 to 55 linked nucleotide monomer subunits (including inverted abasic (ia) nucleotide(s)) in either the antisense strand or in the sense strand. In certain embodiments, the conjugated oligomeric compound strands comprise, for example, a sequence of 16 to 55, 53, 49, 40, 25, 24, 23, 21, 20, 19, 18, 17, or up to (about) 18-25, 18-23, 21-23 linked nucleotide monomer subunits. In certain embodiments, RNAi agent of the invention may have a hairpin structure, having a single strand of the combined lengths of both strands as described above. (The term “nucleotide” as used throughout, may also refer to nucleosides (i.e., nucleotides without phosphate/phosphonothioate groups) where context so requires.)
[0435] In certain embodiments, the double stranded RNAi agent is blunt-ended or has an overhang at one or both ends. In some embodiments, the overhang is 1-6, 1-5, 1-4, 1-3, 2-4, 4, 3, 2 or 1 nucleotide(s) (at 3’ end or at 5’ end) of the antisense strand as well as 2-4, 3, or 2 or 1 nucleotide(s) (at 3’ end or at 5’ end) of the sense strand. In certain exemplary embodiments, see Ex.6, constructs 6.1, 6.2, and 6.3, the RNAi agent comprises 2 nucleotide overhang at the 3’ end of the antisense strand and 2 nucleotide overhang at 3 ’ end of the sense strand. In certain other exemplary embodiments, see Ex. 7, constructs 7.1 and 7.3, Ex. 8, constructs 8.1 and 8.3; and Ex. 9, constructs 9.1 and 9.3, the RNAi agents comprise 2 nucleotide overhang at the 3’ end of the antisense strand and are blunt-ended on the other end. In certain other exemplary embodiment, see Ex. 7, construct 7.3, the construct is blunt-ended on both ends. In another exemplary embodiment, see Ex. 9, construct 9.2, the RNAi agent comprises 4 nucleotide overhang in the 3’ end of the antisense strand and blunt-ended on the other end.
[0436] In certain embodiments, the constructs are modified with a degradation protective moiety that prevents or inhibits nuclease cleavage by using a terminal cap, one or more inverted abasic nucleotides, one or more phosphorothioate linkages, one of more deoxynucleotides (e.g., D- ribonucleotide, D-2'-deoxyribonucleotide or another modified nucleotide), or a combination thereof. Such degradation protective moieties may be present at any one or all ends that are not conjugated to the ASGP-R ligand. In certain embodiments, the degradation protective moiety is chosen alone or as any combination from a group consisting of 1-4, 1-3, 1-2, or 1 phosphorothioate linkages, 1-4 1-3, 1-2, or 1 deoxynucleotides, and 1-4, 1-3, 1-2, or 1 inverted
abasic nucleotides. In certain exemplary embodiments, the degradation protective moieties are configured as in one of the constructs 6.1, 6.2, 6.3, 7.1, 7.2, 7.3, 8.1, 8.2, 8.3, 9.1, 9.2, and 9.3, as shown in the Examples 6-15. Such exemplary protective moieties’ configurations can be used in conjunction with any RNAi agents of the invention.
[0437] In certain embodiments, all or some riboses of the nucleotides in the sense and/or antisense strand (s) are modified. In certain embodiments, at least 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90% or more (e.g., 100%) of riboses in the RNAi agent are modified. In certain embodiments, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10 or more riboses are not modified.
[0438] In preferred embodiments, ribose modifications include 2’ substituent groups such as 2’-O- alkyl modifications, including 2’-O-methyl, and 2 ’-deoxyfluoro. Additional modifications are known in the art, including 2’-deoxy, LNA (e.g., 2'-O, 4'-C methylene bridge or 2'-O, 4'-C ethylene bridge), 2’-methoxythoxy (MOE), 2’-O-(CH2)OCH3, etc.
[0439] In certain embodiments, a number of modifications provide a distinct pattern of modifications, for example, as shown in constructs in the Examples 6-15, or as described in US Patents Nos. 7,452,987; 7,528,188; 8,273,866; 9,150,606; and 10,266,825; all of which are incorporated by reference herein.
[0440] In some embodiments, the siRNA comprises one or more thermally destabilizing nucleotides, e.g., GNA, ENA, etc., for example, at positions 11 (preferred), 12, 13 of the antisense strand and/or positions 9 and 10 (preferred) of the sense strand. .
[0441] Additionally, nucleic acid bases could be modified, for example, at the C4 position as described in US Patent No. 10,119,136.
[0442] In general, the RNAi agents of the invention are directed against therapeutic targets, inhibition of which will result in prevention, alleviation, or treatment of a disease, including undesirable or pathological conditions. A great number of such targets is known in the art. Nonlimiting examples of such targets include: ApoC, ApoB, ALAS1, TTR, GO, C5 (see Examples), etc. Generally, due to the abundant expression of ASGP-R on the surface of hepatocytes, such targets are preferably expressed in the liver, however, they could also be expressed in other tissues or organs. In preferred embodiments, targets are human, while the RNAi agent comprise an antisense strand fully or partially complementary to such a target. In certain embodiments, the
RNAi agents may comprise two or more chemically linked RNAi agents directed against the same or different targets. Example 6: Inverted abasic chemistry with 5’-GalNAc [0443] In all RNAi agents depicted in the Examples, the following conventions are used: ia = inverted abasic nucleotide; m = 2’-O-methyl nucleotide; f = 2’-deoxy-2’-fluoro nucleotide; s = phosphorothioate internucleotide linkage; Xd = 2’-deoxy-nucleotide; ~ = tether. [0444] Using standard synthesis techniques, the following constructs are synthesized in various versions, with tethers 1 and 2, and with various tri-antennary GalNAc units according to the invention, as described above or depicted in Figures 26A-27B. 6.1. (Top strand (sense (ss)): SEQ ID NO:1; bottom strand (antisense) SEQ ID NO:2) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 101112131415 1617181920 212223 5’ GalNAc~Gm-Am-Cm-Um-Um-Um-Cf-Am-Uf-Cf-Cf-Um-Gm-Gm-Am-Am-Am-Um-AmsUmsAm-ia-ia 3’ 3’ AmsCms-Cm-Um-Gm-Am-Am-Af-Gm-Uf-Am-Gm-Gm-Am-Cf-Cf-Um-Uf-Um-Am-UmsAfsUm 5’ 2322 212019181716 15141312 11109 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 6.2. (Top strand (sense (ss)): SEQ ID NO:3; bottom strand (antisense) SEQ ID NO:4) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011121314151617 18192021 2223 5’ GalNAc~Am-Am-Gf-Cm-Af-Am-Gf-Am-Uf-Af-Uf-Um-Uf-Um-Um-Af-Um-Af-AmsUmsAm-ia-ia 3’ 3’ Td-Td-UmsUmsUm-Um-Cm-Gf-Um-Uf-Cm-Uf-Am-Um-Am-Af-Am-Af-Am-Um-Af-Um-UfsAfsUm 5’ 2525 23222120 1918171615 1413121110 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 6.3. (Top strand (sense (ss)): SEQ ID NO:5; bottom strand (antisense) SEQ ID NO:6)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10111213141516171819 20212223 5’GalNAc~Um-Gm-Gm-Gm-Am-Um-Uf-Um-Cf-Af-Uf-Gm-Um-Am-Am-Cm-Cm-Am-AmsGmsAm-ia-ia 3’ 3’ CmsUmsAm-Cm-Cm-Cm-Um-Af-Am-Af-Gm-Um-Am-Cm-Af-Um-Um-Gf-Gm-Um-UmsCfsUm 5’ 2322 21201918 1716151413 1211109 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 Example 7: Inverted abasic chemistry with 3’-GalNAc [0445] Using standard synthesis techniques, the following constructs are synthesized in various versions, with tethers 1 and 2 according to the invention, and with various tri-antennary GalNAc units according to the invention, as described above or depicted in Figures 26A-27B. Same sequences as in Example 6 are shown for consistency. 7.1 (Top strand (sense (ss)): SEQ ID NO:7; bottom strand (antisense) SEQ ID NO:8) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10111213141516 1718192021 2223 5’ ia-ia-GmsAmsCm-Um-Um-Um-Cf-Am-Uf-Cf-Cf-Um-Gm-Gm-Am-Am-Am-Um-Am-Um-Am~GalNAc 3’ 3’ AmsCmsCm-Um-Gm-Am-Am-Af-Gm-Uf-Am-Gm-Gm-Am-Cf-Cf-Um-Uf-Um-Am-UmsAfsUm 5’ 2322 21201918 1716151413 1211109 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 7.2 4. 5. (Top strand (sense (ss)): SEQ ID NO:9; bottom strand (antisense) SEQ ID NO:10) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011121314151617 1819202122 23 5’ ia-ia-AmsAmsGf-Cm-Af-Am-Gf-Am-Uf-Af-Uf-Um-Uf-Um-Um-Af-Um-Af-Am-Um-Am~GalNAc 3’ 3’Td-Td-UmsUmsUm-Um-Cm-Gf-Um-Uf-Cm-Uf-Am-Um-Am-Af-Am-Af-Am-Um-Af-Um-UfsAfsUm 5’ 2524232221 2019181716 1514131211 109 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 7.3. (Top strand (sense (ss)): SEQ ID NO:11; bottom strand (antisense) SEQ ID NO:12) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10111213141516171819 20212223 5’ ia-ia-UmsGmsGm-Gm-Am-Um-Uf-Um-Cf-Af-Uf-Gm-Um-Am-Am-Cm-Cm-Am-Am-Gm-Am~GalNAc 3’
3 ' CmsUmsAm-Cm-Cm-Cm-Um-Af -Am-Af -Gm-Um-Am-Cm-Af-Um-Um-Gf-Gm-Um-UmsCfsUm 5 '
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
Example 8: Inverted abasic chemistry with 5’-GalNAc with alternative modification patterns
[0446] Using standard synthesis techniques, the following constructs are synthesized in various versions, with tethers 1 and 2 according to the invention, and with various tri-antennary GalNAc units according to the invention, as described above or depicted in Figures 26A-27B. Same sequences as in Example 6 are shown here for consistency.
8.1.
(Top strand (sense (ss)): SEQ ID NO: 13; bottom strand (antisense) SEQ ID NO: 14)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21
5' GalNAc~Gf -Am-Cf -Um-Uf -Um-Cf -Am-Uf -Cm-Cf -Um-Gf-Gm-Af -Am-Af -Um-Af sUmsAf 3 '
3' AmsCfsCm-Uf -Gm- Af -Am-Af -Gm-Uf-Am-Gf -Gm- Af -Cm-Cf -Um-Uf -Um- Af-UmsAfsUm 5 '
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
8.2
(Top strand (sense (ss)): SEQ ID NO: 15; bottom strand (antisense) SEQ ID NO: 16)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21
5 ' GalNAc ~Af -Am- Gf -Cm-Af -Am- Gf -Am-Uf -Am-Uf -Um-Uf -Um-Uf -Am-Uf -Am-Af sUmsAf 3 '
3' Td-Td-UmsUf sUm-Uf -Cm-Gf -Um-Uf -Cm-Uf -Am-Uf -Am-Af -Am-Af -Am-Uf -Am-Uf -UmsAfsUm 5' 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
8.3.
(Top strand (sense (ss)): SEQ ID NO: 17; bottom strand (antisense) SEQ ID NO: 18)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21
5' GalNAc~Uf -Gm-Gf -Gm- Af -Um-Uf -Um-Cf -Am-Uf -Gm-Uf -Am-Af -Cm-Cf -Am- AfsGmsAf 3 '
3' CmsUfsAm-Cf -Cm-Cf -Um-Af -Am-Af -Gm-Uf -Am-Cf -Am-Uf -Um-Gf -Gm-Uf -UmsCfsUm 5 '
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
Example 9: Inverted abasic chemistry with 5’-GalNAc with alternative modification patterns [0447] Using standard synthesis techniques, the following constructs are synthesized in various versions, with tethers 1 and 2 according to the invention, and with various tri-antennary GalNAc
units according to the invention, as described above or depicted in Figures 26A-27B. Same sequences as in Example 6 are shown for consistency.
9.1.
(Top strand (sense (ss)): SEQ ID NO: 19; bottom strand (antisense) SEQ ID NO:20)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21
5' Gf sAmsCf -Um-Uf -Um-Cf -Am-Uf -Cm-Cf -Um-Gf-Gm-Af -Am-Af -Um-Af -Um-Af ~GalNAc 3 '
3' AmsCfsCm-Uf -Gm- Af -Am-Af -Gm-Uf-Am-Gf -Gm- Af -Cm-Cf -Um-Uf -Um- Af-UmsAfsUm 5 '
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
9.2
(Top strand (sense (ss)): SEQ ID NO:21; bottom strand (antisense) SEQ ID NO:22)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21
5 ' Af sAms Gf -Cm-Af -Am- Gf -Am-Uf -Am-Uf -Um-Uf -Um-Uf -Am-Uf -Am-Af -Um-Af ~GalNAc 3 '
3' Td-Td-UmsUf sUm-Uf -Cm-Gf -Um-Uf -Cm-Uf -Am-Uf -Am-Af -Am-Af -Am-Uf -Am-Uf -UmsAfsUm 5 '
25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
9.3
(Top strand (sense (ss)): SEQ ID NO:23; bottom strand (antisense) SEQ ID NO:24)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21
5' UfsGmsGf -Gm- Af -Um-Uf -Um-Cf -Am-Uf -Gm-Uf -Am-Af -Cm-Cf -Am-Af -Gm- Af~GalNAc 3 '
3' CmsUfsAm-Cf -Cm-Cf -Um-Af -Am-Af -Gm-Uf -Am-Cf -Am-Uf -Um-Gf -Gm-Uf -UmsCfsUm 5 '
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
Example 10: Benchmarking of siRNA-GalNAc Conjugates
[0448] The constructs used in Examples 6-15 are referred to by their numbers and are listed in Table 11. Tether 1 and Tether 2 are shown in Fig 26 and 27 respectively.
The following Table 12 reflects benchmarking to be performed with various select constructs of the invention.
In Vitro Pharmacodynamic Characterization
[0449] The in vitro pharmacodynamics activity, binding affinity, and liver uptake for 8 constructs, listed in Table 1 (GO1 siRNA-GalNAc, C5 siRNA-GalNAc, and TTR siRNA-GalNAc analogues) are benchmarked against the clinically validated versions of these molecules.
[0450] Human Liver Cell Line (HepG2 or Hep3B) Transfection Assay— Each GO1 siRNA-GalNAc, C5 siRNA-GalNAc, and TTR siRNA-GalNAc analogue molecule is incubated at 37°C for 0 and 24 hours at 10 different concentrations in human liver cell line in the presence of transfection reagent (e.g RNAiMAX). All incubations at each concentration are run in quadruplicate. Following incubations, each sample is lysed and analyzed for HAO1 C5, TTR and housekeeping gene (such as GAPDH) mRNA concentrations by bDNA or RT-qPCR assay. mRNA concentrations data obtained is used for analysis to determine the silencing activity and IC50 for each of the GO1 siRNA-GalNAc, C5 siRNA-GalNAc, and TTR siRNA-GalNAc molecules.
[0451] Primary Human Hepatocytes Uptake Assay— The liver uptake and silencing activity for each of the GO1 siRNA-GalNAc, C5 siRNA-GalNAc, and TTR siRNA-GalNAc molecules are evaluated in primary human hepatocytes. Each GO1 siRNA-GalNAc, C5 siRNA-GalNAc, and TTR siRNA-GalNAc analogues molecule is incubated at 37°C for 0, 4, and 72 hours at 10 different concentrations in primary human hepatocytes. All incubations at each concentration are run in quadruplicate. Following incubations, each sample is lysed and analyzed forHAOl, C5, TTR and housekeeping gene(s) (such as GAPDH) mRNA concentrations by bDNA or RT-qPCR assay. mRNA concentrations data obtained are used for analysis to determine the silencing activity, uptake and IC50 for each of the GO1 siRNA-GalNAc, C5 siRNA-GalNAc, and TTR siRNA-GalNAc molecules.
In Vivo Pharmacodynamic Characterization
[0452] The in vivo pharmacodynamics activity for 8 constructs each of GO1 siRNA-GalNAc, C5 siRNA-GalNAc, and TTR siRNA-GalNAc analogues is compared to the in vivo pharmacodynamic activity of clinically validated of each GOlsiRNA-GalNAc, C5 siRNA- GalNAc, and TTR siRNA-GalNAc molecules following a single subcutaneous administration to male mice or cynomolgus monkeys.
[0453] For the in vivo mice pharmacology of GO1 siRNA-GalNAc of each of analogues is evaluated following a single subcutaneous dose at 0.3 or 3 mg/kg as provided in Table 13 below. There are 2 dose groups in which each of the GO1 siRNA-GalNAc analogues is administered subcutaneously to C57BL/6 male mice (n=3/timepoint/group) at 0.3 or 1 mg/kg. Blood samples to obtain serum samples and liver biopsy samples are obtained at various time points to determine the concentration of serum glycolate by LCMS and to determine the concentration of HAO 1 mRNA by RT-qPCR or bDNA assay. The animals from each group at each specified time point are sacrificed and blood (approximately 0.5 mL/animal) and liver (approximately 100 mg) are collected. For Groups 1 through 9, blood (approximately 0.5 mL/animal) and liver (approximately 100 mg) are collected from 3 animals/time point/group at 24, 48, 96, 168, 336, 504, and 672 hours post-dosing. Group 10 (n=3) is a control group that is not dosed to provide baseline values for serum glycolate and mRNA HA01 concentrations. The pharmacodynamic effect of the increase of serum glycolate and the silencing of HAO 1 mRNA in the liver at various time points post-dosing is compared to the Group 10 control serum and liver samples.
Table Legend:
SC Subcutaneous
NA Not Applicable a Group 10 animals are control animals and are not to be dosed c Animals in Groups 1 to 9 are dosed on Day 1
[0454] In this embodiment, the sense strand of the oligonucleotide 101 is synthesized on solid support and coupled with the commercially available octyne amidite 102 to give the required oligonucleotide with the click chemistry precursor on the solid support. This after standard cleavage and deprotection provides the pure oligo nucleotide 103. The azide 104 is dissolved in DMSO (150 pL/mg) and this solution is added to 10 OD of oligo 103 in 100 pL of water. The reaction mixture is then incubated at room temperature overnight. The conjugated oligo 105 is desalted on a Glen Gel-Pak™ to remove organics and the acetoxy protecting groups were removed by treating with methylamine followed by prep HPLC to give pure Oligo 106 which is annealed with an equimolar amount of sense strand to give the final duplex.
Example 12: 5’ Conjugation (Option 2)
[0455] In this embodiment, the sense strand of the oligonucleotide 101 is synthesized on solid support and coupled with the commercially available amidite 108 to give the required oligonucleotide on the solid support. This after standard cleavage and deprotection provides the pure oligo nucleotide 109. The amine 109 is dissolved in water (15 pL/OD) and this solution is added to a solution of the acid 110 in DMSO (100 mL/mg) followed by 10 molar equivalents of EDC and 10 equivalents of HOBT and the reaction mixture is incubated at room temperature overnight. The conjugated oligo 111 is then desalted on a Glen Gel-Pak™ to remove organics and the acetoxy protecting groups were removed by treating with methylamine followed by prep HPLC to give pure Oligo 112 which is annealed with an equimolar amount of sense strand to give the final duplex.
[0456] For the synthesis of oligo construct 119 a similar approach is adapted where the triantennary GalNAc conjugate is loaded on to the solid support 118 (CPG) and the oligo synthesis is performed. After cleavage and deprotection and purification provides the pure oligo 119 which is annealed with antisense strand to give the required final duplex in a pure form. In another approach the 3’ conjugate is also synthesized analogous to the synthesis of 116 starting from amino linked oligo 113 and post synthetically conjugating the GalNAc carboxylic acid to give the conjugated oligo 119.
Example 14: 3’ Conjugation (Option 2)
[0457] For the synthesis of oligo construct 119 a similar approach is adapted where the tri- antennary GalNAc conjugate is loaded on to the solid support 118 (CPG) and the oligo synthesis is performed. After cleavage and deprotection and purification provided the pure oligo 119 which is annealed with antisense strand to give the required final duplex in a pure form. In another approach, the 3’ conjugate is also synthesized analogous to the synthesis of 116 starting from amino linked oligo 113 and post synthetically conjugating the GalNAc carboxylic acid to give the conjugated oligo 119.
Example 15: Post-synthetic conjugation approach
[0458] In this approach, the 3’ conjugate is also synthesized analogous to the synthesis of 116 starting from amino linked oligo 113 and post synthetically conjugating the GalNAc carboxylic acid to give the conjugated oligo 121 which is annealed with antisense strand to give the required final duplex in a pure form.
[0459] The preceding Examples are not intended to be limiting. Those of skill in the art will, in light of the present disclosure, appreciate that many changes can be made in the specific materials and which are disclosed and still obtain a like or similar result without departing from the spirit and scope of the invention.
STATEMENTS A modified RNAi agent comprising an RNA interference compound (RNAi compound) conjugated via a tether to an ASGP-R ligand, wherein the tether comprises:
wherein m is chosen from 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5, and p is chosen from 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, or 14, independently of m; and X is chosen from O and CH2. The modified RNAi agent of statement 1, wherein m=l. The modified RNAi agent of statement 1, wherein x is O. The modified RNAi agent of statement 1, wherein p=6. The modified RNAi agent of statement 1, wherein m=l, p=6, and x is O. The modified RNAi agent of statement 1, wherein the ASGP-R ligand comprises a branched GalNAc. The modified RNAi agent of statement 6, wherein the branched GalNAc is selected from the group consisting of
and
wherein n is 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4. The modified RNAi agent of statement 7, wherein n=l . The modified RNAi agent of statement 6, wherein the branched GalNAc comprises
or a bi-antennary form thereof. The modified RNAi agent of statement 6, wherein the branched GalNAc comprises or a bi-antennary form thereof.
or a bi-antennary form thereof. The modified RNAi agent of statement 1, wherein the tether is attached to the 5’ end of the sense strand.
The modified RNAi agent of statement 11, wherein the tether is attached as shown in Formula IV*.
wherein Z is P or S. The modified RNAi agent of statement 11, wherein the tether is attached to the 3’ end of the sense strand. The modified RNAi agent of statement 13, wherein the tether is attached as shown in Formulae V*-a or V*-b:
15. The modified RNAi agent of statement 1, as shown in Figs. 26A, 26B, 26C, or 26D. 16. The modified RNAi agent of statement 15, wherein the RNAi compound comprises modified riboses that are modified at the 2’ position. 17. The modified RNAi agent of statement 16, wherein the modifications are chosen from 2’-O-methyl, 2’-deoxy-fluoro, and 2’ -deoxy. 18. The modified RNAi agent of statement 1, wherein RNAI compound contains one or more degradation protective moieties at any or all ends that are not conjugated to the ASGP-R ligand. 19. The modified RNAi agent of statement 18, wherein the degradation protective moiety is chosen alone or as any combination from a group consisting of 1-4 phosphorothioate linkages, 1-4 deoxynucleotides, and 1-4 inverted abasic nucleotides. 20. The modified RNAi agent of statement 19, wherein the degradation protective moieties are chosen from the configuration present in one of the following constructs 6.1, 6.2, 6.3, 7. 1, 7.2, 7.3, 8,1, 8.2, 8.3, 9.1, 9.2, and 9.3. A modified RNAi agent comprising an RNA interference compound (RNAi compound) conjugated via a tether to an ASGP-R ligand, wherein the tether comprises:
wherein q is chosen from 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, or 8. The modified RNAi agent of statement 21, wherein q=l. The modified RNAi agent of statement 21, wherein the ASGP-R ligand comprises a branched GalNAc. The modified RNAi agent of statement 23, wherein the branched GalNAc is selected from the group consisting of
Formula II* -a wherein n is 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4. The modified RNAi agent of statement 24, wherein n=l . The modified RNAi agent of statement 23, wherein the branched GalNAc comprises
or a bi-antennary form thereof. The modified RNAi agent of statement 23, wherein the branched GalNAc comprises or a bi-antennary form thereof.
or a bi-antennary form thereof. The modified RNAi agent of statement 21, wherein the tether is attached to the 5’ end of the sense strand. The modified RNAi agent of statement 28, wherein the tether is attached as shown in Formula IV*.
wherein Z is P or S. The modified RNAi agent of statement 28, wherein the tether is attached to the 3 ’ end of the sense strand. The modified RNAi agent of statement 30, wherein the tether is attached as shown in Formulae V*-a or V*-b:
Formula V*-b The modified RNAi agent of statement 31, as shown in Figs. 27A, 27B, 27C, or 27D. The modified RNAi agent of statement 21, wherein the RNAi compound comprises modified riboses that are modified at the 2’ position. The modified RNAi agent of statement 33, wherein the modifications are chosen from 2’-O-methyl, 2 ’deoxy -fluoro, and 2’-deoxy. The modified RNAi agent of statement 21, wherein siRNA contains one or more degradation protective moieties at any or all ends that are not conjugated to the ASGP-R ligand. The modified RNAi agent of statement 35, wherein the degradation protective moiety is chosen alone or as any combination from a group consisting of 1-4 phosphorothioate linkages, 1-4 deoxynucleotides, and 1-4 inverted abasic nucleotides. The modified RNAi agent of statement 36, wherein the degradation protective moieties are chosen from the configuration present in one of the following constructs 6.1, 6.2, 6.3, 7. 1, 7.2, 7.3, 8,1, 8.2, 8.3, 9.1, 9.2, and 9.3. A method of making the RNAi agent of statements 1 or 2, said method being shown in Examples 11-15. A method of preventing, alleviating, or treating a disease in a subject, the method comprising administering, to the subject, the RNAi agent of statements 1 or 2 in a therapeutically amount effective to prevent, alleviate or treat the disease, thereby preventing, alleviating, or treating a disease. The method of statement 40, wherein the subject is human.
Table A: Summary of Sequences
Key:
Key for SEQ ID NOs: 1-24 ia inverted abasic nucleotide (1,2-dideoxyribose) m 2’-O-methyl nucleotide f 2 ’-deoxy-2’ -fluoro nucleotide s phosphorothioate internucleotide linkage (Phosphorothioate backbone modification)
~ tether
Td Deoxythymidine
Key for SEQ ID NOs: 25-176 dG, dC, dA, dT DNA residues GalNAc N-Acetylgalactosamine G, C, A, U RNA residues g, c, a, u 2’-O-Methyl modified residues Gf, Cf, Af, Uf 2’-Fluoro modified residues s Phosphorothioate backbone modification siRNA small interfering RNA
MFCO Monofluoro cyclooctyne invabasic 1,2-dideoxyribose
(invabasic)(invabasic) Nucleotides in an overall polynucleotide which are the terminal 2 nucleotides which have sugar moi eties that are (i) abasic, an (ii) in an inverted configuration, whereby the bond between the penultimate nucleotide and the antepenultimate nucleotide ha a reversed linkage, namely either a 5-5 or a 3-3 linkage
NH2-DEG/NHDEG Aminoethoxyethyl linker
NH2C12 Aminododecyl linker
NH2C6/NHC6 Aminohexyl linker
ET (E-therapeutics - company reference)
(ET-GalNAc-T 1N3)(MFCO)(NH-DEG) tether Tib
(ET-GalNAc-T2CO)(NH2C12) tether T2b
(NHC6)(MFC0)(ET-GalNAc-T lN3)tether T 1 a
(NHC6)(ET-GalNAc-T2CO) tether T2a
T1N3 T1 tether
T2Co T2 tether
(GalNAc-)Tl GalNac T1 tether
(GalNAc-)T2 GalNac T2 tether
Note: the key refers to the sense and antisense sequence, whereas the clean sequence contains the underlying RNA nucleotide only.
Claims
1. A compound comprising the following structure:
wherein: r and s are independently an integer selected from 1 to 16; and
Z is an oligonucleotide moiety wherein the oligonucleotide moiety is a nucleic acid, optionally an RNA, for inhibiting expression of a target gene in a cell, comprising at least one duplex region that comprises at least a portion of a first strand and at least a portion of a second strand that is at least partially complementary to the first strand, wherein said first strand is at least partially complementary to at least a portion of RNA transcribed from said target gene to be inhibited, wherein the second strand comprises one or more abasic nucleotides in a terminal region of the second strand, and wherein said abasic nucleotide(s) is / are connected to an adjacent nucleotide through a reversed internucleotide linkage.
2. A compound according to claim 1, wherein s is an integer selected from 4 to 12.
3. A compound according to claim 2, wherein s is 6.
4. A compound according to any of claims 1 to 3, wherein r is an integer selected from 4 to
14.
5. A compound according to claim 4, wherein r is 6.
6. A compound according to claim 4, wherein r is 12.
7. A compound according to claim 5, which is dependent on claim 3.
8. A compound according to claim 6, which is dependent on claim 3.
Z1, Z2, Z3, Z4 are independently at each occurrence oxygen or sulfur; and one the bonds between P and Z2, and P and Z3 is a single bond and the other bond is a double bond.
10. A compound according to any of claims 1 to 9, wherein said oligonucleotide is an RNA compound capable of modulating, preferably inhibiting, expression of a target gene.
11. A compound according to any of claim 10, wherein said RNA compound comprises an RNA duplex comprising first and second strands, wherein the first strand is at least partially complementary to an RNA sequence of a target gene, and the second strand is at least partially complementary to said first strand, and wherein each of the first and second strands have 5’ and 3’ ends.
12. A compound according to claim 11, preferably also dependent on claims 3 and 6, wherein the RNA compound is attached at the 5’ end of its second strand to the adjacent phosphate.
13. A compound according to claim 11, preferably also dependent on claims 3 and 5, wherein the RNA compound is attached at the 3’ end of its second strand to the adjacent phosphate.
14. A compound of Formula (II), preferably dependent on claim 12:
16. A compound as defined in any of claims 1 to 15, wherein the oligonucleotide comprises an RNA duplex which further comprises one or more riboses modified at the 2’ position, preferably a plurality of riboses modified at the 2’ position.
17. A compound according to claim 16, wherein the modifications are chosen from 2’-O- methyl, 2’ -deoxy -fluoro, and 2’ -deoxy.
18. A compound according to any of claims 1 to 17, wherein the oligonucleotide further comprises one or more degradation protective moieties at one or more ends.
19. A compound according to claim 18, wherein said one or more degradation protective moieties are not present at the end of the oligonucleotide strand that carries the linker / ligand moieties, and / or wherein said one or more degradation protective moieties is selected from phosphorothioate intemucleotide linkages, phosphorodithioate intemucleotide linkages and inverted abasic nucleotides, wherein said inverted abasic nucleotides are present at the distal end of the same strand to the end that carries the linker / ligand moieties.
20. A compound according to any of claims 1 to 19, wherein said ligand moiety as depicted in Formula (I) in claim 1 comprises one or more ligands.
21. A compound according to claim 20, wherein said ligand moiety as depicted in Formula (I) in claim 1 comprises one or more carbohydrate ligands.
22. A compound according to claim 21, wherein said one or more carbohydrates can be a monosaccharide, disaccharide, trisaccharide, tetrasaccharide, oligosaccharide or polysaccharide.
23. A compound according to claim 22, wherein said one or more carbohydrates comprise one or more galactose moieties, one or more lactose moieties, one or more N-AcetylGalactosamine moieties, and / or one or more mannose moieties.
24. A compound according to claim 23, wherein said one or more carbohydrates comprise one or more N-Acetyl-Galactosamine moieties.
25. A compound according to claim 24, which comprises two or three N-AcetylGalactosamine moieties.
26. A compound according to any of the preceding claims, wherein said one or more ligands are attached in a linear configuration, or in a branched configuration.
27. A compound according to claim 26, wherein said one or more ligands are attached as a biantennary or triantennary branched configuration.
28. A compound according to claims 20 to 27, wherein said moiety:
as depicted in Formula (I) in claim 1 is any of Formulae (IV), (V) or (VI), preferably Formula (IV):
Ai is hydrogen, or a suitable hydroxy protecting group; a is an integer of 2 or 3; and b is an integer of 2 to 5; or
wherein:
Ai is hydrogen, or a suitable hydroxy protecting group; a is an integer of 2 or 3; and c and d are independently integers of 1 to 6; or
Ai is hydrogen, or a suitable hydroxy protecting group; a is an integer of 2 or 3; and e is an integer of 2 to 10.
29. A compound according to any of claims 1 to 28, wherein said moiety:
as depicted in Formula (I) in claim 1 is Formula (VII):
wherein:
Ai is hydrogen; a is an integer of 2 or 3.
30. A compound according to claim 28 or 29, wherein a = 2.
8 or 29, wherein a = 3. 8, wherein b = 3.
35. A compound according to claim 33 or 34, wherein the oligonucleotide comprises an RNA duplex which further comprises one or more riboses modified at the 2’ position, preferably a plurality of riboses modified at the 2’ position.
36. A compound according to claim 35, wherein the modifications are chosen from 2’-O- methyl, 2’ -deoxy -fluoro, and 2’ -deoxy.
37. A compound according to any of claims 33 to 36, wherein the oligonucleotide further comprises one or more degradation protective moieties at one or more ends.
38. A compound according to claim 37, wherein said one or more degradation protective moieties are not present at the end of the oligonucleotide strand that carries the linker / ligand moieties, and / or wherein said one or more degradation protective moieties is selected from phosphorothioate intemucleotide linkages, phosphorodithioate intemucleotide linkages and inverted abasic nucleotides, wherein said inverted abasic nucleotides are present at the distal end of the same strand to the end that carries the linker / ligand moieties.
39. A compound according to claim 33, wherein the oligonucleotide comprises an RNA duplex comprising first and second strands, wherein the first strand is at least partially complementary to an RNA sequence of a target gene, and the second strand is at least partially complementary to said first strand, and wherein each of the first and second strands have 5’ and 3’ ends, and wherein said RNA duplex is attached at the 5’ end of its second strand to the adjacent phosphate.
40. A compound according to claim 34, wherein the oligonucleotide comprises an RNA duplex comprising first and second strands, wherein the first strand is at least partially complementary to an RNA sequence of a target gene, and the second strand is at least partially complementary to said first strand, and wherein each of the first and second strands have 5’ and 3’ ends, and wherein said RNA duplex is attached at the 3’ end of its second strand to the adjacent phosphate.
41. A process of preparing a compound according to any of claims 1 to 40, which comprises reacting compounds of Formulae (X) and (XI):
Z is an oligonucleotide moiety; and where appropriate carrying out deprotection of the ligand and / or annealing of a second strand for the oligonucleotide.
42. A process according to claim 41, to prepare a compound according to any of claims 6, 8 to 14, 16 to 33, and 35 to 40, wherein: compound of Formula (X) is Formula (Xa):
and compound of Formula (XI) is Formula (Xia):
wherein the oligonucleotide comprises an RNA duplex comprising first and second strands, wherein the first strand is at least partially complementary to an RNA sequence of a target gene, and the second strand is at least partially complementary to said first strand, and wherein each of the first and second strands have 5’ and 3’ ends, and wherein said RNA duplex is attached at the 5’ end of its second strand to the adjacent phosphate.
43. A process according to claim 41, to prepare a compound according to any of claims 5, 7, 9 to 13, 15 to 32, and 34 to 40, wherein: compound of Formula (X) is Formula (Xb):
and compound of Formula (XI) is Formula (Xia):
wherein the oligonucleotide comprises an RNA duplex comprising first and second strands, wherein the first strand is at least partially complementary to an RNA sequence of a target gene,
and the second strand is at least partially complementary to said first strand, and wherein each of the first and second strands have 5’ and 3’ ends, and wherein said RNA duplex is attached at the 3’ end of its second strand to the adjacent phosphate.
45. A compound of Formula (X):
wherein: r is independently an integer selected from 1 to 16; and
Z is an oligonucleotide moiety.
Formula (Xa)
Formula (Xb)
Formula (XI) wherein: s is independently an integer selected from 1 to 16; and Z is an oligonucleotide moiety.
Formula (Xia)
Formula (Xlb)
51. Use of a compound according to any of claims 45 and 48 to 50, for the preparation of a compound according to any of claims 1 to 40.
52. Use of a compound according to claim 46, for the preparation of a compound according to any of claims 6, 8 to 14, 16 to 33, and 35 to 40.
53. Use of a compound according to claim 47, for the preparation of a compound according to any of claims 5, 7, 9 to 13, 15 to 32, and 34 to 40.
54. A compound or composition obtained, or obtainable by a process according to any of claims 41 to 44.
55. A pharmaceutical composition comprising of a compound according to any of claims 1 to 40, together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, diluent or excipient.
56. A compound according to any of claims 1 to 40, for use in therapy.
Applications Claiming Priority (6)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US202163143805P | 2021-01-30 | 2021-01-30 | |
US63/143,805 | 2021-01-30 | ||
US202163262323P | 2021-10-08 | 2021-10-08 | |
US63/262,323 | 2021-10-08 | ||
US202163271691P | 2021-10-25 | 2021-10-25 | |
US63/271,691 | 2021-10-25 |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
WO2022162161A1 true WO2022162161A1 (en) | 2022-08-04 |
Family
ID=80446185
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
PCT/EP2022/052079 WO2022162161A1 (en) | 2021-01-30 | 2022-01-28 | Conjugated oligonucleotide compounds, methods of making and uses thereof |
Country Status (1)
Country | Link |
---|---|
WO (1) | WO2022162161A1 (en) |
Citations (12)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US7452987B2 (en) | 2002-08-05 | 2008-11-18 | Silence Therapeutics Aktiengesellschaft (Ag) | Interfering RNA molecules |
US7528188B2 (en) | 2003-10-21 | 2009-05-05 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Resin solution and method of forming a protection layer |
US8273866B2 (en) | 2002-02-20 | 2012-09-25 | Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. | RNA interference mediated inhibition of gene expression using chemically modified short interfering nucleic acid (SINA) |
WO2014179626A2 (en) * | 2013-05-01 | 2014-11-06 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compositions and methods for modulating apolipoprotein c-iii expression |
WO2014205451A2 (en) * | 2013-06-21 | 2014-12-24 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compositions and methods for modulation of target nucleic acids |
US9150606B2 (en) | 2002-11-05 | 2015-10-06 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compositions comprising alternating 2'-modified nucleosides for use in gene modulation |
WO2018132432A1 (en) * | 2017-01-10 | 2018-07-19 | Arrowhead Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Alpha-1 antitrypsin (aat) rnai agents, compositions including aat rnai agents, and methods of use |
WO2018140920A1 (en) * | 2017-01-30 | 2018-08-02 | Arrowhead Pharmaceuticals Inc. | Compositions and methods for inhibition of factor xii gene expression |
US10119136B2 (en) | 2014-01-09 | 2018-11-06 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | RNAi agents modified at the 4′-C position |
US10266825B2 (en) | 2002-11-05 | 2019-04-23 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compositions comprising alternating 2′-modified nucleosides for use in gene modulation |
WO2020237391A1 (en) * | 2019-05-30 | 2020-12-03 | Deep Genomics Incorporated | Oligonucleotide therapy for wolman disease and cholesteryl ester storage disease |
EP3775207A1 (en) | 2018-04-05 | 2021-02-17 | Silence Therapeutics GmbH | Sirnas with vinylphosphonate at the 5' end of the antisense strand |
-
2022
- 2022-01-28 WO PCT/EP2022/052079 patent/WO2022162161A1/en active Application Filing
Patent Citations (13)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US8273866B2 (en) | 2002-02-20 | 2012-09-25 | Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. | RNA interference mediated inhibition of gene expression using chemically modified short interfering nucleic acid (SINA) |
US7452987B2 (en) | 2002-08-05 | 2008-11-18 | Silence Therapeutics Aktiengesellschaft (Ag) | Interfering RNA molecules |
US9150606B2 (en) | 2002-11-05 | 2015-10-06 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compositions comprising alternating 2'-modified nucleosides for use in gene modulation |
US10266825B2 (en) | 2002-11-05 | 2019-04-23 | Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compositions comprising alternating 2′-modified nucleosides for use in gene modulation |
US7528188B2 (en) | 2003-10-21 | 2009-05-05 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Resin solution and method of forming a protection layer |
WO2014179626A2 (en) * | 2013-05-01 | 2014-11-06 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compositions and methods for modulating apolipoprotein c-iii expression |
WO2014179620A1 (en) * | 2013-05-01 | 2014-11-06 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Conjugated antisense compounds and their use |
WO2014205451A2 (en) * | 2013-06-21 | 2014-12-24 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compositions and methods for modulation of target nucleic acids |
US10119136B2 (en) | 2014-01-09 | 2018-11-06 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | RNAi agents modified at the 4′-C position |
WO2018132432A1 (en) * | 2017-01-10 | 2018-07-19 | Arrowhead Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Alpha-1 antitrypsin (aat) rnai agents, compositions including aat rnai agents, and methods of use |
WO2018140920A1 (en) * | 2017-01-30 | 2018-08-02 | Arrowhead Pharmaceuticals Inc. | Compositions and methods for inhibition of factor xii gene expression |
EP3775207A1 (en) | 2018-04-05 | 2021-02-17 | Silence Therapeutics GmbH | Sirnas with vinylphosphonate at the 5' end of the antisense strand |
WO2020237391A1 (en) * | 2019-05-30 | 2020-12-03 | Deep Genomics Incorporated | Oligonucleotide therapy for wolman disease and cholesteryl ester storage disease |
Non-Patent Citations (3)
Title |
---|
"Current protocols in nucleic acid chemistry", JOHN WILEY & SONS, INC. |
PARK ET AL.: "Reference values of clinical pathology parameter in cynomolgus monkeys used in preclinical studies", LAB ANIM RES, vol. 32, 2016, pages 79 - 86 |
SAMBROOK ET AL.: "Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual", 1989, COLD SPRING HARBOR LABORATORY PRESS |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
WO2023059948A1 (en) | Nucleic acids containing abasic nucleosides | |
CN111465694A (en) | Nucleic acid for inhibiting expression of L PA in cells | |
WO2022162155A1 (en) | Nucleic acids containing abasic nucleotides | |
EP4357334A9 (en) | Conjugated oligonucleotide compounds, methods of making and uses thereof | |
WO2022162157A1 (en) | Conjugated oligonucleotide compounds, methods of making and uses thereof | |
KR20220011689A (en) | Nucleic acids, pharmaceutical compositions, conjugates, methods of preparation, and uses | |
CN115851723B (en) | RNA inhibitor for inhibiting LPA gene expression and application thereof | |
KR20240056619A (en) | LPA inhibitors and uses thereof | |
US20230310486A1 (en) | Conjugated oligonucleotide compounds, methods of making and uses thereof | |
CN116848127A (en) | Conjugated oligonucleotide compounds, methods of preparation and uses thereof | |
WO2022162161A1 (en) | Conjugated oligonucleotide compounds, methods of making and uses thereof | |
AU2022212580A1 (en) | Nucleic acids containing abasic nucleotides | |
CN116829717A (en) | Nucleic acids containing abasic nucleotides | |
WO2024023267A2 (en) | Nucleic acid compounds | |
WO2024023252A2 (en) | Nucleic acid compounds | |
WO2024023254A1 (en) | Nucleic acid compounds | |
WO2024023256A1 (en) | Nucleic acid compounds | |
US20240336922A1 (en) | Inhibitors of expression and/or function | |
RU2822093C1 (en) | Nucleic acids for inhibiting expression of lpa in cell | |
CN117355534A (en) | Conjugated oligonucleotide compounds, methods of preparation and uses thereof | |
WO2024023251A1 (en) | Double stranded nucleic acid compounds inhibiting zpi | |
WO2024023262A2 (en) | Nucleic acid compounds |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
121 | Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application |
Ref document number: 22704331 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |
|
NENP | Non-entry into the national phase |
Ref country code: DE |
|
122 | Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase |
Ref document number: 22704331 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |